LINEAR OPERATORS IN SPACES WITH AN INDEFINITE METRIC T. Ya. Azizov
I. S. Iokhvidov Voronezh State University, USSR Translated by
E. R. Dawson University of Dundee
A Wiley-Interscience Publication
JOHN WILEY & SONS Chichester New York
Brisbane
Toronto
Singapore
Originally published under the title Osnovy Teorii Lineynykh Operatorov v Prostranstvakh s Indefinitnoy Metrikoy, by T. Ya. Asizov and I. S. Iokhvidov, Nauka Publishing House, Moscow
Copyright © 1989 by John Wiley & Sons Ltd. All rights reserved.
No part of this book may be reproduced by any means, or transmitted, or translated into a machine language without the written permission of the publisher Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data: Azizov, T. R. (Tomas IAkovlevich) [Osnovy teorii lineinykh operatorov v prostranstvakh s indefinitnoi metrikoi. English) Linear operators in spaces with an indefinite metric T.Ya. Azizov, IS. Iokhvidov ; translated by E. R. Dawson. p. cm. - (Pure and applied mathematics) Translation of: Osnovy teorii lineinykh operatorov v prostranstvakh s indefinitnoi metrikoi. Bibliography: Includes index. ISBN 0 471 92129 7 1. Linear operators. I. Iokhvidov, I. S. (Iosif Semenovich) II. Title. III. Series: Pure and applied mathematics (John Wiley & Sons) QA329.2.A9913
1989
515'.7246-dc20
British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data Azizov, la Linear operators in spaces with an indefinite metric. 1. Mathematics. Linear operations 1. Title II. lukvidov, I. S. III. Osnovy teorii lineinykh operatorov v prostranstvakh s indefinitnoi metrikoi. English 515.7'246
ISBN 0 471 92129 7
Phototypesetting by MCS Ltd. Salisbury, Great Britain Printed and bound in Great Britain by Courier International, Tiptree, Essex
CONTENTS
Preface 1
The geometry of spaces with an indefinite metric Linear spaces with an Hermitian form Krein spaces (axiomatics) §3 Canonical projectors P± and canonical symmetry J §4 Semi-definite and definite lineals and subspaces in a Krein
1
§2
14
§6 §7
24
of the classes h± Decomposability of lineals and subspaces of a Krein space. The Gram operator of a subspace. W-spaces and G-spaces J-orthogonal complements and projections. Projectional com-
30
pleteness
42 48 64 72
The method of angular operators Pontryagin spaces II". W"'-spaces and G(")- spaces §10 Dual pairs. J-orthonormalized systems and bases Remarks and bibliographical indications on Chapter 1
Fundamental classes of operators in spaces with an indefinite metric
The adjoint operator T`
Dissipative operators Hermitian, symmetric, and self-adjoint operators Plus-operators, J-non-contractive and J-bi-non-contractive operators §5 Isometric, semi-unitary, and unitary operators §6 The Cayley-Neyman transformation §2 §3 §4
Remarks and bibliographical indications on Chapter 2 3
18
space Uniformly definite (regular) lineals and subspaces. Subspaces
§8 §9
§1
1
§1
§5
2
vii
34
78
84 84 91 104
117 133 142 153
Invariant semi-definite subspaces
158
Statement of the problems
158
§1
v
Contents
vi
§2 §3
§4 §5
4
167
subspaces
176
Invariant subspaces of a family of operators Operators of the classes H and K(H) Remarks and bibliographical indications on Chapter 3
185 193
Spectral topics and some applications §1
§2 §3
5
Invariant subspaces of a J-non-contractive operator Fixed points of linear-fractional transformations and invariant
The spectral function Completeness and basicity of a system of root vectors of Jdissipative operators Examples and applications Remarks and bibliographical indications on Chapter 4
Theory of extensions of isometric and symmetric operators in spaces with an indefinite metric
Potapov-Ginzburg linear-fractional transformations and extensions of operators §2 Extensions of standard isometric and symmetric operators §3 Generalized resolvents of symmetric operators Remarks and bibliographical indications on Chapter 5
207
210 210 219 233 243
245
§1
References
Note: The symbols and are used to mark the beginning and end of some section complete in itself. A reference in the text such as 216.3 refers the reader to §6.3 of Chapter 2.
245
252 266 284 286
PREFACE
L. S. Pontryagin's article 'Hermitian operators in spaces with an indefinite metric' appeared in Izvestiya A cad. Nauk, U. S. S. R., more than 40 years ago. The hard war years followed, and probably because of this, the author learnt
of the significance of such operators for the solution of certain mechanical problems only from a small footnote to an article by S. L. Sobolev. We mention that Sobolev's article [I] itself appeared only in 1960. Thus a new branch of functional analysis-the theory of linear operators in spaces with an indefinite metric-takes its origin from 1944, although theoretical physicists had encountered such spaces somewhat earlier (see [XXI] ). We emphasize that we are speaking of infinite-dimensional spaces, since linear transformations in finite-dimensional spaces with an indefinite metric were already being studied (Frobenius) at the end of the previous century, although there has been a revival of interest in them and their applications in our own time.
L. S. Pontryagin's work was continued, above all, by M. G. Krein and I. S. Iokhvidov. They axiomatized Pontryagin's approach to complex spaces with they considered various an indefinite metric, which they called problems about the geometry of such spaces, and they obtained a number of
new facts for operators in H.. M. G. Krein also studied real spaces U, in connection with the so-called Lorentz transformation and also in connection with the theory of screw curves in infinite-dimensional Lobachevskiy spaces (M. G. Krein [3], see also [XV] ). In M. G. Krein's paper [4], he developed an entirely new method, different from Pontryagin's, of proving theorems about invariant subspaces of plus-operators (to use the modern terminology), based on topological theorems about fixed points. I. Iokhvidov [1] suggested the
application of the Cayley-Neyman transformation to the study of the connection between different classes of operators in II,,. All this was subsequently summarized first in I. Iokhvidov's `Kandidat's' dissertation [3], and later in a long article [XIV], written jointly by I. S. Iokhvidov and M. G. Krein, published in 1956. In 1959 its second part [XV] appeared, containing various applications including one to the indefinite problem of moments. vii
viii
Preface
About this time, the theory began to grow not only in depth but also in width. V. P. Potapov became interested in its finite-dimensional analytic aspect, attracting Yu. P. Ginzburg later to working out infinite-dimensional analogues of his results. In these same years it appears that, independently of Soviet mathematicians, R. Nevanlinna in Finland began work on the general
problems of an indefinite metric, and after him E. Pesonen and I.
S.
Louhivaara. Abroad in the fifties and sixties G. Langer (East Germany) joined in the investigations, basing himself on the work of both Soviet and Finnish mathematicians. At about the same time the first survey was published on the geometry of infinite-dimensional spaces with an indefinite metric, carried out by Ginzburg
and I. Iokhvidov [VIII]. This survey already included in part some results from the very beginning of the sixties, which later became years of rapid growth of the whole theory. One after the other appeared papers by Phillips, Langer, Ginzburg, M. Krein, I. Iokhvidov, Naymark, Shmul'yan, Bognar, Kuzhel, and many other mathematicians. The theory found more and more new applications-to dissipative hyperbolic and parabolic systems of differential equations (Phillips), to damped oscillations of infinite-dimensional elastic systems (M. Krein, Langer), to canonical systems of differential equations (M.
Krein, Yakubovich, Derguzov), to the theory of group representations (Naymark), etc. M. Krein's remarkable lectures on indefinite metric [XVII] appeared (unfortunately in a very small edition), and in 1970 was published the book by Daletskiy and M. Krein [VI] in which the methods of indefinite metric found application and further development. At the end of this period the survey by Azizov and I. Iokhvidov [III] was published (1971), and finally Bognar's first book [V] entirely devoted to indefinite metric appeared in 1974. In the sixties to the existing Odessa school (M. G. Krein) and the Moscow
shcool (M. A. Naymark) occupied in this country with the problems of indefinite metric active new centres were added, among which should first be
mentioned Voronezh were the investigations were grouped round I. S. Iokvidov's seminars at the Voronezh State University and the ScientificTechnical Mathematics Institute. Here a large collective of young mathematicians arose (T. Ya. Azizov, V. A. Khatskevich, V. A. Shtraus, E. I. Iokhvidov, E. B. Usvyatsova, Yu. S. Ektov, V. S. Ritsner, S. A. Khoroshavin, and many others), some of whose results are reflected in this monograph. Now, however, when people literally throughout the world are occupied with the problems of indefinite metric, when courses on individual topics have begun to appear ([II], [XX] ), when Azizov and I. Iokhvidov's survey [IV]
carried out in 1979 by order of VINITI (the Institute for Scientific and Technical Information) already included about 400 names, there is a pressing need for an interpretation in the form of a monograph on at least the purely theoretical aspect of the accumulated material. Bognar's excellent book [V] illuminated only part of the theory (as it stood up to 1973). This also applies to the detailed monograph of I. Iokhvidov, Krein and Langer [XVI], containing
Preface
ix
important material, but only on IIx-spaces and operators acting in them. All this provokes an urgent need for a book devoted to the fundamentals of the theory.
The monograph now offered to the reader differs considerably in its contents from the authors' original plan, which was to expound in detail with complete proofs the fundamentals of the theory of linear operators in spaces with an indefinite metric and its applications on approximately the same scale as was
planned in their survey [IV]. However, our plan for such an extended treatment had to be abandoned because of the very limited size of the book, forcing us to almost unavoidable abridgement. And now the question arose: what should be sacrificed? We could in no way sacrifice the rather extensive introductory first chapter setting out the geometry of spaces with an indefinite metric (we remark that in Bognar's work [V] geometry takes up the first half of the book). To do so would have deprived our book of a whole contingent of readers, in particular of students, post-graduate students, and specialists in natural science wishing to investigate the subject-matter but knowing little of its fundamentals. It is also clear from its very title that the book is supposed to shed light sufficiently fully on the central topics of operator theory. We mention at once that after the easy 'warming-up' pace of Chapter 1 on geometry, we allow ourselves a more and more compressed style of exposition in the later chapters, often leaving the reader to think out for himself many of the arguments and their details. With the same purpose many of the auxiliary propositions (sometimes very important ones) have been reduced to the category of exercises and problems, with which each section of the book ends. The range is such that the reader has to go from the quite simple initial problems to increasingly difficult
ones. Some of the problems form important logical links in the text and without their solution it will be impossible to understand some of the proofs. As a result, the aspect which suffered most turned out to be the third part of
our intended plan (cf. [IV])-the application of the geometry and operator theory to actual problems; we touch on this only in Chapter 4,§3, and then only to a very limited extent, and the choice of applications is subordinated entirely to the authors' tastes. As a justification for this may serve the fact that, on the one hand, it would in any case have been quite impossible to satisfy straight away all the wide and
very varied interests of specialists in dissipative hyperbolic and parabolic systems of differential equations, of specialists in the problem of moments, in the problem of damped oscillations of mechanical systems, in the theory of group representations, of geometers, theoretical physicists and others. On the other hand, a number of monographs, extensive articles and surveys dealing
with applications of indefinite metric to the domains mentioned here (and others) have already appeared. It suffices to mention M. Krein's lectures [XVII], Phillips's papers [1], [2], Sobolev's paper [1], Daletskiy and M. Krein's book [VI], the works of M. Krein and Langer [1], [2], I. Iokhvidov
Preface
x
and M. Krein [XIV], [XV], of Naymark [2], of Kopachevskiy [1]-[3], the extensive cycle of articles by M. Krein and Langer [4]-[7] which represent an almost complete monograph, Nagy's book [XXI], etc. But even with such a self-limitation we have been unable to include all the topics of the theory itself (not even in the form of problems). This applies first of all to topics in perturbation theory, various realizations of indefinite spaces, and many details relating to the spaces II,,. In particular, we do not touch on
the theory of characteristic functions for operators in II,,, or questions connected with rigged spaces, variational theory of eigenvalues, etc. The whole theory is set out within the framework of Krein and Pontryagin
spaces, and therefore many generalizations to Banach spaces or simply normed spaces are also omitted. A little is said about them in [IV]. Each chapter is preceded by a short annotation, saving us the need to review here the structure of the book. At the end of each chapter there are remarks and bibliographical indications, but these in no way pretend to be complete. Most of the difficult problems are accompanied by hints, sometimes rather detailed. At the same time, for many of the problems (including the difficult
ones) no hints are given, but instead the source from which they were borrowed is indicated. Such problems have the purpose of extending the circle of readers and of introducing them to the contemporary state of the theory.
The five chapters of the book are divided into sections. All the special notation is introduced in the form of definitions.
In the citation of references Roman numerals indicate a reference to a monograph or survey listed in the first part of the bibliography. The other references, e.g., 'Jonas [2]' refer to the second part of the list-to Russian and foreign journals and other bibliography-arranged in the alphabetical order of the authors' names. The book has been written rather quickly and therefore we have been unable to use the critical remarks and advice of people interested. An exception is V. A. Khatskevich, who read the manuscript of the book and made a number of important remarks for which we are extremely grateful to him. We also thank M. G. Krein, G. Langer, A. V. Kuzhel, Ya. Bognar, N. D.
Kopachevskiy, V. S. Shul'man, and many other mathematicians for their interest which manifested itself, in particular, in the systematic exchange of information. Finally, without the patience, understanding and support shown to us by the members of our families, this book would not have see the light. T YA. AziZOV and I. S. IoKHvmov Voronezh, March 1984.
The unhappy lot has fallen on me of informing the readers of this book that
my dear teacher and co-author, losif Semeonovich lokhvidov, one of the
Preface
xi
founders of the theory of spaces with an indefinite metric, an eminent mathematician and a man of fine spirit, died on 1 July 1984. At this time the
manuscript had already been put into production and it scarcely needed editorial correction later. This fact is due to the deep pedagogic talent and literary mastery of Iosif Semeonovich, who was the first scrupulous editor of the whole manuscript.
T. YA. Azizov
THE GEOMETRY OF SPACES WITH AN INDEFINITE METRIC
1
This chapter consists of ten sections. Its main substance (§§2-8, 10) is devoted to the geometry of Krein spaces-the principal arena of the action of the linear operators studied in this book. The central item is §8, in which the method of
Ginzburg-Phillips angular operators is developed in detail, and some of its applications (for the time being, purely geometrical) are introduced. The whole presentation of the chapter is based on §1, in which we give a short sketch of the theory of linear spaces with an arbitrary indefinite metric (an Hermitian sesquilinear form). The most important particular case of Krein spaces, the Pontryagin spaces Ilk, are studied in particular in §9, though in fact they are encountered in examples much earlier (starting with §4).
In a more compact form than usual the theory is set out of orthogonal projection and the projection completeness of subspaces up to the maximum ones. The question of §10 of the decomposition of a subspace relative to a uniform dual pair also seems to be new. As regards certain generalizations of Krein spaces and Pontryagin spaces, they are illustrated at the enof §§6 and 9 respectively; but preference is given here to those of them (W-spaces, G-spaces) which are used subsequently in the theory of operators in Krein and Pontryagin spaces. §1 1
Linear spaces with an Hermitian form Let Jr .be a vector space over the field C of complex numbers, and let a
sesquilinear Hermitian form Q(x, y) be given on, i.e. the mapping Q:. x . - C is linear in the first argument: Q(X1x,+X2xz,y)_X1Q(xl,y)+X2Q(xz,y)
(xi,xz,yE
iXi,XzEC) (1.1) 1
2
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
and Hermitian symmetric:
Q(Y,X)=
(X,yE.i)
(x,Y
(1.2)
From (1.2) and (1.1) it follows that q(x,µiy1+µ2Y2)=Al Q(X, YO +µ2Q(X,Y2)
(X, Y1,Y2E
; µ1,µ2EC)
-the so-called semi-linearity (or anti-linearity) of the form Q(x, y) in the second argument. Example 1.1: Let . be the vector space over the field C consisting of all finite infinite sequences x= (E1, E2, ..., Sn, ..) of complex numbers (with n = 0
for n > NX) with the natural (co-ordinate-wise) definition of linear operations, and let (a1, az, .., an, ... ] be an arbitrary infinite sequence of real numbers (an E FR, n = 1, 2, ...). We define a form Q(x, y) on j in the following way: if X= (En1n=1E.,Y= (11n1n=iE., then Q(X, Y) = Ei anSn'ljn
(1.3)
n=1
It is clear that Q(x, y) satisfies the conditions (1.1) and (1.2), since for each concrete pair x, y E . the formally infinite sum on the right hand side of (13) reduces to a finite sum having the usual properties of a sesquilinear form. The continual analogue of Example 1.1 is Example 1.2: Let . be the linear space of all finite, complex-valued, continuous functions defined on the whole real axis R. We introduce the form Q by the formula Q(x, y) =
x(t)y(t) du(t)
(x, y E j),
(1.4)
where a(t) is an arbitrary fixed real-valued function defined on fR with bounded variation on each finite interval. A Hermitian form Q(x, y) with the properties (1.1) and (1.2) is called a Q-metric. We find it convenient to introduce a shorter notation for it: [x, Y] = Q(X, Y) 2
(x, y E -J`).
(1.5)
In this section from now on .? is to be understood to be a vector space with
a Q-metric [x, y]. We remark that the form Q(x, y) is, generally speaking, indefinite, i.e. (see (1.5)) the real number [x, x] = Q(x, x) may have either sign. For this reason the Q-metric [x, y] is also called an indefinite metric. We introduce the following classification of vectors and lineals (i.e. linear subsets)
of the space .
;
at the same time let us agree that throughout the rest
of the book the cursive capital letter SL' (possibly with indices: 9+, _V-, Y1, Y°, .1fx(A)) shall always denote a lineal.
§1 Linear spaces with an Hermitian form
3
Definition 1.3: A vector x(E.) is said to be positive, negative, or neutral depending on whether [x, x] > 0, [x, x] < 0, or [x, x] = 0 respectively. It is clear, for example, that for the vector x = 0 (the zero vector) we have [0, B] = 0, i.e., 0 is a neutral vector; but the reverse implication is, in general, untrue: the neutrality of a vector x does not imply that x = 0. The presence or of non-zero neutral vectors depends on the properties of the absence in Q-metric, a point discussed below in paragraph 4. Positive (respectively negative) vectors and neutral vectors are combined under the general term non-negative (respectively non-positive) vectors. Remark 1.4: As follows from the properties of a Q-metric non-negative,
non-positive, and neutral vectors preserve their non-negativeness, nonpositiveness, and neutrality respectively on multiplication by an arbitrary scalar X E C. Positive and negative vectors behave similarly when multiplied by a non-zero scalar X. We denote the sets of all positive, negative, and neutral vectors of a space respectively by .?++(9) _ ++, 10 --(1) = yP --, and °(.?) _°, i.e.
.:YD ++=(xI[x,x]>0)
= (xI [X, X] <0), J1°= (xI [x,x]=0). (1.6)
We also denote by "ffl
++ U
+(J) _ .-p +
°,
P - (.) _
U
°
(1.7)
the sets of all non-negative and non-positive vectors in 9 respectively. It is clear that,sa+ fl -jp -' =Y0; however, it should not be forgotten that any one of these three sets may, depending on the properties of the Q-metric, reduce to (B), and the set .-++ or .? -- may even be void. Definition 1.5: A lineal X (C `) is said to be non-negative, non-positive, or neutral if 2' C .-+, 2' C ?-, or 2' C .4° respectively. All these three types of lineal are combined under the general name of same-definition lineals. It is clear that neutral 2' are simultaneously non-negative and non-positive.
1.6: A lineal 2' is said to be positive (or negative) if 2'C .i++ U (0) (or 2 C .4--- U [0)). Positive and negative lineals are
Definition
included in the common term `definite lineals'. On the other hand, a lineal 2' which contains both positive and negative vectors (2'fl ++ 0, 2' n e - - ;4 0) is said to be indefinite. 3
Suppose two vector spaces .4, and .z are given with the Q,-metric and the
Q2-metric respectively:
[x,Y] = Q,(x,Y) [u,v]2=Q2(u,v)
(x,YE. 1); (u,vE. 2).
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
4
Definition 1.7: The spaces , and 92 are said to be (Q,, Q2)-isometrically isomorphic if there is a linear bijective mapping' T:.4, - :ire such that [x, y], = [ Tx, TY12
(x, y E .5, ).
From this definition it follows, in particular, that the sets ,1' , .ek ,
'00k,
.iPk +, -)Pk - (k = 1, 2) in the spaces ., and .J2 respectively are connected by the ± ± relations fflf+- = T,i' , jO 20 = T.-Yl °, P£ = T.30 i . The same operator T, called a (Q,, Q2)-isometric isomorphism, sets up a one-to-one correspondence
between all the non-negative (non-positive), and, in particular, between the positive (negative), lineals of the spaces .F, and 92 respectively. The concept of a (Q,, Q2)-skew-symmetric isomorphism S between the same two spaces Jr, and 92 is introduced in a similar way. This linear bijective operator 5:,j, i2 acts so that [x, Y] t = - [Sx, SY12
(x, y E .7, ).
We shall frequently have to use these concepts in the following particular case:
Definition 1.8: If .i is a space with the Q-metric [x, y], then the spare J, which is (Q, Q,)-skew-symmetric to the space ., and which coincides with .T
as a set, but which has the Q, (_ - Q)-metric
Q,(x,Y)= -Q(x,Y)= -[x, Y]
(x,YEJ=it)
is called the anti-space of J. 4
1.9
We return to the question of non-zero, neutral vectors.
If 2' (C.) is indefinite, then it contains non-zero, neutral vectors. and [x, x] > 0, but [y, y] < 0. We consider the function ' of
Let x, y E -
the real variable T (- oo < T < oo ) 'P(T) =[(I - T)X + Ty,(I - T)X + Ty],
(i.e., a square trinomial). Since tip is continuous everywhere on IR, and p(0) = [x, x] > 0 but ,p(l) = [y, y] < 0, there is a To (0 < To < 1) such that p(To) = 0, i.e., the vector z = (1 - To)X + Toy (E2') is neutral. Moreover z ;-d 6, because the vectors x and y are linearly independent (see Remark 1.4). Proposition 1.9 cannot be inverted, because non-zero neutral vectors are contained not only in an indefinite lineal but also in any semi-definite (but not definite!) lineal. In this case they play a particular role, which will be explained later in §1.6. 'Throughout the rest of Chapter l we adhere to the classical symbolism for mapping (cf. IXII], for example); i.e., T: v, -.r2 means that the mapping T is defined on the whole of .y,, and the corresponding images lie in .r2. Later, starting in Chapter 2, it will be more convenient to us to treat the symbol T: .y, -.v2 in a rather wider sense (see Chapter 2, §1.1).
§1 Linear spaces with an Hermitian form
5
Definition 1.10: Vectors X, y (E.) are said to be Q-orthogonal if [x, y] = 0. This fact is denoted by the symbol [1] : x [1] y.
5
It
is clear from (1.2) and (1.5) that the relation just now introduced is
symmetric:
x [1] y - y [1] X.
Q-orthogonality of sets .,ll,.4' (C.f) is naturally defined by requiring that x [1] y (for all x E , 11 and y E.4"), and is denoted by ill [1] .N" (a ,N [1] .ill ). In particular, if.'1' reduces to a single vector x (A" _ x)), then we write simply x[1].,11. Definition 1.11:
The Q-orthogonal complement of a set at (C.f) is the set ,11111 = ( x I x[1]-ll).
From the property (1.1) of a Q-metric [x, y] it follows that X11111 is always
a lineal (even if ill is not a lineal). For any sets dl, .4 (C -fl the implication .,10C.4"-.,11[11
(1.8)
is obvious, and so are the relations Jl[11 n._/t/,111 C (.ll +,/v)[11, (.,lln.N)111 J X11111 +.4"111, -11111 [11 3 -11,
(1.9) (1.10) (1.11)
where the sign + between sets means the algebraic sum of the sets..,// and A i.e., the result of addition elementwise of all possible pairs . 11 +.4"
(x+ yI XE 1l,yEAV), and [11[11 = We note that if 21,2'2 (C. are lineals, then (1.9) can be made more precise: 21111 n211 =(2'i+2'2)111.
6
)
(1.12)
Definition 1.12: A vector xo (E2') is said to be an isotropic vector 2' (C.) if
xo* 0and xo[1]Y. It follows from this definition that any non-zero linear combination of isotropic vectors of a lineal .' is again an isotropic vector of 91. Definition 1.13: The linear envelope Lin(xo) of all the isotropic vectors xo (E2') is called the isotropic lineal for 2' and is denoted by 2P°. In other words,
YO =YnY11),
(1.13)
and the equality 2'° _ (0) indicates the absence of isotropic vectors in Y. Speaking rather loosely, we shall sometimes call 2'° the isotropic part of the lineal Y. Definition 1.14: If 2'° = (0), the lineal 9 is said to be non-degenerate, and in the opposite case degenerate.
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
6
It is easy to see that every definite lineal 2' is non-degenerate; but an indefinite ./' can also be non-degenerate. Example 1.15: We return to Example 1.1 and assume additionally that a, _ - 1, and a,, = I (n >, 2). Then the two-dimensional lineal 2' = Lin(el, e2) (C 9), where el = { 1, 0, 0, ... } and e2 = {0, 1, 0, 0, ... J
is indefinite: [e,, e,] = - 1, [e2, e2] = 1 (see (1.3)). At the same time 2' is non-degenerate, for it would follow from the relation xo = Ale, + X2e2 [1] 2' (because of (1.3)) that 0 = Jxo, e,] = X1 and 0 = [xo, e2] = X2, i.e. xo = 0. We leave
the reader to verify that in this example the whole space . is also a nondegenerate (and, as we saw, an indefinite) lineal. Examples (but by no means the only ones) of degenerate ideals are all (;-d {B}) semi-definite lineals which are different from definite lineals. To see this we note that the restriction of a Q-metric [x, y] to any semi-definite lineal 2' is subject to the Cauchy-Bunyakovski inequality: 1.16 If 91 is semi-definite, then I
[x, y] 12 5 [x, x] [Y, Y]
(x, y E 2').
(1.14)
The proof (in the case of .2 being non-negative) follows at once from consideration of the Hermitian form (non-negative for all , n E C) (0,<)
[tx + nY, tx + nY] _ [x, x] I Z 12 + [x, Yl ti + [y, x]kn + [Y, yl I n 12,
for
which the inequality (1.14) is simply the expression of the non-negativity of its discriminant. In the case of a non-positive 2' we arrive at the same conclusion by considering the form (- [x, y] ). From 1.16 immediately follows the proposition: 1.17 In a semi-definite 2' every neutral vector xo (0 0) is isotropic. In particular,
on a neutral 2' the form [x, y] = 0. If (0 * ) xo E 2' and if [xo, xo] = 0, then for any y E 99 we have, by (1.14), 1
[xo, y] 12 s [xo, xol [Y, Yl = 0, i.e. xo [1] Y.
7 Each of the classes of lineals in . described in the preceding sections contains certain special lineals which will be of particular interest to us later.
Definition 1.18: A positive 2' (C.f) is said to be maximal positive lineal if for any positive 2, D 2' we have 21 = Y. Maximal non-negative, maximal negative, maximal non positive, maximal neutral, and maximal non-degenerative lineals are defined similarly.
For all the classes of lineals mentioned one important principle holds; we formulate and prove this principle for positive lineals (the formulation and proofs for the other classes are entirely analogous). Theorem 1.19: (The maximality principle). Every positive lineal Sf' is contained in a certain maximal positive lineal 22max.
§1 Linear spaces with an Hermitian form
7
We consider the set -It = ( 2) of all positive lineals 2' of the space J which contain 91. This set is not empty: 2'E . if. We introduce in it a partial ordering (<) by inclusion, i.e., for 2',, 2'2 E .,if, we put 91, < 22 if and only if 2', C 2'2. We shall show that in elf any chain (i.e. a linearly ordered subset) is bounded above. Indeed, for such a chain J' we obtain the upper bound by forming the union of all elements of the chain, i.e., of all the positive lineals containing J'
which enter into ,'. Because 7 is linearly ordered, this union will again be a positive lineal containing 2', i.e., it will be an element of the set ,/ f, and by construction it contains all the lineals of the chain JZ, i.e., it is the upper bound for 7. By Zorn's lemma, the set A( contains at least one maximal element Ymax, which obviously will indeed be the required maximal positive lineal containing Y. Remark 1.20: It will be shown later that in the particular case most important for us, when the space F with an indefinite metric [x, y] is a so-called Krein space (see §2), realization of the maximality principle for semi-definite lineals does not require the application of Zorn's Lemma, but the construction of the corresponding `maximal object' can be effectively carried out. We also remark that any lineal 9 (C J) can be regarded afresh us a space with Q-metric which contains, therefore, possibly positive, negative lineals and the like, for which in turn the maximality principle operates (locally, i.e. within 2').
8 We consider an arbitrary degenerate lineal 2' (C.i) and its isotropic lineal 2'° (* (0°)). As a well-known, there is an infinite set of decompositions of .' into a direct sum
g_g°+Y,,
(1.15)
where 2', is any (algebraic) complement to 2'°. From the fact that (1.15) is a direct sum, i.e. g° fl 2', = (0), and that all the vectors isotropic for 2' are collected in g° (cf. Definition 1.13), it follows that with any choice of the complement 2', this lineal is degenerate. Moreover, the following hold: 1.21
In every decomposition (1.15) of an arbitrary lineal Y1, where g'0 is its
isotropic lineal, 2', is the maximal (in 4 non-denegerate lineal. 1.22 Every maximal (in 4 semi-definite lineal 2' contains the isotropic lineal g'0 (see (1.15)).
The decomposition (1.15) also leads to the construction of the factor lineal _ 2222°, whose elements (co-sets) will be denoted by z, y and so on. Every class z (E2') is defined, with an arbitrary vector x E z (x E 2'), as usual by the formula z = x + g° (i.e. z = (x + Ay E ,-o). The canonical homomorphism 9' - 2" can be enriched with additional content if by means of it a certain Q-metric is induced from L into 2' according to the rule
Q(z, y) = Q(x, y), where
x E z, y E y.
(1.16)
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
8
It is not difficult to verify that the definition is a proper one, i.e., it does not depend on the chice of the vectors x E z, y E y.
Introducing again the short notation [x, y] = Q(x, y), and [z, y]" = Q(z y for any x1 ER, yl E y we have xi - x = xo E 22°, yl - y = yo E 99°, so that by virtue of the vectors xo and yo being isotopic we have [z, y]^ = [x, y] _
[x + xo, y + yo] = [x1, y1]. Hence, it follows immediately that 1.23 The lineal 21 in the decomposition (1.15) is (Q, Q)-isometrically isomorphic to the factor lineal 2'= 91IYo with the Q-metric (1.16).
9 A decomposition (1.15) of an arbitrary lineal 2' (C.i) into an isotropic lineal M'0 and a non-degenerate lineal _T1 gives rise to the natural question concerning the possibility of the further decomposition of a non-degenerate lineal 21i if it is indefinite, into the direct sum of a positive and a negative lineal. Without going deeply into this difficult problem here (it has given rise to an extensive literature
(see §6 below)), we shall for the moment establish only some comparatively simple facts.
First of all, although by no means all non-degenerate lineals 2' can be decomposed into the direct sum 22 = 2+ + 2- of a positive lineal 2+ and a negative lineal 2- (see Example 1.33 below), the converse is true: 1.24
If 2' (C,f) admits the decomposition
Y_Y++Y-1
(1.17)
into the direct sum of the lineals 2+ (CJP ++U (B)) and _T- (C then 2' is non-degenerate.
U [0)),
If xo E 22 and xo [1] 9?, then decomposing xo in accordance with (1.17) into (x± E 22` ), we obtain
the components xo = xo + xo
0= [xo,xo]= [xo,xo]+ [xo,x+]_[xo,xo]= -[xo,x+ 0= [xo,xo]= [xo,xo]+ [xo,xo]-[xo,xo]= -[xo,xo]. Hence it is clear that [4, xo ] (and also [xo , xo ]) is a real number, i.e. [xo , x6-1 = [xo , xo ], and therefore [xo , xo ] = [xo , xo ], which is possible only if xo = xo = 0, i.e. xo = 8. The Proposition 1.24 can be reversed in a known sense; more precisely, we can prove the following proposition, rather stronger than the converse of 1.24. 1.25
Let
the
non-degenerate
lineal
2
be
the
algebraic
sum
2 = Y+ + 2- = (x+ + x I x± E Y'± 1, where ..y'+ C ,0 ±. Then 2 = 2+ + land M'± are maximal in .1'± (2') respectively. In particular, if either of 22± is definite, then it is a maximal definite lineal in Y. Supposing, for example, that there are 9+ C .e+(21), 2+ D Y+
§1 Linear spaces with an Hermitian form
9
we obtain i.e. x+ E 2+\2'+, 9+ = x+ + x(x± E 2±), and x- = z+ - x+ E 2+ C .*°+, hence [z, z] = 0. But then xo = x = 2+ - x+ is an isotropic vector both in 2- and in (see (1.17)); in particular xo [l] 2±, i.e. xo = z+ - x+ [1] 2, hence g+ = x+ E 2+, which contradicts the choice of
+
g+
0
In view of Proposition 1.25 the result 1.24 can in turn be regarded as a simple consequence of a more general fact:
1.26 Every 2 (C.)
which
contains
a
lineal
2+ C Y' ++ U (0)
(2'- C .? - - U (0)) and which is maximal in 1 + (2) (in I - (2)) is nondegenerate.
If in 2 there is an isotropic vector xo, then, as a consequence of its neutrality, we have xo 0 Y+ (respectively xo E 2- ), and Lin (?+, xo) (resp. Lin{2-, xo)) is a non-negative (non-positive) lineal which is contained in
and which contains Y+ (27) as a proper subset. We have obtained a contradiction. A decomposition (1.17) in which 2+ C
±
, as soon as it exists, generates
two linear projectors P± which relate to any vector x E 2 its components x± = P±x (E.?`-), where x+ + x- = x. In other words, P+ + P- = Ir is the identity operator in 2', and P+ P- = P- P+ is an operator annihilating Y. If 2 (C 2` ), admits a decomposition (1.17) in which 2- (Y+ ) is a definite lineal, and if Y- C -°+ (2) (2- C <-- (2)), then the mapping P+: ± Y' 2+ (P-: 2' - 2-) is injective. For arbitrary 2+ C 0 these mappings Lemma 1.27:
are also injective for 2' C 0++(Y)U(B) (2' C - (2')U {B)). Suppose, for example, that 2" C ' (2) and that for some x E 2' we have P+ x = B. Then X= P+ x + P- x = P- x E 2-; hence x=0. In the case 2' C 3++(2)U (0), if for XE 2' we have P+x= 0, then x = P+ x + P- x = P- x = 0, because P- x is non-positive, and x is positive or equal to zero. Corollary 1.28: Under the conditions of Lemma 1.27 for maximal nonnegativity (maximal non-positivity) in 2 of the lineal it' C jP+ (2')
(2' C I- (2)) it is sufficient that P+2' = i'+ (P-.' = Y-). Suppose, for example, that 2' C 41 +(2') and that P+2' = M+. If also 2, C JP + (91) and 2, D Y', then 2, = Y'; for otherwise for any x, E 2,\M" we would have P+ X, = xi E 2+ and at the same time x, = P+x for some x E 2' (C 2', ), i.e., P+ (x, - x) = 0. But x, - x E 2, and therefore by Lemma 1.27 x, = x E Y', contrary to the choice of x,. 10 We shall return later in paragraph 11 to decompositions of the form (17) considering them in another light, motivated by the concepts introduced in the present paragraph.
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
10
Definition 1.29: 9'1,12 (C.f) are said to be skewly linked if 99, n y2 -1 = 9''2 n 99,11' = (0). To indicate that t1 and 22 are skewly linked we shall write 9', # 912. 1.30 In order that Y1 and 9'2, of which at least one is neutral, shall be skewly linked it is necessary that two conditions hold: a) 2, U Y2 = (0), b) Y1 + Y2 be non-degenerate. If 91, and 912 are both neutral, these conditions are also
sufficient.
Suppose, for example, that 9'1 C jP°. If 9'1 # Y2, then since (see Proposition 1.17) Y1 C 9 jl], condition a) follows from 9'2 n 21lJ = (0). Further, if If furthermore xo E T, + 92, then xo = x1 + X2 (xk E 91k, k = 1, 2).
so that xo [1] 21 + 92, then, in particular, xo E ?H and x, E £, C x2 E Y11] also. But X2 E 912, and so x2 = 0. Hence x, = xo [-L] E2, i.e., x, E Y, n Y F, and therefore x1 = 0. Thus xo = 0, and condition b) has been proved. Conversely, suppose that 9'1, 992 C .?° and that conditions a) and b) hold. We note that in this case condition a) automatically follows from condition b),
which can be replaced by the even weaker condition b') the algebraic sum 991 + Y2 = [x, + x2 I x, E 2,, x2 E 12) be non-degenerate. Since now 2?, C 9'i
and Y2 C -LL, any non-null vector from Y, n Y4' or 9' fl 991111 would be isotropic for 91, + ?2i contrary to condition b'). The simplest example of skewly linked lineals are two arbitrary, onedimensional lineals 9', = Lin(x1) and 22 = Lin(x2), if [x1, x2] 0 (x,, x2 E . ). The fact that in this example the dimensions of Y1 and Y2 are the same is not accidental, as the following lemma shows.
If 9', # 212 and 0 < dim Y1 = m < oo, then dim .9', = dim 22 and for any basis (e;)(" in Y1 a basis (fk)i" can be chosen in 2'2 such that [e1, Al = Sjk (k, k = 1, . . ., m). ('Q-biorthogonality'). Lemma 1.31:
Choose an arbitrary basis (e;)1' in 51 and suppose at first that dim 9'2 > m. Let x1, . . ., x,,,, xn,+1 be linearly independent vectors in 992. Consider the system of m linear homogeneous equations ,[xi,ee]
(j=1,2,...,m) (1.18)
in t°1,
the m + 1 unknowns
E,n+1;
it rhas a non-trivial solution
contrary to , 1, the condition. Therefore dim 2'2 < dim Y, = m, and by the same argument dim Y, < dim 9'2i i.e., dim 9', = dim 9'2 = m. Further, since 9'1 E 9'2111 = (0), a vector fl in Y2 can be found such that [el, fl] = 1, and if m = 1, then the construction of the Q-biorthogonal bases fell and (f,) is complete. But if m > 1, then we first choose (0 ;6) f, E 9'2 = [e,,,, f,] = 0. This is possible, since such that [e2, f,] = [e3, f l = m = dim q2 > dim Lin (e2, e3, ..., e,,,) = m - 1 and the construction of f, is S
ro,n, ron+ ,
i.e, the vector (0 ) xo = Zk'= 1 Skxk E Y2 n
§1 Linear spaces with an Hermitian form
11
carried out by the method used at the beginning of the proof. Since y'2 n ,M;1] = (B), so [e1, fl] # 0 and we may assume [e,, f,] = 1. Then we choose a vector (0 #) f2 E SP2 such that [e,, f2] = [e3, f2] = _ [e,,,, f2] = 0 and [e2, f2] = 1, and so on until the system (fk)i' is completely constructed. Linear independence (i.e., basicity in 2'2) of this system easily follows from the condition of Q-biorthogonality. Corollary 1.32: = :t . o1 +
If £, # 22 and 4, 02 are finite-dimensional,
then
-T2[1]
When Y1 = Y2 = 10), the assertion follows from the fact that X111 =j.
But if (see Lemma 1.31) dim 2', = dim 2'2 = m > 1, then, having chosen Q-biorthogonal bases (ee)l" and (f;)1" in M1 and 2'2 respectively, for any xE.
[x, f;] e;. Then xt E 21 and x - x, [1] fk (k = 1, 2, ..., m), i.e., x2 = x - xi E .211. we put x, = F,; n=
11 The proof in Lemma 1.31 of the coincidence of the (linear) dimensions of skewly linked 2, and M2 is based essentially on the finite dimensionality of 99,
and M2. As regards infinite-dimensional', and ?2, their linear isomorphism does not always follow from -'1 # 2'2. Example 1.33: Let . be a linear space of infinite-dimensional (in both directions) finite (on the left) sequences x = _m, , = 0 for j < jo(x). We introduce an indefinite metric in by the formula [x, yl =
l= -ao
(1.19)
kA-i-1,
where
x = (;); -oo,
Y= (?ii)i - E .
.
We now consider .1 (C.F) consisting of vectors x with t-, = _2 = . . . = 0. It follows from (1.19) that for such vectors we have [x, x] = 0, i.e. °, C .M°. Similarly we define 22 as the set of all y (E-fl with rlo ='q1 =
= 0. Again from
(1.19) we have [y, y] = 0, so that 22 is also neutral. It is clear that: a) 99, n M2 = 10), and b) Y, + 22 = .9 is non-degenerate, and so by 1.30 M1, # t2 At the same time 9?1 and 9?2 are not isomorphic, because 2, is isomorphic to the space of all sequences (o. 1.... ), but 2'2 is isomorphic to the space of all finite
sequences (77-1i77-2....), which has, as is well known, a smaller (namely, a countable) linear dimensionality.
At the same time we show that . is an example of a non-degenerate space which does not admit a decomposition of the form (1.17). For, suppose that . =.+ + M-, where Y+ C e°++U (B), and M- C .j°-- U 10). (EM'+) Consider the mapping T2: 91+ - M'2, which to every vector x relates the vector T 2 x = ( . . . , t_2, _ 1i 0, 0, ...) (E22). This linear mapping is
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
12
injective, because by (1.19) the equality T2x = 0 implies the equality [x, x] = 0, and so x = 0 (because 2+ is positive). The injectivity of the mapping T2: 2- Y2 is proved similarly. But this means that the linear dimensions of the lineals 2+ and Y- do not exceed the linear dimension of the lineal 2'2, and therefore they are not more than countable, which is impossible because their direct sum 2+ + k = = 91, + 22 is isomorphic to the lineal 91, of higher dimension. We point out that the foregoing argument contains essentially the proof of the following (abstract) theorem: Theorem 1.34: If a non-degenerate spare .f with an indefinite metric is the direct sum = 2, + 22 of two non-isomorphic lineals 2',, 2'2 C .?o, then it does not admit decomposition into the direct sum J = 2+ + 2'- of two definite lineals
2+ and -T-.
The proof is the same as in Example 1.33 if we consider that the decomposition . = 2', + 212 generates projectors Pk: . 2'k (k = 1, 2), P, + P2 = Ii, and use again that one of these two projectors which correspond to the ideal (let us say, 2'2) of lesser dimension (than 2', ).
12 In conclusion we return to the situation in paragraph 3 when there are two complex linear spaces f i and W 2 with a Q,-metric and a Q2-metric [ , ], and -,4'2. However, P, , ]2 given on them respectively, and a linear mapping T:. instead of the stringent requirements of isomorphism and (Q,, Q2)-isometricity here a more `liberal' condition will be imposed on T which, in the notation of
paragraph 3, reads T?o, C -)02 +.
Lemma 1.35: Suppose that the Ql-metric in the space Jr, .is known to be indefinite, the Q2-metric in .4'2 is arbitrary, and the linear mapping T. J, -4,2 has the property T. 1 ° C -,02'. Then, for all y E P i and z E .01 [ TY, TY] 2
< [ Tz, Tzl2
(1.20)
[z, zl ,
[Y, Y] I
Restricting ourselves to `normalized' vectors y: [y, y],
1
and
[z, z], = 1, we rewrite the relation (1.20) as - [Ty, Ty]2 < [Tz, Tz]2, and we assume the contrary. Namely, suppose that for some yo E .s , z:
with
[yo, yo] I = - 1
and
Zo E .,
with
[Zo, zo]i = 1
we
have
- [Tyo, Ty]2 > [ Tzo, TZo12. We consider the vector xo = eyo + zo where c (I e I = 1) is, for the time being, an arbitrary parameter. We have [xo, xo], = 2 Re(e[yo, zo],),
[Txo, Txo]2 < 2 Re(e[Tyo, Tzo]2)
(0 < p < 2ir), so, by choosing the argument p suitably, we But since e = can always arange that Re(c [yo, zo] 1) = 0 and Re(c [ Tyo, Tzo]2) < 0. For such
an a we obtain [xo, xo], = 0 and [Txo, Txo]2 < 0, which contradicts the condition T.901 C -i'i'-
§ 1 Linear spaces with an Hermitian form Corollary 1.36:
µ+(T) = inf
13
Under the conditions of Lemma 1.35 the finite limits [Tx, Tx]z
x E .l t
1
[x, x] 1
(> -ao ), it _(T) = sup xE
[Tx, Tx]z [x, x] 1
exist. Moreover, µ_(t) < µ+(t) and for any it with µ_(T) < µ < µ+(T) the inequality
[Tx,Tx]z>µ[x,x]1
(1.21)
holds for all x E .i.
For the finiteness of the limits µ+ (T) and µ_ (T) and the inequality µ_ (T) <,A+ (T) follow immediately from (1.20). Further, for x E : ' ? the inequality (1.21) follows from the condition T?° C P2'. In the remaining cases when x E sP 1 + U .0 i -, it is easily seen from the chain of inequalities (cf. (1.20))
[Tx,Tx]2<14<
sup (µ-(T)=) XE.'
[x, x] I
[Tx,Tx]2
inf
XE.'i -
[x,x]I
(=µ+(T))
0 Exercises and problems 1
Verify that for the form [x, y] defined in para. I the normalization formula 1
1
i
[x, Y]=4[x+y,x+y]-4[x-y,x-y]+4 [x+iy,x+iy]
-- [x-iy,x-iY]
(x,YE.f)
holds. 2
Consider the linear space f = C[-1, 1] of all complex-valued continuous functions defined on the interval [-1, 1]. Verify that the form [x, y] = f '
x(t)y(- t) dt
(x, yE.f)
(1.22)
is Hermitian and defines an indefinite metric on .f . Give examples of positive and negative vectors in J r. 3
If a space .f with Q-metric [x, y] contains at least one positive (negative) vector, then j w'= f++ + f++ (f = .)P- - + f - - ), where the symbol denotes the algebraic sum of sets (see M. Krein and Shmul'yan [21). Hint: For a positive vector x+ E .f (for instance) and an arbitrary x E .f consider the quadratic form [x + ax+, x + ax+] for large a E R.
4
In order that f (see Exercise 3) should be indefinite it is necessary that not one of the sets .?++ ,--, -P- should be a lineal, and it is sufficient that at least neither of the sets .f°+,.jP - should not be a lineal. (Cf. M. Krein & Shmul'yan [2].) Hint: Use the result of Exercise 3. f+,
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
14 5
Prove that for any set if (C.fz) it is always true that .,I1111 Il] l1' = .,!/l1) (E. Scheibe [1]).
6
Prove that the relation (1.12) holds not only for lineals but for any sets It,, . //Z (C sr)
provided only that they both contain the vector 0. 7
If 2' C .>a°, then 2(11 [ll C jP° ([V]).
8
If 2' is degenerate, then M'Ill [l is also degenerate ([V] ). A similar proposition for non-degenerate lineals is false.
9
If 2' C+, then Y[1] [l may turn out to be indefinite (and may even coincide with the whole space) ([V] ).
10
Prove the converse of Proposition 1.17. Hint: Use the decomposition (1.15) and Proposition 1.9.
11
Obtain the converse of Proposition 1.21.
12
Verify that the inequality (1.21) may fail when µ 0 [µ_ (T), µ+(T)]; construct an example.
§2 1
Krein spaces (axiomatics) We consider a linear space . with a Q-metric Q(x, y) = [x, y]. Suppose
that i admits decomposition into the direct sum of a positive (.+) and a negative ( ) lineal:. _ + -- . -, from which it follows by 1.24 that the whole space Jr .is non-degenerate. We take the following step and suppose that .J+ [1] . -, and so we can write "g =
+ [+]
-'.
(2.1)
where the symbol [+] denotes the Q-orthogonal direct sum. Definition 2.1: The decomposition (1.21) is caled a canonical decomposition of the space .4.
The lineals .;+ and j- in (2.1) are pre-Hilbert spaces: f + with the scalar product (a positive-definite form) [x, y] (x, y E ii + ), and .4- with the scalar product (- [x, y]) (x, y E . -' ). Definition 2.2: A space t with a Q-metric [x, y], which admits a canonical decomposition (2.1) in which + and Jr- are complete, i.e. Hilbert, spaces relative to the norms 11 x II = [x, X]'12 (x E 9 +) and 11 X I I = (- [x, x] "Z) (x E .
)
respectively, is called a Krein space.
Remark 2.3: Here that case in which one or both of the spaces -J r± is finite-dimensional is not excluded. §9 is devoted entirely to this important particular case. But if, in particular, .4- = [6) (or .:F+ = 10)), i.e., the whole of .t is definite, then this Krein space is simply a Hilbert space with the scalar
product [x, y] (or - [x, ] ).
§2 Krein spaces (axiomatics)
15
In considering a Krein space, we shall from the very first time start from the
2
fixed canonical decomposition (2.1) which features in its definition (2.2), although in the case where . is indefinite, as may easily be understood (see theorem 8.17 below), this decomposition is not unique. A canonical decomposition (2.1) enables a (positive definite) scalar product to be introduced into the whole Krein space (i.e. for all x, y E .) according to the formula
(x, y)= [x+,Y+]- 1X-' Y- 1,
x=x++x-,
Y=y++y ;
x+,Y+EI+;
x-,yE ."-.
(2.2)
In particular, for vectors u, v E .J+ we have, clearly (u, v) = [u, v], and for u, v E .: - we have (u, v) = - [u, v]. But if u E J+ and V E . -, then it follows from (2.2) that (u, v) = [u, 0] - [0, v] = 0, i.e.. + 1 -, where the symbol 1 denotes, as usual, orthogonality relative to the scalar product (2.2). Thus, the space with the scalar product (2.2) can be regarded as the orthogonal sum of the two Hilbert spaces J+ and . -, from which follows 2.4
The space .t is complete, i.e. it is a Hilbert space relative to the norm
IIxII =(x,x)tn
(2.3)
generated by the scalar product (2.2). Remark 2.5: Since our main purpose later will be to study linear operators acting in Krein spaces, the topology of this space (and it is defined by the norm (2.3), i.e., by the scalar product (2.2)) is important for questions connected with the boundedness and closure of operators, with their spectral theory, and
so on. At the same time the Definitions (2.2) and (2.3) may create the impression that the topology about which we are speaking depends essentially on the actual choice of the canonical decomposition (2.1). Later (see Theorem 7.19) it will be proved that this impression is erroneous: all norms defined by different canonical decompositions of the form (2.1) turn out to be equivalent.
3
In connection with the above definitions it is expedient to distinguish Krein
spaces from all spaces .
with an indefinite metric by means of a special
notation. For this we shall adopt the traditional notation for Hilbert spaces (as
we saw in paragraph 2, a Krein space is a Hilbert space), namely .. The canonical decomposition (2.1) will now be written in the form
.W_.0+[+]
(2.4)
we recall, moreover, that not only is + [I] . -, but also .,Y+ 1 .W-, i.e. the decomposition (2.4) could also be written in the form =
,+ O+
.
1
where O+ is the symbol for a (Hilbert) orthogonal sum.
(2.5)
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
16
Returning to formula (2.2) we can, in a known sense, invert it, i.e., express the metric (the Q-form) [x, y] in terms of the scalar product (2.2). Keeping for arbitrary vectors x, y E . the notation x±, y± for their components lying in .W+ respectively (in accordance with (2.4) or (2.5)), we have [x, Y] =
[x+
+ X-' Y+ + Y ] = [x+, Y+] + [x , Y ] = (x+, Y+) - (x , Y ),
or finally
[x, Y] = (x+, y+) - (x-, Y-).
(2.6)
[x,x]=llx+II2-IIx-II2
(2.7)
In particular,
From the formula (2.7) we obtain 2.6 Positivity, negativity, or neutrality of a vector x E ,f are equivalent to the relations 11 x+ 11 > 11 x
11,
11 x+ 11 < 11 x
11, or 11 x+ 11 = 11 x
11
respectively.
The results of paragraph 3 show that a Krein space can be looked on as an arbitrary Hilbert space .' decomposed into the usual orthogonal sum (2.5) of the two subspaces W+ and .* - (, + 1 W-) and equipped in addition to the original Hilbert metric (i.e., the scalar product (x, y)) with the additional indefinite metric [x, y] given by the relation (2.6). We suggest to the reader 4
that, as a simple exercise, he should convince himself, that with such a definition of the form Q(x, y) = [x, y] the subspaces Ye+ and .-W- turn out to be positive and negative respectively relative to it, that they are Q-orthogonal (,W+ [I] ,e-), and therefore the decomposition (2.5) is simultaneously also a
canonical decomposition of the form (2.4). Moreover, the original scalar product, as can easily be calculated, is again expressed in terms of the form [x, y] by means of the relation (2.2). In the next section it will be shown (see §3, para. 5) that the point of view presented here on Krein spaces can be further modified and that to this concept can be given an extremely flexible form most convenient for the theory of operators.
Exercises and problems 1
2
The anti-space (see Definition 1.8) of a Krein space is again a Krein space. Suppose that in a canonical decomposition (2.1) of a space . at least one of the terms .t + or .4- is not complete relative to the norm 11 x 11 _ I [x, x] 11,12; we complete s± * relative to this norm to Hilbert spaces .t . Show that the orthogonal sum J ®j is a Krein space which contains i as a dense part. We obtain the same result if we at once complete the whole of .s relative to the norm (2.3).
§2 Krein spaces (axiomatics) 3
17
In Exercise 2 of § 1 the space .J admits a canonical decomposition J = JT+ [+]. -, where J+ and J- are the spaces of all continuous even and odd functions on [ - 1, 1] respectively. Completing it in accordance with the procedure considered in the L2[_ 1, 1] with the indefinite metric (1.22), previous Exercise leads to the space . = in which the Riemann integral should be replaced by a Lebesgue integral. The interval
(- 1,1) can, of course, be replaced by any symmetric interval (- a, a). 4 We modify Example 1.1 by considering the space .F of infinite (in both directions) and finite (also in both directions) sequences x = (..., E-2, t-1, S1, 2, ... ), with co-
ordinatewise definition of the linear operations, and introducing for x, y E o the indefinite metric
(V= (?Ik)k=-W)k
Q(x, y) = (x, Y] = Z k k - L: k=1
(2.8)
E-k71-k.
k=1
Find a canonical decomposition of the space . and show that completion of .4, in the manner of Exercise 2 leads to a Krein space which is Q-isometrically isomorphous to 12 Q+ 12, with the indefinite form (2.8) ([XV]). 5
In Example 1.2 we restrict ourselves to a finite interval [a, b] C R and we denote by w(t) the total variation of a function a(t) on the interval [a, t] (a <, t < b). Then the indefinite form 6
x(t)y(t) da(t)
[x, Y] _ a
(x,YE Lb))
b) space of all w-measurable and w-summable squared functions the structure of a Krein space. Find its canonical decomposition (I. Iokhvidov and Ektov [2] ). Hint: Use Hahn's decomposition theorem (see, e.g. [VII], [VIII], §5, Theorem 1). gives in the
6
Generalize the example in the preceding exercise to arbitrary L2(S,
µ)-spaces (see
[XII] ), where µ = µ+ - µ- is a measure with bounded variation h u I = µ+ + µ_ ( [XII] ). 7
A model of a real Krein space (see, at the end of Chapter 1, the remarks on §1, paragraphs 1, 2) is the orthogonal sum . Y = ,Y+ (D .W- of two real Hilbert Y+ and
.- with a form
Q(x, Y) = [x, Y] = (x+, Y+ )+ - (x-, y-)-,
are the scalar products in k'
where x = x+ + x-, y = y+ + y-, and and W- respectively.
77
x+
0 Fig.
I
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
18
Show that in the particular case when .W' = W- =12 (a real l2), such a Krein space
is Q-isometrically isomorphic to the completion relative to the l2 norm of the analogue of the space.:O'in Exercise 4 for real sequences with a real form (2.8). Verify
that this analogue for the case dim .0' = dim Y- = 1 is Q-isometrically isomorphic to the Cartesian plane IR2 (see Fig. 1) with rectangular Cartesian axes (.xr', W- ), with vectors x , = (E1, n1), X2=(102,772), and with the forms: indefinite form Q(x1, X2) = [XI, X2] =tEI¢2 - nI'h2, and the Hilbert form (x1, x2) = 5142 + 701712 (the scalar product).
In the case of real ,Y', M- with dim Ye' = 1, dim -W- = 3, the Krein space fP = .Y' Q+ .Y- is Q-isometrically isomorphic to the Minkowski space of the special theory of relativity with the Q-metric (see (2.8)) [3
/ Q(x,Y)= [x, Y] = E0170 - L, Sk7lk tt
k=1
8
Let -*'=,,Y' ( 1- be a Krein space and let x± E.,Y±. Then the conditions a) x± 1 y and b) x± [l] y are equivalent for any y E Jf. Hint: Use formula (2.2).
9
Under the conditions of the previous exercise
(XO[L]x,xolx) a IXo J- X',XO i X ) for any
xo=xo +xo
and x=X'+x- in.
(XO,x±E..Y±).
Hint: Use formula (2.2). 10
Let 97 be a subspace of a Krein space, and let 97° be its isotropic part. The space
2' = Yd 97° will be Krein space if and only if 91 admits the decomposition 9' = Se [+] 99' into the direct sum of the isotopic subspace 97° and a Krein space 97'. Moreover, if 2' = 20 [+] 2'" is another direct decomposition, then 2" is also a Krein space (Langer [9] ). Hint: Use the Definition 2.2 of a Krein space and Proposition 1.23.
Canonical projectors P± and canonical symmetry J
§3 1
Suppose a Krein space 0 is given, with a canonical decomposition
-. This decomposition generates two mutually complementary projectors P' and P- (P' + P- = I, the identity operator in .-W) mapping .W on to 0' and .,Y- respectively. Thus, in the notation of §2, for any x E 'W we have P±x = x±. The projectors P' and P- are called canonical projectors. Recalling the relation (2.5) we observe that P± are ortho-projectors, i.e., they .,Y = .-W' [+]
are orthogonal (self-adjoint) projection operators relative to the scalar product (2.2):
.W =,N,+ Q+ .) o = P'.
O+ P-'.'.
We now bring into consideration a linear operator J: --W formula
J= P' - P-,
.# defined by the (3.1)
§3 Canonical projectors P± and canonical symmetry J
19
and call it the canonical symmetry of the Krein space. The justification for this name is that, firstly, the operator J is defined by the canonical decomposition (2.4), and secondly, that it is a bounded symmetric (self-adjoint) operator in, since it is the difference between two self-adjoint operators P'
and P. 3.1
The canonical symmetry J has the following properties:
J*= J
J2=I(J-'=J) J-' = J*
(self-adjointness), (the property of being involutory) (the property of being unitary).
(3.2) (3.3)
(3.4)
The relation (3.2) was established above. Further, for x = x+ + x- E
we have, by (3.1), Jx = x+ - x-, and so J2x = J(x+ _X-)=X, +X- = x, i.e., J2 = I. Finally, (3.4) follows from (3.2) and (3.3).
2 We trace the action of the operator J on the subspaces+ and-. It follows from (3.4) that
3.2 M+ is an eigen-subspace of the operator J, corresponding to the eigenvalue k = 1. 3.3 j e- is an eigen-subspace of the operator J, corresponding to the eigenvalue X = - 1.
Since the operator J is simultaneously both self-adjoint and unitary (see 3.1), its whole spectrum lies on the intersection of the real axis and the unit circle, i.e., on the join of the points Xi = 1 and X2 = - 1. As we see from 3.2 and 3.3, it actually (provided only that ,Y+ ;e (8) and - 7 (81) contains both these two numbers, which are eigenvalues of the operator J: a(J) = up (J) = (- 1, 1). We recall that a(-) denotes the whole spectrum, and up(-) the point spectrum, of an operator. We notice further that the definition J(x+ + x-) = x+ - x- of the canonical symmetry operator J enables us to treat the result of its action as the `mirror reflection' of the space . in the subspace +.
The introduction of the operator J makes it possible to reunite in a new and more compact way the fundamental relations derived in §2 between the indefinite metric ([x, y]) and the Hilbert metric ((x, y)) in a Krein space, 3
namely: 3.4
(x, Y) = [Jx,Y],
[x,YA =(Jx,Y)
(x,YEJY)
(3.5)
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
20
The first of these relations is the equivalent of formula (2.2), and the second is the equivalent of formula (2.6). It follows from 3.4 that, firstly, 11x11'= [Jx,x], and secondly that: 3.5
[x,x]=(Jx,x)
(xE.0),
(3.6)
The form [x, y] is a bounded (and therefore continuous over all the
variables) Hermitian sequilinear functional on ' wx
with the bound (since
11 JlI=1)
(x,yE.W).
[x,Yll<11ill lIxliiiyll=IIxllIIyII
(3.7)
The Proposition 3.5 enables an important deduction to be made about the closures (with respect to the norm 11 x 11) of semi-definite lineals of a Krein space:
3.6 If 2' C
2C
+ (? - ), then also 2' C R
If 91 C .- °, then also
°.
From this follows, in turn, 3.7 In a Krein space every maximal lineal 2' (C .? +) (or 2' (C-40-), (C o° 0)) is closed, i.e., it is a subspace: 2' = Se We note that for maximal definite lineals a similar assertion is certainly not true (see Example 4.12 below). 4
To the properties of the operator J of being symmetric x, y E .
Y) = (x, Y ),
and of being unitary, and therefore isometric
x,yE.W, which reflect its properties relative to the scalar product (x, y), can be added its entirely analogous properties relative to the indefinite metric [x, y]:
[ x, Y] = [x, Y], [ x, Y] = [x, Y]
(x, Y E 0),
(3.8)
which follow from (3.5): [ Jx, Y] = (x, Y) = (Y, x) = [ Y, x]
[Jz, Y] =(x,
(x, Y E .,Y);
(x,YE.#). These properties have been named the J-symmetry and the J-isometricity respectively of the operator J; they are discussed in detail later in Chapter 2, [x, Y]
Sections 3.5. As regards the indefinite metric [x, y] itself, in view of the second formula in (3.5) it is also known as the J-metric, and a Krein space is called a (Hilbert) space with a J-metric or, shortly, a J-space.
§3 Canonical projectors P± and canonical symmetry J
21
For the same reason the Q-form Q(x, y) = [x, y] = (Jx, y) is called the J -form, and correspondingly we speak of J-orthogonality (x [1] y) of vectors x, y E . , of the J-orthogonal complement -It fly to a set ,Jf (C.'), and so on.
We shall adhere to this latest terminology throughout all the rest of the exposition unless otherwise stipulated (see, e.g. §9, para. 4). In the theory of linear operators in Krein spaces (see Chapter 2 and later) it is often convenient to regard. Was ' a Hilbert space in which an indefinite metric 5
is defined not by a canonical decomposition . =+ @,k- given in advance, i.e., by canonical orthoprojectors P± (P+ + P- = I) (see §2.4), but by some preassigned symmetry operator J. For this purpose it is expedient to modify the definition (as will be seen in a moment, to an equivalent form) of the symmetry operator J and, at the same time, also of a canonical decomposition and of canonical projectors by putting as a basis not the form (3.1) but the
relations (3.2)-(3.4), any two of which imply the third (see the Proof of Proposition 3.1).
Definition 3.8: Any linear operator J: .Y - W' which is simultaneously unitary and self-adjoint:
J-'=J*=J is called a canonical symmetry in the Hilbert space M. A canonical symmetry J immediately generates orthogonal canonical orthoprojectors P± according to the formulae
P+='(I+ J),
P- =2'(I- J),
and a canonical decomposition
and also the J-metric
[x,yl =(Jx,y)
(x,yE (x,yEA),
where (x, y) is the original scalar product in ,Y, and the subspaces
.
±,
relative to the J-metric, are definite (of different `signs') and J-orthogonal. We
mention that here the `limiting' particular cases where J= ±I, i.e., either - = [e] or W+ = (e}, and the J-metric [x, y] is identical with either (x, y) or - (x, y), are not excluded. Both in the general theory and (in particular) in applications the canonical symmetry operator J may be defined in the Hilbert space in very different ways. We illustrate this fact here by two examples (the reader will encounter others in the later sections and chapters). Example 3.9: We consider a Hilbert space .W' = .
,
O+ ..*2 which is the
orthogonal sum of two copies of a Hilbert space ., (= . , = ,Y2), and we
22
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
define in .
an operator J in the 'operator-matrix' form J=
G
(I- G2)"2VI
V*(I- G2)ti2
- V*GV
(3.9)
where G is a bounded self-adjoint operator, and I is the identity operator in ./', with 0 5 G <, I, and V is a semi-unitary operator in W' mapping .( on to V.Y( D [Ker(I- G2)]1 (actual examples of such a pair G, V will be met later in Example 1.4 in Chapter 3 and elsewhere), or V is an arbitrary unitary operator (V*V = VV* = I).
In the matrix form (3.9) the operators (I- G2)I/2V and V*(I- G2)1/2 appearing on the secondary diagonal are to be understood as operating, the first from 2 into y'i, and the second from 4', into '2. Thus, strictly speaking, they should be written in the form (I - G2) 1/2 Vj12 and j21 V* (I - G2) "2, where j12 and j21 are the operators of `canonical imbedd-
ing' (of identification of elements) of 2 into
1
and oft into W2
respectively. In order not to complicate the notation we shall not do this either now or later, hoping that no misunderstanding will arise in the reader's mind. Clearly j* = J, and so it remains to verify that J2 = I (the identity operator in ). But it is easy to see this by squaring the matrix (3.9) and noting that
(I- G2)
C [Ker(I- G2)]1 and GV.
C [Ker(I-
G2)]1.
The most important cases of the canonical symmetry operator (3.9), those most often used in applications are the `extreme cases':
G=I,
V=I: J=
G=0,
V=I: J=
(3.1Oa) 0
I
I
0
(3.10b)
_ representation We note that only for the first of these is the _original = M, ( M2 also a canonical decomposition Se- = + [+] Se- - (.ie- + = .
.H1, .
- = W2). In other cases the canonical decomposition has to be con-
structed afresh (see Theorem 8.17 below).
2 (., =
2 =), but this time Example 3.10: Again let if- =.,Y, O+ .Ye itself is a Hibert space with a J-metric, i.e., it is a Krein space. We introduce in . ie- the canonical symmetry operator J=
0
eJ
eJ
0
(3.11)
Here again the self-adjointness of j in. is obvious, and the formula j2 = h an be verified immediately. In the particular case when J = I, c = 1 the formula (3.11) turns into (3.10b). Example 3.11: Consider the Hilbert space _W =12 of all infinite (in both (x, y E 12) with square-summable directions) sequences x = y = (n;);
§3 Canonical projectors P± and canonical symmetry J
moduli, and with a scalar product ( , ) and an infinite form
23 [
,
given
]
respectively by the formulae (cf. Example 1.33)
(x, y) = E
Aj,
[x, y] = z
'rl -j- 1.
Here the operator J(j;); _- = [E-j- 1); _m is an involution and J* = J.
Exercises and problems 1
In Exercise 3 of §2 construct the canonical symmetry operator J from the given canonical decomposition.
2
Construct the canonical symmetry operator J for the space in §2, Exercise 4.
3
Do the same for the spares in §2, Exercises 5 and 6.
4
In a Krein space the lineals 2 and J/ are always skewly linked: Y # J. (see § 1, para 10) ([V]) (cf. Exercise 6b below).
5
Find the canonical decompositions of the Krein spaces in Examples 3.10 and 3.11 corresponding to the canonic symmetry operator J indicated therein. The concept of a canonical symmetry operator makes sense also in any space t with a Hermitian form Q(x, y) = [x, y] (x, y E 4T) if . admits a decomposition . =.:+ [+]. -, which, clearly, defines projectors P± from ? on to . respectively
6
(P' + P- = I). Verify that (cf. Scheibe [1]):
a) J = P+ - P- is an involution: Jz = I, and a Q-symmetry: [ix, y] = [x, Jy] (x, y E fl, and is a Q-isometry: [ Jx, Jy] = (x, y] (x, y E j); b) For any lineal 2' (C. f) the lineals 9 and J2' are skewly linked (2' # J2') and are Q-isometrically isomorphic (see § 1, para. 3); here a Q-metric is induced in 99 and Jc
from .1;
=Jell(SPC ); in particular,
c)
if 9 is maximal in the class of non-negative (positive, neutral, non-positive, or negative) lineals, then J2' is also maximal in the same class; a similar assertion holds
for non-degenerate lineals, and if 2'' [11 = 2', then (J2')[1] [11 = JY; d) for a neutral 2' the lineal 2' + J2 admits the canonical decomposition ' + J2' = P+ 2' [+] P- SC, and moreover P' 2' is Q-isometrically isomorphic to the anti-space for P-2' (see §1, para. 3). 7
I f ,Y = 99 Q+ 21 is the orthogonal sum of two subspaces of a Hilbert space .
, then in
order that the matrix 11
J12
1z
zz
11
with bounded elements should give (relative to the given decomposition of Y) a canonical symmetry operator in 0, it is necessary and sufficient that a) 11 = Jll, J22 = J22;
b) Ji1 + 12J z = IV';
c) Jz2 + Jiz 1z = IT- ;
d) J11 J12 + J12 J22 = 0.
Hint: Verify the condition Jz = I.
24
§4
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
Semi-definite and definite lineals and subspaces in a Krein space
Let W = W+ [ Q+ ] .- be a canonical decomposition of a Krein space, and let P+- be the corresponding canonical projectors. The symbol [(@] is used here (for the first time) as a brief remainder of the 'two-fold orthogonality' (the usual one and also in the J-metric) of the canonical decomposition we have fixed on. We consider an arbitrary semi-definite (for definiteness, a 1
non-negative) lineal 2' (C.') and we study the mapping P+: Speaking more accurately, we actually study here the restriction P+ 12' of the operator P+ on to 2', and the image of 2' in this mapping is the lineal P+Y
Theorem 4.1: The mapping P+ 12': 2' -+ P+2' of a non-negative lineal 9.9 (C.V) is a linear homeomorphism, i.e., it is bijective, continuous, and the
inverse mapping (P+ 12)-': P+2- 2' is also continuous. The linearity and continuity of the ortho-projector P+, and also of its restriction P+ 12', are obvious. The bijectivity follows from Lemma 1.27. Further, for x E . we have (see 2.6) II x+ 11 > 11 x 11, and so II(P+I2')x112=l1x+11>2I(IIx+112+11x
(xEY).
(4.1)
Putting (P+ 12')x = y, we have x = (P+ 12) ' y, and the relation (4.1) gives II (P+ 12'y'y 112
211 v 12
(y E P+E), i.e. II (P+ 12')-' II < J.
Corollary 4.2: Under the conditions of Theorem 4.1 the lineals 2' and P+2' are either both closed or both are not closed. Corollary
Se (C,f = < dim .+.
4.3: + [+]
dimension of any non-negative subspace does not exceed the dimension of .Y+: dim .'
The )
Remark 4.4: By virtue of Lemma 1.27 the bijectivity of the mapping (P+ I SP): 2' P+Y in Theorem 4.1 holds for any linear space ; with a Q-form [x, y] (see §1, para. 1) which admits decomposition into a direct sum (not necessarily even a Q-orthogonal sum!) .4'= . + + - of a positive lineal (.:W'+) and a negative lineal (.: - ), if P± are the projectors corresponding to this
decomposition (P+ + P- = I.y, the identity operator in J r). So in this case Corollary 4.3 still holds if in the inequality dim 2 < dim 2+ we take the symbol dim to be not the Hilbert dimension but the linear dimension, i.e. the cardinality of the algebraic basis. Finally, even if Jr .is degenerate, if it still admits decomposition into the direct sum . = .t ° +;+ +;- of an isotropic lineal ;T0, a positive lineal ;+, and a negative lineal .: - (see 1.24), then similar arguments show that the linear dimension of any positive .' (C.Jr) does not exceed the linear dimension of +.
§4 Semi-definite and definite lineals and subspaces in a Krein space
25
In conclusion we point out that we have, only for the sake of definiteness, been dicussing non-negative and positive lineals. The reader will easily be able to formulate and prove analogues of all these assertions for non-positive and
negative lineals. But, actually, repetition of the proofs is unnecessary here because a simple transition from the space . (respectively .) to the anti-space (see Definition 1.8) changes the roles of non-negative (positive) and nonpositive (negative) lineals, in particular of ( +) and J (. ) and correspondingly of the projectors P+ and P-. The results of paragraph 1 open the way to the establishment of criteria for maximality of semi-definite lineals in a Krein space. 2
Theorem 4.5: In order that - (C,41+) (2' (C,01-)) in the Krein space .,Y =+ [ O+ ],W- should be a maximal non-negative lineal (maximal nonpositive lineal) it is necessary and sufficient that P+ 2 = W+ (P-2' = W-). El
We carry out the proof for a non-negative Y. Necessity: Let 22 be the maximal lineal from 40 +. Then (see 3.5) 99 is closed,
i.e., it is a subspace, and therefore (see Corollary 4.2) P+Z ' (C, +) is also a subspace. Let us assume that P+22 ;6 A0+. Since onk+ the metrics (x, y) and [x, y] are identical (see (2.2)), we can find a vector (9;4)zo E 99+' = .,Y+OP+Y22
which is simultaneously orthogonal and J-orthogonal to P+2'. 9 is called the deficiency subspace for Y. Thus zo 1 P+2' and zo [1] P+2'. At the same time zo [1] 2', because for any x E 2' we have [zo, x] = [zo, x+ + x-] = [zo, x+] = (zo, x+) = (zo, Px+) = 0.
We note further that zo !f 22, for otherwise it would be isotropic for .' and therefore a neutral vector, but zo is positive (0
envelope Lint9,zo] =
C P+, and also
.
Zo E
+ ). But then the linear 22, which con-
3 2' and 22
tradicts the maximal non-negativity of Y. Sufficiency was established earlier in Corollary 1.28.
Corollary 4.6: If 9 is a maximal non-negative (maximal non-positive) subspace of the Krein space W =,W+ [ @].,Y-, then dim 22 = dim ,Y+ (dim 2' = dim ..- ). El
3
This follows immediately from Theorems 4.1 and 4.5. The situation is more complicated with maximal positive (maximal nega-
tive) lineals, which, as we shall see below (Example 4.12), can also be non-closed. We start, however, from a simple fact: Theorem 4.7:
In order that 91' C
++ U 101 (2'
C --- U t9)) should be a
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
26
maximal positive (maximal negative) lineal, it is necessary, and in the case
when .' is closed, it is also sufficient, that P91 =+ (P- = ,Y- ). Necessity. Suppose for definiteness that 2' is a maximal positive lineal. If +, then, again choosing an arbitrary vector zo ;d 0 in the
P'
X e Q PP Y7, we discover, exactly as in the proof of Theorem 4.5, that 2' = Lin (2', zo) is positive, and also Y D 2' and 2' ;6 2', deficiency space C A y,
which is impossible.
_
Sufficiency: Let P _ W'. If the positive 2' is closed (91 =2'), then by Corollary 4.2 P2' _ = j+ is also closed. By Theorem 4.5 2' is a maximal non-negative subspace and by the same token a maximal positive subspace.
In the course of proving the `sufficiency part' of Theorem 4.7 we have incidentally established.
Corollary4.8: A maximal positive lineal Yin the case when it is closed is also a maximal non-negative lineal.
Remark 4.9: closed, the sufficient for
In the case when 2'C.#++ U (01 (2' C .40- - U (B)) is not
condition P =+ (P =M-))
the maximality of .',
is certainly not because it is also possible that
2'C ,-++ U (9) (k c 0--U 101). As the simplest example in the case, say, of an infinite dimensional i+ we may take any lineal 2' (?! ,W+) which is dense in
In view of Remark 4.9 the criteria (i.e., the necessary and sufficient conditions) for maximality of definite lineals have to be sought in other terms. Theorem 4.10: In order that in the Krein space =+ [ @],W- the lineal 2' C _°++ U (0) (2' C .:-- U (0)) should be a maximal positive (maximal negative) lineal, it is necessary and sufficient that the following two conditions hold:
(1) The closure 2' of the lineal 2' is a maximal non-negative (non-positive) subspace. _ _ _ where (2')° is the isotropic lineal for 2' (not excluding the (II) = 9' + possibility (9')° = (0)). Necessity. Suppose, for definiteness, that 2' is a maximal positive lineal. virtue of Theorem 4.7 we have _P Y =+ and a fortiori P+2'= +, and therefore (Theorem 4.5) JR is a_ maximal non-negative subspace; so (I) has been proved. Further, 9' C 2', (2')° C 2', and in addition Pfl (2')° = (0), because 2' is positive and (2')° is neutral. But then 2'= 2'+ (.9')° + 2',, where 21 is positive or equal to (0). But since the positive lineal 2' + 2' > 2', so, by virtue of the maximality of 2', we have 2i = (0), i.e. (II) has been proved. Sufficiency: Let the conditions (I)-(II) hold for a positive Y. We consider By
§4 Semi-definite and definite lineals and subspaces in a Krein space 27
the maximal positive lineal .max (3 9); it exists by virtue of the maximality principle (Theorem 1.19). Then, on the one hand, 9max 3 2 and because of (I) 9max = 9, but because of (II) Jmax =
_ Y + (Y)°.
(4.2)
Now suppose there is a Z E Wmax\9(C 9max C 2max) Then, in accordance with (4.2), we have z = x + xo (x E 9, xo E (JP) 0) and Xo = Z - x E 9max n (2')°, i.e. xo = 0 and z = X E 9, contrary to the choice of z. Thus, 9max = Y. Before giving an example of a non-closed maximal positive lineal, we recall
one lemma of a general character, which we shall have occasion to use more than once later. Lemma 4.11: Let '1' be an infinite-dimensional normed linear space and let e E 4 e ;w-I 0. Then there is a linear 9 (C A') such that
k=,il
/t
Lintel.
(4.3)
Without loss of generality we shall suppose that II e II = 1. As is well known, there is an unbounded (discontinuous) linear functional gyp: A'- C such that p(e) = 1. Let 9 = Ker (p, i.e., the set of zeros (the kernel) of the functional (p. Then (see, for example, [XIII]) 9 = , A At the same time for any x E ./V, having chosen X = po(x), for xo = x - Xe we have gp(xo) = fi(x) - X = 0,
i.e. xoE9andx=xo+Xe. Example 4.12: We consider a Krein space .
, where dim .,Y' = ao and (e,+ )a E A is a complete orthonormal system in .W+, but
dim Y- = 1, i.e. W- = Lin(e- l,
11 a
= .O+ [
].
11 = 1. Thus
[e,+,evl =(e,',eo)Saa, [e.+,e-]=(eq,e-)=0,
[e,e]=-Ilel12=-1,
(«,0EA), (4.4)
where A is some (infinite) set of indices. We fix in A a certain index ao and consider the subspace 9i= C Lin (e o + e-; ea J. ,E A, a 0 ao By (4.4) this subspace is non-negative, and moreover it is maximal non-negative, because P+9 = C Lin (ea la E A =,,Y+. The vector e = e o + e- (;60) is neutral, and so
Lin (el = k° is an isotropic subspace for 9 (see 1.17 and the analogue of Corollary 4.3 for non-positive subspaces). We now apply Lemma 4.11 and express in the form 9 = 9 + Lin (el = 9 + 9°, where L = 9. Further, 2' is
positive, 2'(= I) is a maximal non-negative subspace, (9)° = §'° and r = 9 + (9)°. By Theorem 4.10 9 is a maximal positive lineal (and is, moreover, non-closed) (see Exercise 2 below).
4 We now consider another particular case of semi-definite lineals in a Krein
space, that of neutral lineals 9 (C.?°). Since such an 9 is simultaneously
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
28
non-negative and non-positive, both the mappings
': Y -- P+T (C ,Y+) and P- I ': 99 - P V (C ,Y-)
P+ I
are linear homeomorphisms (Theorem 4.1). Theorem 4.13: In order that a lineal 91 (C.:e°) should be a maximal neutral subspace it is necessary and sufficient that one of the conditions
(I) P+Y=. +;
(11) P-F= Y-.
should hold. Necessity: Let 2 be a maximal lineal from jo° and therefore closed (see 3.5). If both the conditions (I) and (II) are infringed, then in the (non-zero) deficiency spaces 9v = . + O P-21 and CAv = . - O P-11 we choose vectors x+ and x- respectively (with II x+ II = II x II > 0). Then (see the proof of Necessity in Theorem 4.5) x+ [1]Y and x- [1]Y, and so x = x+ + x- [1]Y. Moreover, the vector x is neutral, because (see (2.7)) [x, x] = II x+ III_ II x 2 = 0. At the same time x %', because otherwise it would follow from the relation x+ 1 P+.T for instance (with x+ chosen in the same way) that II x+ 112 = (x+, x+) = (x+, p+x) = 0, contrary to the condition 1I
I
I x+ I I > 0.
It remains to consider the neutral lineal 9 = Lin(', x) 3 2
(9 .') to arrive at a contradiction with the maximal neutrality of Y.
Sufficiency: If, for example, condition (I) holds, then the neutral subspace T is, by Theorem 4.5, maximal non-negative, and therefore is also a maximal neutral lineal.
Corollary 4.14: Every maximal neutral subspace is either a maximal nonnegative subspace, or a maximal non-positive subspace, or is simultaneously both the one and the other. This follows from the conditions (I), (II) of Theorem 4.13, and Theorem 4.5.
Definition 4.1S: If a maximal neutral lineal 2' is simultaneously both maximal non-negative and maximal non-positive, then it is called a hypermaximal neutral linear. Remark 4.16: From the Definition 4.15 and Corollary 4.6 it follows that +-, and so maximal neutral subspaces can exist only in those Krein spaces .,Y _ .,Y+ [ S] .,Y- in which dim -At" = dim i .
dim .2= dim
To conclude this section we indicate other criteria for neutrality, maximal and hyper-maximal neutrality of a lineal I (C.,Y) which can be formulated 5
and proved without reference to a canonical decomposition .WP = .W+ [ + ] .,Y-,
i.e., in a form valid for arbitrary spaces .4 with an indefinite metric (see §1).
§4 Semi-definite and definite lineals and subspaces in a Krein space 29
4.17 For neutrality of 99 it is necessary and sufficient that 2' C 2''. If 2' is neutral, then all its non-zero vectors are isotropic (see 1.17), and therefore 2' C 2' . Conversely, it follows from this inclusion that the lineal Y,O = 2'n27[1J isotropic for 2' coincides with 91 itself, i.e., - is neutral. 4.18 In order that 2' (C .-_jO°) should be maximal in _0°, it is necessary and sufficient that 2' be semi-definite and 211J [ll = 99. If 2' is a maximal linear in a°, then by proposition 4.17 9,1 C Yr1I, and therefore cannot be indefinite, since otherwise in any decomposition I'J = 2' + 2, the lineal 2, would also be indefinite (since 2' [1] 2',) and so, by virtue of 1.9, it would contain neutral vectors not falling within 2', and this
would contradict the maximality of 9' (C.?°). Thus 2'[1] is semi-definite. Further, since from Proposition 1.17 we have that any neutral vector from is isotropic for 2'[1}, by virtue of its maximality 2' (C -0 °) must coincide with the isotropic lineal (2'W)0, i.e., 9' = Y[11 n2'[1l 1l1 But Y[1) [1] D 9' (see (1.11)), i.e., Y[1] [1] = Y. Conversely, let 2' C YI1), let 2,[1] be semi-definite, and Y(1] [] = Y. Let
' J 2', where
c ,e °, and there is an xo E 2'\ Y. By Proposition 1.17 the
vector xo is isotropic for 2,111
and a fortiori xo [1] .', i.e., xo E Y[1] . But because
is semi-definite the natural vector xo is also isotropic for 2''J, i.e.,
xo E 2,[1] n 211] [1] = Y[l] n 2', and therefore xo E 2', contrary to the choice of xo.
4.19 From hyper-maximal neutrality of 2' it is necessary and sufficient that 2' = Y(1]
From maximality neutrality of 2' alone it follows, by 4.18, that 2[l]
(3 99) is semi-definite, and from the hyper-maximal neutrality of 2' it follows,
by virtue of the Definition 4.15, that 2'= If now the then, by Proposition 4.17, 2' C Conversely, if 2'= i.e., lineal f D 2' is semi-definite, then 2' [1] 2', and therefore 2' C 991-I _ Y. For neutral subspaces 2' in a Krein space = W+ [ O+ ]. - Proposition 4.19 enables us to obtain the curious formula: If the subspace 2' C -0 °, then 2I' = 2' [+] 1 i' [+] 1'v , (4.5) where 1, = ± O P±2' are the deficiency subspaces for Y. The inclusion 2' [+] 1' i1 [+] y C 211 I is obvious (cf. Proposition 4.17 and the proof of Theorem 4.13). Conversely, let z E Yl1]. Having expressed = . ' [O] (1% 1011: -,Y' in the form , Y ± = P±2' [ Q + ] 9 , we have 4.20
where
' = P+2' [ Q+ ] P- 91 is obviously again a Krein space, and 2' (C h') is a
hyper-maximal neutral subspace in ,Y'. Now for x = x+ + x- (x± E .+-) we have x± = x1 + xf , where x; E P± 3 (C .,Y') and xf E 1I . But x = (x; + x,-) + (xz + xz) [1] ' and xz + xZ [1] 2'. Therefore (,N")) x; + x; [1] 2', and since 2' is hyper-maximal in . Y ' , so (cf. 4.19) x; + x; E Y.
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
30
With formula (4.5) and the argument we have just given there is closely connected the following Proposition, which will be extremely useful later: 4.21
If under the conditions of Proposition 4.10 Y' is a maximal non-
negative (non-positive) subspace in the Krein space 9y [+] 9 i', then 2' + 91 is a maximal non-negative (maximal non-positive) subspace in k.
We restrict ourselves to the case 2' C .-+ and (see Theorem 4.5) P+91' = 9y-. Then P+(2P'
+2')=Lin(P+Y',P+2')=Lin(9i,,+2')=.Y+.
It remains to use Theorem 4.5.
Exercises and problems 1
If A, and 9'2 are maximal non-negative (maximal non-positive) lineals, and 2' = Lin (2'1, 2'2], then for an isotropic lineal 2'° the inclusion 2,0 C 2',12'2 holds
([V]) 2
3
Prove that a non-closed positive lineal 2'i (C.7Y) exists with P+21 = + which admits a proper extension into a positive, but again non-closed, lineal 2' ( 3 911). Hint: As 2' use, for example, the maximal positive lineal in Example 4.12, and then, having again applied Lemma 4.11, construct on 2, C T. We consider for 2', (C.r') its deficiency subspaces Vi, _.°± O PP M'i. Let 2' be the maximal lineal from + and 2, C Y. Then dim(2' Q 2',) = dim Ce v-, ([V] ).
4
Give examples of hyper-maximal neutral lineals 2' in the space .,t' from Example 3.11.
5
In the real, two-dimensional, Krein space (see Exercise 7 to §2) distinguish by shading in Fig. 1 the sets :e + and e°- (see (1.7)), and find positive, negative, and neutral lineals. Verify that they are all maximal (in their respective classes) and that the neutral lineals are even hyper-maximal.
6
Show that in a Krein space Proposition 4.19 and 4.20 (i.e., Formula (4.5)) are equivalent.
§5
Uniformly definite (regular) lineals and subspaces. Subspaces of the classes h'
In this section we shall mainly discuss certain subclasses of definite lineals 1 and subspaces in a Krein space Y = 0+ [ O+ ] . W-. In this connection the basic
concept by means of which these subclasses will be distinguished is the so-called intrinsic metric. Suppose, for definiteness, that the lineal 2 is positive. Since the form [x, y] is positive definite ([x, ] > 0 for all (0* ) x E 2'), it can be adopted as a new scalar product on 9"; by so doing, 2' is converted into, generally speaking, a pre-Hilbert space.
Definition 5.1: Without introducing new designations we shall call the
§5 Uniformly definite (regular) lineals and subspaces
31
restriction of the metric [x, y] on to 2' the intrinsic metric on 91, and the corresponding norm
Ixl i= [x,x]1/2
(XE2')
(5.1)
will be called the intrinsic norm on Y. From (3.7) it follows that the estimate
IxI'sIIxMM
(xE2')
(5.2)
holds for the intrinsic norm I x I r- on 2' introduced by formula (5.1), i.e., I x I r is less than the basic ('exterior') norm II x II on Y. Our first aim is to distinguish the case when these two norms are equivalent.
Definition 5.2: A positive lineal 2' is said to be uniformly positive if there is a
constant a > 0 such that
Ixly
aIIxII
(5.3)
(xE2e)
or, what is the same thing, [x, x] > a2 II X II2
(5.1)
(xE 2').
It is clear that (5.3) combined with (5.2) means that the norms I x , and II x II are equivalent on Y. Entirely similarly-that is, by the same requirement (5.3)-we introduce the definition of a uniformly negative lineal 2'; this time the intrinsic norm I x I v' on a negative lineal 2' is defined by the equality I xI Y'- I
[x,x]I1/2=(-[x,x])1/2
(XE2').
(5.5)
In this case the relation (5.4) becomes
-[x,x]>a2IIxII2
(xE2').
(5.6)
Uniformly positive and uniformly negative lineals 2' are combined under the general name uniformly definite lineals. Uniformly definite lineals have an obvious 'inheritance' property: 5.3 Every lineal which is contained in a uniformly positive (uniformly negative) lineal is itself uniformly positive (uniformly negative). The simplest examples of uniformly definite lineals are the components
of the canonical decomposition N1 = W [ O+ 1,W-, and also, by virtue of Proportion 5.3, all lineals which are contained in -W+ (.W- ). 5.4 All finite-dimensional definite lineals are uniformly definite. This follows from the fact that in a finite-dimensional space 2' all norms are equivalent. (including II - II and I 5.5 91 is uniformly definite if and only if its closure, the subspace 2', is uniformly definite.
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
32
This follows immediately from 5.3 and the fact that the inequalities (5.4) and (5.6) continue to hold on passage from 2' to its closure 2' (see proposition 3.5).
2
The question of the connection between the closedness of a definite lineal
(C.) relative to the exterior norm and its completeness relative to the intrinsic norm I I r (intrinsic completeness) is of particular interest. When 2' is uniformly definite, i.e., when the norms II ' II and I ,,, are equivalent, it is I
clear that the two properties just mentioned either hold or do not hold simultaneously. This assertion admits a partial inversion:
5.6 A definite subspace 2' (=2') is uniformly definite if and only if it is intrinsically complete.
implies the Because Ye is complete, closure of 2' relative to completeness of 2' relative to the same norm. Now let 2' be also intrinsically II
complete. Since the norms II
' II and I
I
I v, are connected by the inequality (5.2),
these norms are equivalent, by a well-known Banach theorem. Conversely, uniform definiteness of .' implies the equivalence of the norms ' II and I I v, on Y. Therefore from the completeness of 9? in the norm II ' follows its intrinsic completeness. II
II
As regard non-closed definite lineals 2', however, the situation is more complicated; such a lineal 2' may be either complete or not complete relative to the intrinsic norm I I,-. We have actually already met the first of these two cases (the lineal 2' in Example 4.12) (see §9, Exercise 11 below). However, it is clear that in the case of intrinsic completeness such a (non-closed) lineal cannot be uniformly definite.
3
Later, in §6, inter alia we establish criteria (necessary and sufficient
conditions) for the uniform definiteness of closed lineals (of subspaces-see Proposition 6.11), and in §8 (Lemma 8.4) a method of describing all such subspaces is indicated. But here we return for a moment to the first examples of uniformly definite lineals-to the subspaces + and - in the canonical decomposition [(D],*-. In a certain sense these examples can be called models, as the next theorem indicates. Theorem 5.7: In order that a linear 2' (* (B)) of a Krein space i( should be a Krein space (relative to the original metric [x, y]) it is necessary and sufficient
to admit a J-orthogonal decomposition 2' = 2+ [+] 2- into two uniformly definite subspaces: a positive one 2+ and a negative one 2-. Here it is not excluded that 2+ {B) or 2- = (0). Necessity: The necessary condition follows from Definition 2.2 of a Krein
§5 Uniformly definite (regular) lineals and subspaces
33
space, from the Definitions (2.2) and (2.3) of the scalar product and norm II in a Krein space, and from the Definitions (5.4) and (5.6). Sufficiency follows from Proposition 5.6 and the Definition (2.2).
'
II
Corollary 5.8: If 91 is a neutral subspace of a Krein space, then the factor-space . Y _ 2Ill/2' is again a Krein space (cf. Exercise 10 in §2). Recalling formula (3.5) we have 2 X11 = 2'[+]
i [+] civ , where
i [+] V i-
is a Krein space by 5.3 and Theorem 5.7. It remains to apply 1.23. The concept of a uniformly definite subspace admits a certain generalization which will later play an important part in the theory of certain classes of linear operators in Krein spaces (see Chapter 3, §5). 4
Definition 5.9: A non-negative (non-positive) subspace 2 of a Krein space .*'
is called a subspace of class h+ (class h-) if it admits a decomposition .' = 2'o [+] _T+ (2' = 2'o [+] 2-) into a direct J-orthogonal sum of a finitedimensional isotropic subspace 2'° (dim 2'° < co) and a uniformly positive (uniformly negative) subspare 2+ (9?-). A caution here is necessary: the fact that a subspace 2' belongs, say, to the class h+ does not in any way imply that in every decomposition 2' = 2° [-+] 2' the positive component (the lineal 2'i) will be uniformly positive. Example 5.10: In Example 4.12, the subspace 2E h,, because it admits the which in = Lin(e o + e-) [+] C Lin (ea'] a E A,,,,* o, decomposition Lin (e o + e- } is a one-dimensional isotropic subspace, and (Lin (e.+}a E A, a # ao is, by 5.3, uniformly positive. On the other hand, the same 2 can be represented (see Example 4.12) in the
form 2 = (2')°[+]2, where 2' is by no means uniformly positive-for if it were, then by 5.5 its closure 2' would also be uniformly positive, but in Example 4.12 it was degenerate!
Exercises and problems 1
2
Any Krein .N'_ .w+ [(D],W' with infinite-dimensional .W± contains definite subspaces which are not uniformly definite (Ginzburg [4] ). In the case of separable -W± with orthonormalized bases (ek )k=' and (e k )7=1, consider, for example, the subspace 21 = C Lin I ek + (k/k + 1)ek) k=2; prove that it is positive but not uniformly positive (I. Iokhvidov [13]). Modify this example for negative subspaces and for non-separable -W±.
Let Y be an arbitrary lineal in a Krein space, and let , r, = Y'(1) n Y'1. Then (J, is a Krein space (see Ritsner [4] ). Hint. Prove that V y, = Cl i [+] 1 v, where J ry+ are the deficiency subspaces for Y (see
§4), and then apply 5.3 and Theorem 5.7.
34
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
3
Prove that all maximal, uniformly definite lineals are closed, and obtain the maximality principle for them (cf. Theorem 1.19).
4
Every maximal uniformly definite lineal 2' is a maximal semi-definite lineal ([V] ). Hint: If 2' is positive, for example, then, assuming the contrary, consider its deficiency subspace 9 v' and prove that 2', = -'' [+] L( i is uniformly positive.
5
Let 2' (C.) ') be a definite lineal, and let yo E .w'. In order that the functional ,py = [x, yo] should be continuous relative to the intrinsic norm sufficient that
v, it is necessary and
m (yo) = inf [x - yo, x - yo] > - co (if 9' is positive), XEY'
M(yo) = sup [x, yo, x - yo] < oo
(is 2' is negative).
X E Y'
If these conditions hold for the (intrinsic) norm I rpo I Y' of the functional ,p, we have Pyo zY' = Y' = M(yo) - [yo, yo] respectively (I. Iakhvidov, [yo, yo] - m(yo) and see [VIII].
6 A definite lineal 2 ' (C ,Y) is said to be regular if for every y E . ' Y the linear functional py(x) = [x, y] (xE 2') is continuous relative to the intrinsic norm I IY-, and to be singular otherwise (I. Iokhvidov [7]; see also [VIII]. Prove that regularity of a definite lineal is equivalent to its being uniformly definite ([VIII)).
Hint: Extend by the Hahn-Banach theorem every linear functional which is continuous (relative to the external norm II ' II) on 2' into a functional continuous on the whole of .JY, and then apply F. Riesz's theorem, and thus show that the stock of linear functionals on 2' which are continuous relative to the norms II and is the same, from which the equivalence of these norms will follow. 7
Let the subspace 2' C .0°, and let J' = 2111/2' be the corresponding Krein space (see Corollary 5.8). Then maximal semi-definiteness in. ' Wof the subspace 2' is equivalent to the corresponding semi-definiteness in .J'Y of the lineal Lin [ x I x E z, I E 2).
Hint. Use (4.5), 1.23 and 4.21.
§6
Decomposability of lineals and subspaces of a Krein space. The Gram operator of a subspace. W-spaces and G-spaces
In §1, paragraph 9 we touched on, and in Theorem 1.34 considered in rather more detail, the question whether an arbitrary non-degenerate lineal 2' can be decomposed into the direct sum 2 = Y+ + 2- of positive and negative lineals 2'±. Here we shall narrow down the problem somewhat, since we shall discuss only lineals 2' in a Krein space Y and decompositions of the form 1
Y _ Y+ [+] Y-'
(6.1)
in which 2+ [1] 2-. Definition 6.1: If a J-orthogonal decomposition (6.1) exists for a lineal 2' (C, W), then SP is called a decomposable lineal; otherwise 99 is called an indecomposable lineal. However, even the transition to Krein spaces does not reduce the problems of
§6 Decomposability of lineals and subspaces of a Krein space
35
decomposability of non-degenerate lineals Y (non-degeneracy is a necessary condition, see 1.24). As an example we consider in the Krein space .0 of Exercise 3 to §2 the lineal V' consisting of all those functions p E .s which, on the interval [ - 1, 0] coincide with polynomials. It is clear that Y is dense in .t, and therefore it is a non-degenerate lineal. On the other hand, ' _ Y, 4- .Y'2, where Y, consists of all those functions tip E c which are equal to 0 on [ - 1, 0], and Y2 consists of all those ,p E .Y' which are equal to 0 on [0, 1]. Y, and Y2 are neutral (see the metric (1.20)) and by construction they are not isomorphic (the linear dimension of 21, is greater than that of 22). Hence (see Theorem 1.34) follows the impossibility in general of representing Y in the form' = Y+ + 91- where £t are definite, and a fortiori the indecomposability of Y.
At the same time, the transition to Krein spaces enables us to solve completely (and moreover in the positive sense) the problem of the decomposability of its closed lineals, i.e., of subspaces. We start from an elementary fact: 2
6.2 An isotropic lineal Y° of any subspace Yin a Krein space is closed, i.e., it is an isotropic subspace. This follows immediately from the fact that, for any x E ', the passage to the limit as n co in the equality [x°, x] = 0, which holds for any sequence of vectors
isotropic in c, x°
x° (E2) gives, by 3.5, [x°, x] = 0, i.e., the vector x° is
isotropic in Y (if x° ;4 0). Later is this section (and in a number of other questions) the concept of the Gram operator of a given subspace will play a leading part. Let 9 be a subspace
of the Krein space W = W+ [ (B ]. - with the canonical symmetry operator J = P+ - P- and the J-metric [x, y] = (Jx, y) (see §3, paragraph 1). We consider the restriction of this J-metric on to ': [x, y] y-, i.e., simply the form [x, y] with the arguments x, y traversing only Y. Since 2, like the whole of
.W, is a Hilbert space with the scalar product (x, y) (x, y E Y) and the norm 11 x 11 = (x, x)"2 (x E 21), and [x, y]
is a sesquilinear (and moreover a bounded
(see 3.5)) functional in 3' (or, more precisely, in 91 x Y), there is a unique bounded self-adjoint operator
Gr, operating in
([x,y]'r=) [x,y]=(Grx,y)
' such that
(x,yE t)
Let P, be the (Hilbert) orthoprojector on to T. Then for any x, y E T
(G,,x,y)= [x,y]
Pvy) = (PvJx,y),
and so G, = P-, (J I M'), where J 19' is, as usual, the restriction of J on to T. Definition 6.3:
the subspace P.
The linear operator G, = P,J I Y' is called the Gram operator of
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
36
Noting that 11 G,, 11 = 11 P,-(J 12')11 < 1, we now use the spectral decomposition of the bounded self-adjoint operator G,,, in Y: 3
G,
X dE,(X),
(6.2)
where E,(X) is the spectral function (resolution of the identity) of the operator G,, and the integral in (6.2) is understood as the limit of the corresponding integral sums in the uniform operator topology (i.e., with respect to the operator norm; see e.g. [XXIII] ).
Suppose, for definiteness, that the spectral function E,(X) is strongly continuous on the right, i.e. E,(X + 0) = E1(X ), where E,(X + 0) = s - lim,,1 x E,,(µ) (strong limit). We bring into consideration three orthoprojectors in the Hilbert space 2':
C
dE, (X) = E,(- 0),
P11 =
Pi =
1
1'° = E,(0) - Ev( - 0),
dE,(X) = I, - E, (0),
(6.3)
J 0
where the symbol J=°, means that in setting up the corresponding integral
sums the value of E,-(X) at zero is here taken to be equal to E,(-0) (cf. [XXIII] ).
It follows from the properties of the spectral function that the three orthoprojectors defined in (6.3) are pairwise orthogonal, and, by their definition, i
Pi- + P°- + Pi =
dE,(X) = I, ,
i.e., they generate an orthogonal (in the Hilbert metric) decomposition of 2':
Y= 2'- Q Y0 0+ Y+
(2+ = Pry', 2° =
(6.4)
Theorem 6.4: In the decomposition (6.4) 2- and Y+ are pairwise J-orthogonal negative and positive subspaces respectively, and 2° is the isotropic subspace for T.
It should be made clear at once that, even when 2 ;4 (0), any one (or even El any two) of the subspaces on the right-hand side of the decomposition (6.4) may reduce to (0); we shall not mention this fact again in future. We start by proving that 2° is an isotropic subspace for Y. By definition 1'0 = Po 2' = (E, (0) - E,( - 0))2', i.e., 9o is the eigen-subspace of the operator corresponding to the eigenvalue X = 0 (more shortly, M'0 = Ker G,), and this is equivalent to 210 being isotropic in 91. For, if xo E 2' the relation xo [1] 2 is equivalent to the fact that, for all x E SC ([xo, x] =) (G,xo, x) = 0,
i.e., G,xo = 0.
§6 Decomposability of lineals and subspaces of a Krein space
37
We now prove that Y- is non-positive. If (B ;d )x E Y- = PIY, then, in accordance with (6.1)-(6.3) J
J
X d(E,(X)x,E,(-0)x)=
_
X d(E,(X)x, Pi'x)
Y d(E,(X)x, x) =
[x, x] = (Grx,x) = f
i
X d(E'(-0)Er(X)x,x).
1
J
(6.5)
But
((e,(X)x, x)
when X < 0,
(Ev(-0)E,(X)x, x) = t(E1{ - 0)x, x) = const when X 3 0. Returning to (6.5) we obtain [x, x] =
1
X d(E,(-0)E,(X)x, x) = f _ o X d(E,<X)x, x) < 0, (6.6)
J
J
i
since - 1 < X < 0, and (Er(9?)x, x) is a non-decreasing function. By means of similar calculations the reader will be able without difficulty to show that Y+ is non-negative and 27 [1] _T+. From what has been proved it follows in turn that 27 and Y+ are definite, because a neutral vector xo contained in either of them would be an isotropic
vector for this subspace (when x ;4 0) and therefore, in view of the Jorthogonality S7O [1] 2+ and 91+ [1] 2- already proved it would be isotropic Y+. But then xo E Y° and by (6.4) xo = 0. for the whole of _ 97 [ (@ ] Y° [ O+ ] We point out that in the course of proving Theorem 6.4 we have on the way established the proposition.
6.5 2 is non-degenerate if and only if Ker Gr-= [6). This follows from the fact that 991° = Ker G,.
4
By analogy with Definition 2.1 and generalizing it slightly we adopt the
Definition 6.6. If 91 is a subspace of a Krein space, then any representation of
2 in the form of a J-orthogonal direct sum 9, _ 2° [+] 2+ [4-] 2-
(6.7)
of three subspaces, of which ?O is isotropic for SP and 2P+ (2-) are positive (negative), is called a canonical decomposition of Y. The existence of such a decomposition (see (6.4)) for any subspace 2 is established in Theorem 6.4. Moreover, it is clear that the (isotropic) component 9P° of a canonical decomposition is defined uniquely (see 6.5). As regards the components 22±, their construction in Theorem 6.4 was carried out
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
38
in a special way by means of the spectral decomposition of the Gram operator
G,, i.e., it was based on the scalar product (x, y). But the latter, as is well known, was defined (see (2.2)) by a fixed choice of the canonical decompo(or, equivalently, by the choice of the canonical sition *=.,Y' symmetry operator J; see §3, paragraph 5). Hence it is already clear a priori that other canonical decompositions for 2' are possible, for example, Y = 9'0 [+] Sei [+] yi ,
(6.8)
in which, generally speaking, 2't * 2' and 2'i ;4 2' (see, e.g., Theorem 8.17 below). So the next theorem has all the more interest: Theorem 6.7: (Law of inertia). Whatever the canonical decomposition (6.8) of the subspace 2' may be, it is always the case that
dim 2'1+ = dim q",
dim 2'i = dim 2-,
(6.9)
where 2' and 9'- are understood to be the corresponding components of any other canonical decomposition (6.7) of the same subspace Y. Starting from the canonical decomposition (6.7), say, we use the deduction made earlier at the end of Remark 4.4, by virtue of which we have that,
for the linear dimensions, and also in the present case for the Hilbert dimensions, Y+,
dim 21- < dim Y-.
But in this argument the roles of the decompositions (6.7) and (6.8) can be interchanged; hence (6.9) follows. So, let a certain canonical decomposition (6.7) of the subspace 2' be fixed. Definition 6.8: The trio (a y-, v,, wof cardinal numbers
7r, = dim Y+,
v,, = dim Y-,
w y, = dim 2'°
is called the inertia index of the subspace 2' and it is denoted by In Y. It follows from Theorem 6.7 that In 2' is an invariant of the subspace 99 relative to all its possible canonical decompositions (6.7).
The concept of the inertia index makes it possible to introduce for an arbitrary subspace 2' of a Krein space one further important characteristic, which will in particular come into the foreground in §9.
Definition 6.9: Let 2' be a subspace of a Krein space W' and let In 2' = (a,, vv-, w,-) be its inertia index. Then the cardinal number x r =
mina,-, v,.) is called the rank of indefiniteness of the subspace Y. In particular, the rank of indefiniteness of the whole space W = . denoted simply by x, i.e., x = min(dim x', dim x - ).
' [ Q+ ] .
is
§6 Decomposability of lineals and subspaces of a Krein space 5
From the results of §6, para. 3
(cf.
39
(6.1) and (6.2)) this obvious
proposition follows:
6.10 A subspace 2' of a Krein space is non-negative (non-positive) if and only if its Gram operator G f is non-negative (non-positive), i.e., (G,x, x) > 0 (<0) for all x E Y. A subspace 2' is positive (negative) if and only if (G rx, x) > 0
(< 0) for all (0 ) x E Y. We also obtain without difficulty a criterion for uniform definiteness of a subspace 2' in terms of its Gram operator Gv: 6.11 In order that a subspace 2' should be uniformly positive (uniformly negative) it is necessary and sufficient that its Gram operator G r should, for some a > 0, satisfy the inequality Gv, >, a21', (G,- < -a2I i).
Since [x, y] = (Gvx, y) (x, y E 2'), the inequality Gv- > azl, (
a2(x, x) (< -a2(x, x)) (xE 2') for the subspace 2' to be uniformly positive (uniformly negative) (see (5.4)). Corollary 6.12: For a subspace 2' of a Krein space ,Y to be itself a Krein space relative to the J-metric [x, y] it is sufficient that the point X = 0 should be a regular point for its Gram operator G,.,,: 0 E p (G v).
The condition 0 E p(Gv) is equivalent to the existence of an a > 0 such that X dEv(X)+
Gv-= -I
X dE-r(X) al
(the so-called `spectral gap' (-a2, a2) at zero). But then 2'° _ (0], and in the canonical decomposition given by Theorem 6.4, 91 = 2' [ @] Y-, the conditions of Proposition 6.11 hold for the Gram operator Gv = G,. 12±, and so the 2± are uniformly definite. It only remains to apply Theorem 5.7. Later (see Theorem 7.16) it becomes clear that the condition 0 E p(Gv) is not only sufficient, but also necessary, for 2' to be a Krein space.
6 We became acquainted above with the concept of the Gram operator G, of an arbitrary subspace 2' of a Krein space,-W. Starting from this concept we can consider a space more general than a Krein space, namely, a Hilbert space with an indefinite metric. Let be a Hilbert space with a scalar product (x, y) (x, y E .W') and norm X 11 = (x, x)"2 (x E ), and let W be an arbitrary bounded selfadjoint operator (W* = W) given on .,Y. Then the Hermitian sesquilinear form [x, y] = (Wx, y) defines in an indefinite metric which we shall call the
W-metric, and we shall call the space N1 itself with the W-metric a W-space. W is called the Grain operator of the space W.
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
40
It is clear that all the results of §1 hold for a W-space (for Q(x, y) = (Wx, y) = [x, y]). However, it is also possible to assert that many (though by no means all) of the facts proved for a Krein space remain true for W-spaces. The most important of them is the inequality
I[x,y]IsII K'II IIxII II.II
(6.10)
which establishes the continuity relative to the norm 11 11 of the Hermitian -
sesquilinear functional [x, y] (the W-metric) over the set of variables (cf. Proposition 3.5). Further, it is easy to see that the non-degeneracy of a W-space W (or the non-degeneracy of the W-metric) is equivalent to the condition Ker W = (B), or, what is the same thing, 0 ¢ up( W) (cf. 6.5). In this particular case we shall denote the Gram operator W by the letter G and speak of the G-metric and the
G-space. It is not difficult to understand that if W is a W-space then the factor-space = .W'/(Ker W) with the induced W -metric (see 1.23) is a G-space.
A G-metric may be either regular (0¢ a(G) o 0 E p(G)) or singular (0 E a(G)).
6.13 A Hilbert space N' with a regular G-metric is a Krein space. If .NP is a W-space, then .
=(Ker W) is a Krein space if and only if
I w =dl w.
The first assertion was established, essentially, in Corollary 6.12. The second assertion follows from the decomposition le =.w [ @I Ker W and Proportion 1.23, by virtue of which W is W-isometrically isomorphic to Rw, and therefore the condition 4w = R w is equivalent to the regularity of the G-metric (i.e., the W-metric) in . . We note that a singular G-space too can be converted into a certain Krein space by a completion method. The precise result is formulated thus: L7
6.14 Let .W be a singular G-space, let mI < G < MI, let G = J`,,-o X dEx (Ea+o = E)) be the spectral decomposition of its Gram operator G, and let
P- = J,;,o_o dEa and P+ = Jo dEx be the orthoprojectors defined by it (P+ + P- = I. cf. (6.3)). For any x E . in .0 a new scalar product.
we write x' = P±x and we introduce
(X, y) = [x+, y+] - [x-, y-] and a corresponding norm II x 11
(x,
y E.W)
= (x, x )112 (x E .0) . Then the form [x, y] can be continuously extended (i.e. continuously relative to the norm 11 - II -) on to the completion .-Te of the space 'Y relative to this norm; . is a Krein space relative to the extended form [x, y]. 7 We note that the projectors P±, as also the Gram operator G, are bounded relative to the original norm; hence for the new norm we obtain the estimate
§6 Decomposability of lineals and subspaces of a Krein space 5 c II x II
II X
41
(c > 0). The form [x, y] remains continuous in the new norm
" too:
[x,y]I =I [x+,y+]+ [x-,y-]I =I(x"T)-(x-,y-)I =1(x+-x-,y)1 'lx+-x-11-11Yll"s 11x11-11y11-
(x,YE
)
(6.11)
(here we have used the G-orthogonality of the subspaces ,Y± = P+-.; cf. Theorem 6.4). Since w' is dense in its completion . if- relative to the norm so the form [x, y] can be continuously extended on the whole of 'W_ (we
11.11
keep the same notation for it). We denote by J the closures of the lineals ./t'± (C ') relative to the norm 11 11 " respectively. Moreover, by (6.11),
.+ [1]- relative to the extended form [x, y] and, obviously, 'W+ -relative to the scalar product (x, y ), so that . ie_ =
+ [ O+ ]
- is a Krein space
relative to the form [x, y], or, what is the same thing, it is a J-space, where J = P+ - P- and P± are the orthoprojectors from on to .± respectively. It is clear also that Jis the extension, by continuity relative to the norm II of the operator P+ - P- from ,Y on to the whole of iie- (continuity follows from II
(6.11)).
The question examined in Proposition 6.14 about the imbedding of G-spaces in a Krein space has also another aspect, which reveals, so to speak,
the universality of Krein spaces among all W-spaces. In fact, if w is a W-space, then without loss of generality we may suppose that 11 W11 < 1 (for
otherwise we can renorm N' equivalently, by replacing the original scalar
product ( , ) by a new one: ( , ), = a(-, ), where a > 11 W11; and then for the new Gram operator W, = (l/a)W we obtain 11 W, 11, = (1/a) 11 W11 < 1). Now the space ie_ = Y O+ W is turned by means of the canonical symmetry operator (see Example 3.9)
J=
into a Krein space, and
W
(I - W2)' 2 .
is
(I-
W2)"2
-W
a subspace of it (more precisely,
it is
)-isometrically isomorphic to a certain subspace of it). Since if, in its turn, is (J, J, )-isometrically isomorphic to a certain subspace of an arbitrary i with subspaces X; of sufficiently large dimension, J,-space ,)Y, = .i O+ so . too is (W, J, )-isometrically isomorphic to a certain subspace of the space in its (provided the subspaces ,. Thus, an arbitrary Krein space (W, .
canonical decomposition are of sufficiently large dimension) contains a subspace which is (W, J, )-isometrically isomorphic to a given W-space J(. The theory of semi-definite lineals and subspaces (in particular, the concepts of the intrinsic metric and uniform definiteness, of regular and singular lineals) which has been developed in §§4-6 for Krein spaces also remains valid to a considerable extent for W-spaces and, in particular, for G-spaces.
42
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
Exercises and problems 1
Consider the Krein space .k from Example 3.11 and find a lineal which is dense in this space and indecomposable. Hint: Use the idea of Example 1.33.
2
Prove that the indecomposable lineal (space) .t constructed in Example 1.33 not only is not a Krein space, but (in contrast to the situation in Exercise 1) it cannot in general be imbedded in any Hilbert space ,Y with a scalar product 'majorizing' the form [ . ]: I [x, y] 12 < (x, x)(y. y), i.e., I [x, yl I (11 x 11 11 y 11 (x, y E .t) [VIII]. Hint. Arguing from the contrary, consider vectors x = (i;;); _ with E-k = 1 and = 0 when j ;e -k (k=1,2 ....), and also a vector y = (. . ., 0, ..., 0, 710, nI.... ), where nk -i = (xk, xk) + k (k = 1, 2, ...), and obtain the contradictory inequality qk- i < 11 y 112 for all k = 1, 2, ... (Ginzburg).
3
Let Gy- be the Gram operator of a subspace ' (C ). Then Y is non-degenerate if and only if 11 x 11 v' = 11 Gvx 11 is a norm in 9' ([VI]; see Definition 7.13 below).
4 A sequence
is said to be asymptotically isotropic in a lineal 91 (C.Ye) if
y] -* 0 (n - co) uniformly relative to all y E 2'with II y II = 1. Let G v- be the Gram
5
operator of the subspace Y. The sequence JxJ' is asymptotically isotropic in 9 if and only if lim, - 11 Gvx 11 = 0 (Ginzburg; see [VIII]). A definite subspace Y (C. ,Y) is uniformly definite if and only if an arbitrary asymptotically isotropic sequence in Theorem 7.16 below).
' converges to zero (Ginzburg; see [VIII], cf.
6
The result of Exercise 4 can be substantially generalized: the closure £' of a lineal 9' (C.) is a Krein space if and only if every asymptotically isotropic sequence in converges to zero (I. Iokhidov, see [VIII], Proposition 5.5, and Theorem 7.16 below.) Hint: Use the results of Exercises 3 and 4.
7
Let Y = Y+ [ O+ I Y- [ O+ ] f° be the canonical decomposition of a subspace L' of a Krein space, and let Gv,' be the Gram operators for Y± respectively. In order that
every uniformly positive (uniformly negative) subspace in 2' should be finitedimensional it is necessary and sufficient that Gv-- E 1'm (G, E .y'.) (Azizov).
Hint: In the 'necessary' part use the fact that (iv- - E.,-(k))Gv- - Gv-- when (0< ) 0 in the uniform operator topology, and dim(I, - E, - (X)) < oo when k > 0 (here X Ev-(k) is the spectral function of the operator Gv.-). In the 'sufficient' part use the injectiveness of the orthoprojector P+ from I on to 91+ on positive subspaces (see Lemma 1.27) and the fact that, when x E Il+ (any uniformly positive subspace from f') (Gy--P+x, P+x) >, c11 x112, i.e., Gr- is invertible on P+,. II+.
§7
J-orthogonal complements and projections. Projectional completeness
1
We recall that we have already encountered from time to time J-
orthogonal complements (and even earlier Q-orthogonal complements), starting in §1.5 (see also §1.10, §3.4, §4.5, etc.) But here we begin their systematic study as applied to lineals and, in particular, to subspaces of a Krein space .W with a fixed canonical symmetry operator J in .Y (see §3.5). As before, we indicate J-orthogonality by the symbol [1] and a J-
§7 J-orthogonal complements and projections
43
orthogonal complement by the same symbol raised as an index, while the usual
(Hilbert) orthogonality with respect to the scalar product (x, y) = [Jx, y] is denoted by the symbol 1 and the usual orthogonal complement is indicated by the same symbol used as an index. It is not difficult to prove the Propositions
7.1-7.5, listed below, by direct verification using the relation (3.5) or Propositions 3.5 and 3.7; we leave the reader to do this. ) its J-orthogonal complement [1]) and 7.1 For any subset Af (C its orthogonal complement (.,tll) are subspaces, connected by the formulae .,11[1] = J-11-1,
-111 =
7.2
(7.1a) (7.1b)
For any set /l (C ,W) Ill [1] =,tl [1] = (Lin lf) [1] .
7.3
For any
If (C) (7.2)
(J-11)[1] = 7.4
For any set -1l (C) .4,1 1-11
[1]
= C Lin ill
(cf. (1.11)), and, in particular, for any lineal Y (C W) Y[1] [1]
7.5
_ g.
(7.3)
For a subspace q (=.Ii) it is always true that Y[1] [1] = 2, and
therefore the isotropic subspaces 9° of 2 and T 1-L1 coincide:
2° _ Ynr[1] _ -r[1] n-v[1] [1].
In this paragraph we restrict our attention to the case mentioned in 7.5 above, where ' = 2' is a subspace of a Krein space. Although it is always true 2
that 2'n 21 = [B1 and 911 + 2' = Y relative to the Hilbert metric, yet the analogous equalities with respect to the indefinite metric are, generally, speaking, not true if only because 2' may be a degenerate subspace, and then 9n 2'[1] _ 2'° (0). In this case the algebraic sum 99 + Y[1], i.e., the lineal ' + Y[1] _ (x, y I X E 2', y E 2'[1] 1 is no longer a direct sum.
7.6 For any subspace 9 the relation (J2'°)1 = (2'+ 2'[1]) holds. Using (1.12) and Proposition 7.5 we have (2' + 2[1J) [1] _ 2'[1] n 2'[1] [1] = 2'°, whence, by (7.16), (2' + 2'[1] )1 = J2'°
and (J2'°)[1] = (2+ 2'[1])11 = (2'+ 2n ).
U
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
44
The fact proved in Proposition 7.6 implies that the whole space . expressed in the form of an orthogonal sum: .,Y = (2' + Y11]) O+ J2'°.
can be (7.4)
This enables us to replace the relation 2 @ 2i1 = .A', which is true only in the Hilbert metric by the following more precise form of it: Lemma 7.7:
In order that Y+.x[11 =.W'
(7.5)
it is necessary and sufficient that the subspace .9' be non-degenerate.
The proof follows directly from formula (7.4) if we take into account that, since the operator Jis unitary (see (3.4)), the relations J2'° = [0} and 2j0 = (0} are equivalent.
Returning to the question discussed in Paragraph 2, but from a more general viewpoint, we introduce the following 3
Definition 7.8: A lineal .' in a Krein space is said to be projectively complete if Y + g11] _ W.
(7.6)
In seeking conditions for projective completeness we discover that, as in the
analogous question in the case of a definite (Hilbert) metric, the following proposition holds: 7.9
For a linear 2' (C W) to be projectively complete it must be closed: 2' = 2'.
In particular, the subspaces 2' and Yf 1 ] can be projectively complete only simultaneously. El Suppose (7.6) holds, but there is a vector yo E 21191. We express the vector yo
in accordance with (7.6) in the form yo = xo + Zo (xo E 2', zo E 2111). Thus, xo, yo E2', (yo - xo = )zo E 2 n 2r11] = y[1] [1] n 211] , i.e., zo [1] SY + .9'[l] =,w
and zo = 0; hence yo = xo E . contrary to the choice of yo. The second assertion in 7.9 follows from the equality Y111 11] = go (see Proposition 7.5). However, although in the `definite' situation the condition 2' = 2' is not only
necessary but also sufficient for the existence of the decomposition .7Y = 2' U x'0, the indefinite metric, as already mentioned at the beginning of paragraph 7.2, here shows its specific character. In particular, we have 7.10 In order that a subspace 9' (C W) should be projectively complete it must be non-degenerate: 2' n 241] = [0}. This is a simple consequence of Lemma 7.7, just as (7.5) follows afortiori from (7.6).
§7 J-orthogonal complements and projections
45
But even both the conditions 9' = 2' and y, fl M'I1I = (B) together are not
sufficient for 9' to be projectively complete. We can quickly see this by approaching the problem from a rather different standpoint. 4 A vector x is called the J-orthogonal projection of a vector y E .,Y on to a subspace 2' (C.R') if 1) X E M'
2) y - x [1] Y.
(7.7)
For every (so to say, `individual') vector yo a criterion for the existence of its J-orthogonal projection on to a given subspace 2' (C ) is obtained simply in terms of the Gram operator G, of the subspace 2' (see Definition 6.3). Lemma 7.11: Let P,, be the (Hilbert) orthogonal projector on to a subspace £' (;4 (B)) of a J-space W and let G,- = P,(J 1 2') be the Gram operator of the subspace Y. Then in order that a vector yo (E W) should have a J-orthogonal projection xo on to 2' it is necessary and sufficient that PvJyo E dRG,.
The existence of the required J-orthogonal projection xo(E rL') of the vector yo is equivalent, by (7.7) to [yo - xo, x] = 0 a [yo, x] = [xo, x] a (Jyo, P,x) = (G,xo, x)
holding for all xE 2, i.e., (P,Jyo, x) = (Gvxo, x), whence P,Jyo = Grxo E 3?G,. Since the whole argument is reversible, Lemma 7.11 is proved.
Lemma 7.11 does not answer the question whether the J-orthogonal projection is unique when its projection exists.
In order that, even if only for a single vector yo (E.) with a J-orthogonal projection xo on to a subspace 2' (;4 10) ), this J-orthogonal projection should be unique, it is necessary that 91 be non-degenerate. This same condition is sufficient to ensure that any vector y (E,') shall have not more than one J-orthogonal projection on to 2. Lemma 7.12:
The existence of an isotropic vector zo (,,60) in 9' would bring it about that, for the vector yo (E W) which has the J-orthogonal projection xo on ', the vector xo + zo (* xo) would also be a J-orthogonal projection on to d', because xo + zo E 2' and yo - (xo + zo) [1] Y. Conversely, if for some vector y (E.*') there are two orthogonal projections x, and x2 on to 2' with x, ;d x2, then the vector (0;4 )zo = x, - x2(ESP) has the
property: zo = (y - x,) - (y - x2) [1] 2', i.e., it is an isotropic vector for 9.
5 We now return to the search started in para. 7.3 for criteria for the projective completeness of a subspace 99 (C.), and for this purpose we introduce some further definitions.
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
46
Definition 7.13:
In a non-degenerate subspace 2' having the Gram operator
G r we introduce the norm 11 x lI y' = II Gyx II (x E 2').
Definition 7.14: A non-generate subspace 2' is said to be regular if the norms 11.11 r and II II are equivalent on it. -
7.15 A subspace 91 with a Gram operator Gr is regular if and only if 0Ep(Gy). E The estimate II G yx II = I I x I I y' > c 11 x 11 for all x E 2 (c > 0) is equivalent
to the continuous invertiblity of the bounded selfadjoint operator Gy-. Now we can establish a fundamental theorem, containing a set of criteria for projective completeness. Theorem 7.16: For a subspace (101;4) 2' (C W) with a Gram operator Gy the following four assertions are equivalent:
a) 2' is projectively complete; b) 2' is regular, i.e., 0 E p(Gv) (see 7.15); c) 2C' is a Krein space;
d) any vector y E ,' has at least one J-orthogonal projection on to 21. a) b). Since 2' is projectively complete, it follows from 7.10 that (7.6) represents a decomposition into a direct sum: W = 9? [+] To this decomposition correspond the bounded projectors Q and (I - Q) respectively. Therefore for any (0;4 ) x E 2' and y = (1 11 x 1I )Jx we have El
Ilxll = [x,y] = [x, Qy] =(Gyx,y) < II G1x1111 Q11
= II QII II xIlrs II Grl1 II QII lixII, i.e., .' is regular. b) c). This implication was established earlier in Corollary 6.12. c)
d). By Theorem 5.7 2' = 9?+ [+] 2-, where 2`- are uniformly definite. We
show that any vector y E .,Y has a J-orthogonal projection on to 2+ and 2-. Consider, for example, a linear functional (py (x) = [x, y] (x E 2+ ). Since I oy(x) I = I (x, Jy) 15 11 x 1111 y 11, so ivy is continuous relative to the norm 11 11, and therefore also relative to the intrinsic norm I I y- which is equivalent to it (see
(5.2) and (5.3)). Since 2+ is complete relative to I y- (see 5.6), there is, by Riesz's theorem, an x, E 2+ such that (x) _ [x,- x,] (x E 2+ ); hence I
[x, y] = [x, x,] for all x E 2+ and y - x [I] Y'. Thus, x, is the J-orthogonal projection of y on to 2+, and similarly we find an x2, the J-orthogonal projection of y on to 2-. But then xo = x, + x2 is the J-orthogonal projection of
y on to 2'. d) - a). Since any y (E.) has a J-orthogonal projection x on to 2, so y = x + z (x E .', z E 2I') and W = 2' [+] 2'-, i.e., 21 is projectively complete. Corollary 7.17: If a subspace 2' is definite, then its projective completeness is equivalent to uniform definiteness.
§7 J-orthogonal complements and projections
47
This follows, for example, from 7.10, 6.11, and the equivalence a) = b) in Theorem 7.16. Corollary7.18: Every finite-dimensional non-degenerate subspace 9? is projectively complete.
This follows from assertion b) in Theorem 7.16 and the equivalence of all norms in a finite-dimensional space.
To conclude this section we again return to the question about different canonical decompositions of a Krein space .' and the Hilbert topologies 6
determined by them (cf. Remark 2.4 above). We consider, as well as a particular fixed canonical decomposition
.) = J+ [--].'-
(7.8)
with the canonical projectors P+-, the canonical symmetry operator J = P+ - P-, and the scalar product (x, y) = [ Jx, y] and norm II X11 = (x, x) v2 (x, y E .-W) generated by them (see §3), some other canonical decomposition
.0 =.Wi
(7.9)
i.e., we carry out, as it were, `a rotation of the co-ordinate axes'. It is clear (7.9) also generates corresponding canonical projectors Pi : P;~ "= . i , P1 + Pi = I, a new canonical symmetry operator J, = P1 - Pi , and also a new scalar product (x, y), = [ J1 x, y] and norm II xII, = (x, x)1 12 (x, y E *). Theorem 7.19: The norms II ' 11 and ' 11, generated by different canonical decompositions (7.8) and (7.9) of a Krien space ,W are equivalent. II
We start from the fact that one of the canonical decompositions, let us say (7.8), generates in Y (in accordance with §2.2) the structure of a Hilbert space with the norm 11 x 11 = (x, x)1/2 (x E .°). The presence of the other canonical decomposition (7.9), where .1i are definite lineals and Wi [1] _Yi , shows that they are projectively complete, and closed in the norm II ' (see 7.9), that the projectors Pi are closed in this norm, and finally that XP are uniformly definite II
in this norm (see Corollary 7.17). If we now take into account that the norm II
II,
is the intrinsic norm on ,i (cf. (5.1)), then it is clear that on.Yi the norms II ' and II ' 111 are equivalent. Therefore i , and with them also the whole of . (see 2.3), are complete relative to the norm 11 ' 111. We remark further that for x1 E .Wi the norms II x1 111 (as intrinsic norms) II
are simply subordinate to the original (external) norms: II x; II 1 S II xi II Therefore, for any x E , x = xi + xi (xi E . 'I) we have 11X111=IIx; +x1-II<, IIx1 III+11x1 III
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
48
where
O= 11 P1 II+IIP1II>0. Hence by virtue of the completeness relative to both the norms I it follows that these norms are equivalent.
'
II and II '
Exercises and problems A semi-definite lineal 2' is uniformly definite if and only if 9 is projectively complete ([VI)2 Let 2' (C.w°) contain a maximal uniformly positive (uniformly negative) lineal (see Exercises 3 and 4 to §5). Then 2' is projectively complete and 2'' is uniformly negative (uniformly positive) ([V] ). Hint: Use Corollary 7.17, Exercise 4 to §5, Proposition 5.3, and also 7.9 and 7.4. 1
3
A lineal 2' is a maximal uniformly definite lineal if and only if there is a cononical decomposition w' =,01' [+] . ,- such that 2' = JYt (or 2' = ,Wj) ([VIII]). Hint: Use the preceding Exercise and the result of Exercise 3 to §5.
4 A lineal 2' is projectively complete if and only if a) 2' is closed b) 2' is non-degenerate c) for any decomposition of it 2' = 2P' [+] 91- (2+ C U [9l) there is a canonical decomposition . Y = 1 [+] .; °j such that 2+ C .0; (m). Hint: In the `necessary' part use 7.9, 7.10, Theorem 7.16, the maximality principle for uniformly definite lineals (see §5, Exercise 3), and the result of Exercise 3 above. 5
In Theorem 7.16 deduce the equivalence d) a b) from Lemma 7.1.
6
Without using Theorem 7.16 prove that for subspaces 2' which are definite, regularity is equivalent to uniform definiteness. Hint: Compare the norms 11 x 11 r-=11 G rx 11 and 1 x 1 v =11 G 12x 11 (x E r, Y' is positive). Let .Yt° be a Krein space, and 2' be a subspace of it which admits the decomposition Y'= o [+] 99', where 2' is positively complete, and Y'o is the isotropic part of 2'. Then in any decomposition 2lll = 2'o [+] (-W[ -L])' into a direct sum of subspaces the second term will be a projectively complete subspace.
7
Hint: Use the result of Exercise 10 to §2, taking into account that (9911))'
is
J-isometrically isomorphic to the subspace MI-L1/2'o. 8
Prove that the sum 2, [+].r2 of projectively complete subspaces 2, and 2'2
is
projectively complete.
§8
The method of angular operators
I Let 2'C -' in a Krein space W _ ,Y' [ O+ ] . If P+ are the canonical projectors, then by Theorem 4.1 the mapping P' 12': 2' P'1' (.W') is a linear homeomorphism, and II (P' I Y)-' II J. We now consider the
bounded linear operator
K= P- (P+
K: P' '-.
-.
(8.1)
§8 The method of angular operators
49
Definition 8.1: The operator .yf defined by the relation (8.1) is called the angular operator for 2' with respect to y" . The meaning of this nomenclature is explained a little later (see Exercises 1 and 2 to §8).
For an arbitrary vector x(E2') we have x = x+ + x- (x± E .Y±), x + = P+xE P+5, Kx+ = P-(P+ j2')-'x+ = P-x= x-. Thus every vector x (E2) has the form x = x+ + Kx+ (x+ E P+2'), and since 2' is non-negative, for all x+ E P+2' we have (see Proposition 2.5) II x+ x Kx+ 11, i.e., I < 1 (K is a compression). KI Conversely, given an arbitrary 2+ (C.Y+) and an arbitrary compression K: 2+ (11 K j < 1), we consider the set of vectors .' = (x+ + Kx+ }X- E,,,-
(8.2)
Since K is a linear operator, 2' is a lineal and 2' C P+ because, for any x = x+ + Kx+ (E2') we have x- = Kx+, hence 11x 11= I Kx+ 11 < 11 x+ 11. Moreover it is clear that P+2' = 2+ and K is an angular operator for 2' with respect
to M+. Summing up, we have obtained a complete description of all non-negative lineals of a Krein space, and, in fact, we have proved The formula (8.2) in which 2+ is an arbitrary lineal from+, and K: 2+ . - is an arbitrary compression (II K 11 < 1), gives the general form of all 2' C + of the Krein space Y = W + [ O+ ] ,Y-, and 2+ = P+9 and Theorem 8.2:
K is the angular operator for 2' with respect to .W+.
All non-positive lineals 2' (C.) are described similarly. Definition 8.1': If 2' is a non-positive lineal in the Krein space _Y = ,Y+ [ ] . , then the operator
Q= P+(P- I `')-',
Q: P-2'-+ ,Y+
(8.3)
is called the angular operator for 9.9 with respect to .0-. The reader will be able himself to establish the following analogue of Theorem 8.2:
Theorem 8.2':
The formula
+X XE,' 2= (QxJ E , in which 2- is an arbitrary lineal form .W-, and Q: 2- - .W+ (11 Q 11 < 1) is an arbitrary compression, gives the general form for all .' C .?- in the Krein space .0 = .,Y+ [C+ ] .-W-, and 2- = P-'2, and Q is the angular operator for 2' with respect to 2
From now on (Sections .2 and .3) we restrict ourselves to the case of lineals
9' C -+ and their angular operators K, since for 2' C .0- the whole theory is
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
50
entirely analogous (the reader can himself formulate the corresponding Proposition 8.3', Lemma 8.4', etc.). In spite of its simple construction the angular operator K for 9 (the brevity we shall often omit the words `with respect to .,Y') contains quite a lot of information about the properties of the lineal itself. 8.3
If K is the angular operator for 2'C
.-+,
then 2'C .-++ U 10) if and
only if II Kx+ II < II x+ II for all (6 ?6 ) x+ E P+2, and .' C ,i°° if and only if K is an isometric operation: II Kx+ II = II x+ II (x+ E P+-W) Since for x E 91 we have x = x+ + x- = x+ + Kx+, all the assertions follow immediately from the formula (see (2.7))
[x,x]=IIx+III-IIx III= IIx+II2-IIKx+III.
We note that for 2 C e° the description can be obtained by means of the
analogue 8.3' of Proposition 8.3 in terms of the isometric operator Q: P-91 - ,Y+ which is the angular operator of 2' with respect to ,Y- (see (8.3)). Here, obviously, Q = K-'. A rather more subtle fact than Proposition 8.3 is revealed by Lemma 8.4:
2' (C 1 +) with the angular operator K is uniformly positive if
and only i f 1 1K1 1 < 1.
Let 2' be uniformly positive, i.e., for all x E 9'
IIx+III- IIx- III= [x, x]>a'IIxlll=al(IIx+III+IIx-III)
(a>0), (8.4)
and by the meaning of Definition 5.2 a can always be chosen so that 0 < a < 1, and this we do. The relation (8.4) is equivalent to the inequality
(1-a2)Ilx+III> (1+a2)IIx
112,
(8.5)
whence 2
KII
IIKx+III=IIx III
2<1. 1
Conversely, let II K II = p < 1. Put
a
1-p2 T+
(0
p
P2 = (1 - a2)/(l + a1), Then x = x+ + x- = x+ + Kx+ we have
and
for
all
x+ E P+2'
and
III=IIKx+112 2llx+III=1+aIIIx+III,
IIx
or (1 - a2) II x+ > (1 + a2) II X- III, which, as we have seen (cf. (8.5)), is equivalent to (8.4). III
§8 The method of angular operators
51
Lemma 8.4 together with Proposition 8.3 shows an effective method of constructing both definite and uniformly definite lineals.
The concept of an angular operator proves to be particularly useful for work with maximal semi-definite subspaces. For brevity of exposition we introduce the following two sets of subspaces: 3
(,It' (.A-) = )-//+-the set of all maximal non-negative subspaces of a Krein
space,
(8.6)
(.,11- (Y) = ).,tf--the set of all maximal non-positive subspaces of a Krein space W. (8.7) In order that 2' (C P+) be contained in it is necessary and sufficient that its angular operator K be defined everywhere in 0+ (K: 4e-). This follows from Theorem 4.5 and 8.2. Matters are naturally more complicated with maximal positive lineals 2' 8.5
because as we have already seen (see Example 4.12) such an 2' may be non-closed and in this case .' ¢ W+. 8.6 In order that 2' (C.?++ U {O)) with the angular operator K_ should be a maximal positive lineal it is necessary, and if 2' is closed (2' = 2') it is also sufficient, that the domain of definition of the operator be dense in . +:
'K=.+.
This is simply a re-formulation of Theorem 4.7.
Propositions 8.5 and 8.6 outline a way of constructing extensions of semi-definite and definite lineals to maximal lineals of the corresponding classes, and, moreover, a way of describing all such extensions.
8.7 Let 2' C (C.W+). Then:
P+, and let its angular operator K be defined on the lineal VK
a) non-negative extensions 2' (3 2') are described in accordance with Theorem 8.2 by all possible contractions k (3 K), i.e., by extensions of the operator K with II K II < 1 for which t.)i C W+ and K: LAg-' .q-; b) in particular, all . (3 2') from ,,ff+ are described by such contractions k (c K) for which CAk = ,Y+
This follows from Theorem 8.2 and Proposition 8.5. Remark 8.8: The procedure for constructing 2' (E,11+) from assertion b) of Proposition 8.7 begins with the closure of 91, i.e., consideration of the non-negative subspace SE, with the angular operator k (the closure of the operator K). If 1K = '+, then it is clear that k E .,tf+ and there are no other `/' E tt+ such that 2' 3 Y. But if LAK ? 4Y+, then one of the extensions 2'
(3 2') of the class -tt+ can be constructed (without resorting to Zorn's
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
52
lemma-see Remark 1.20) for example by means of the trivial extension k of the contraction K on to the whole of +, namely by defining the linear operator K by the formulae x+ _ (Kx+, x+ E 99, B,
X+ E (/+ (=.,Y+ (D cK)
(8.8)
11
But as regards assertion a) of Proposition 8.7, here intermediate extensions 2' of the lineal 2' between 2' and 2' are possible (2' C 91 C SP).
Remark 8.9: The procedure described in formula (8.8) of Remark 8.9 is applicable also to the construction of maximal positive extensions 2' of a positive 2' with the angular operator K, but only in the case when its closure 2' is also positive.
4
Turning to the consideration of neutral extensions of neutral lineals we need
(in accordance with what was said after the proof of Proposition 8.2) the Theorem 8.2' and also the analogue 8.7' (which we have not formulated) of Proposition 8.7 for non-positive lineals. Theorem 8.10: Let W = + (e ] W- be a Krein space, let 2' C P °, and let K and Q be its angular operators with respect to -Y+ and .YY- respectively. Then:
a) all neutral extensions . ' of the lineal 2' are described in accordance with
Theorems 8.2 and 8.2' by all the angular operators from the union (K) U (Q) of the set (K) of all isometric extensions k (3 K) of the isometric
operator K (1gC
W+, K: W - W-) and the set (Q) of all isometric
extensions Q (3 Q) of the isometric operator Q (#1 C AY-, Q: CAQ - .Ye+ );
b) in particular, all maximal neutral extensions 2' (3 2') in the case dim Ae+ < dim .-W- are described by all the maximal isometric operators k (Vg= W+) described in assertion a) of the class (K), and in the case dim +
> dim W- by all the maximal isometric operators Q mQ = .W- )
described in assertion a) of the class (Q); c) in the case dim W+ = dim M- = oo the description of all maximal neutral extensions 2'(3.') is obtained by considering all the maximal isometric extensions of the operators again from the union (K) U (Q) in assertion a); but in the case dim + = dim M- < oo it suffices to use the maximal isometric operators only from (K) or only from (Q);
d) hyper-maximal neutral extensions 2' (3 2'), which exist only when dim W+ = dim ,Y- are described by the set of all unitary extensions k (3 K) (or, what is equivalent, Q (3 Q)), i.e., by isometric extensions such that y- (Q.W = .YY+ ). Assertion a) follows from 8.3 and 8.3'.
§8 The method of angular operators
53
b) If dim W+ < dim W-, then every maximal neutral subspace (D-T) belongs to the class -ft'. In the opposite case in accordance with Corollary 4.14
we would have 9 E Jr, P-2 _ 4e-, and on the basis of the analogue 8.7' of Proposition 8.7 b) the angular operator Q of the subspace 2' with respect to Wwould be defined everywhere in M- and would be isometric, and a. MY+; but this is impossible when dim + < dim,*-. It remains only to refer to 8.7 b). In the case dim W+ > dim Y- the argument is similar. c) In view of the isometricity, when dim M+ = dim .-, of the Hilbert spaces
,W+ and W-, in the case when they are finite-dimensional all the maximal isometric (unitary) extensions K: M+ on to W- of the operator K and the maximal isometric (unitary) extensions Q: Y- -on to M+ of the inverse operator Q can be obtained from one another by the formulae Q = K-' (or K= Q-'). But if the dimension dim W+ = dim W- is infinite, then maximal isometric extensions K:
+ - W- for which K + # W- are possible, and
similarly Q:.W -+M+ with Q."- ;4 ,2+ are possible. Therefore a complete description of all maximal neutral extensions 9 (J SP) is achieved only by a sorting-out of all the maximal isometric operators from the union (K] U (Q]. Of course, with regard to those of them which are unitary, we can limit ourselves in this sorting-out, as in the 'finite-dimensional' case, to the unitary operators from (K} alone (or those from (Q] which are inverse to them). d) The truth of the last assertion of the theorem follows from 8.7 (or from 8.7') and Corollary 4.14.
In this section we consider only subspaces 2' from the A+ class and the /!/class. Therefore their angular operators K (resp. Q) are defined everywhere in 5
.)+ (resp. Y-). We now need the well-known concept of the operator T* adjoint to an operator T. lei - 2 acting from one Hilbert space (,',) to another (,'2) (see, for example, [VII]). Later (see Chapter 2, §1.1) this concept will be significantly generalized, but in the simplest particular case, which is what we now need, when the operator T is bounded and defined everywhere in .0,, the adjoint adjuster T*: .1Y1 is naturally defined on all y2 E W2 by the relation -IY2 (x1, T*Y2)I = (Txi,Y2)2
(xi E',),
(8.9)
where
and ( , )2 are the scalar products in A", and .2 respectively. It is clear from (8.9) that T* is also bounded and that it has the usual properties: (S+ T)* = S*+ T*,
(ST)* = T*S*,
T**= T.
Theorem 8.11: Let 2' E -&+ and let K be the angular operator of 2' with respect to .Yt'+. Then 2'- E mil(- and the angular operator Q of the subspace 2'1l] with
respect to W- is K*: Q = K*.
(8.10)
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
54
El Let y E Y,f1] . Then, for all x E L, we have
0= [x,Y]= [x++Kx+,Y]=(x+,Y+)-(Kx+,Y
)=(x+,Y+)-(x+,KY
),
(8.11)
i.e., for all x+ E.J+ (x+, Y+) = (x+, K Y )
(8.12)
(here the roles of the spaces . , and A e2 in the definition (8.9) are played by ye+ and W- respectively). But since (cf. (8.9)) K*y- E 3e+, it follows from (8.12) that
Y+ = K*y- and so y = K*y- + y-. Conversely, for all y- E W- the vector y = K *y- + y- (y+ = K *y-) satisfies the relation (8.12), from which, taking the steps in the reverse order, the chain of equalities (8.11) is established. Thus y E 27111. So
Y"1 = [*y- + Y- ]y- (.H- and I K* II = II K II < 1 so that X111 E /#- and its angular operator Q = K*.
Theorem 8.11' (the dual of Theorem 8.11) the reader will be able to formulate for himself without difficulty.
Remark 8.12: For any subspace 9? (=2), as is well-known (see 7.5), we + always have Y[11 [tl = Y. In the particular case when 2 E to this fact the following relations, deriving from Theorems 8.11 and 8.11', for the corresponding angular operators are equivalent: K**= K (Q**= Q). Corollary 8.13 (8.13'): If 2 E /u+ (Jr) and is positive (negative), then the subspace Y[11 E elf- (.,ff+) is negative (positive).
Suppose, for example, that 2 E . lf+ and is positive. Then, by Theorem 8.11, x[11 E tf-. But also x[11 is non-degenerate, for otherwise any isotropic
vector zo (;r-1 B) in it would be J-orthogonal to 2 and then 9 = Lin [ 2', zo 1 (;4 2) would be non-negative and wider than 2' (zo ¢ 2, because 2' is positive), which contradicts Corollary 4.8.
Corollary 8.14 (8.14'):
If 2' E ff+ (Jr) and is uniformly definite, then
Wi[t] (E_ff ) (x[1] E off+) is also uniformly definite. Moreover 99 [+] 2111 =,)(e.
7 This follows from the fact that II K* II = II K II < 1 (II Q * II = II Q II < 1) for the angular operators K and K* (resp. Q and Q*) of the subspaces 2 and 99[11 respectively. The last assertion follows from Corollary 7.17
For the pair of subspaces .M'± E ,.ff+ it is possible to obtain a curious characterization (widely applicable later) of the mutual disposition of these 6
§8 The method of angular operators
55
subspaces in terms of the spectra produced by their angular operators K and Q respectively. As a preliminary we recall that the operators QK and KQ act in the Hilbert spaces .-W+ and - respectively. Theorem 8.15:
The following implications hold:
a) T+ n Y_ 5e (B] a 1 E up (KQ) U up (QK); b) T+ [+]2_ =. a ap(KQ)Uop(QK);
c) -'+[+]Y-=-ye ap(KQ)np(QK) a) For any vector xo E '+ n Y_ we have two representations:
O
xo = xo + Kxo = Qxo + xo
(xo E W± , xo + xo = xo ),
from which it follows that
Kxo =xo.
Qxo =xo, Hence
(8.13)
KQxo = xo
Qkxo = xo .
and
0 also, and so
If xo P6 0 it follows from (8.13) that xo
1 E ap(KQ) n up_(QK)(Cup(KQ)Uup(QK)).
(8.14)
Conversely, if, for example, QKxo = xo (;40), then (0 ;4 ) Xo + Kxo = QKxo + Kxo E Y+ n _r_
b) The inequality 2'+ + 2_ # W is equivalent to the existence of a vector (0 ;6 )yo L 2+ + Y_, or, what is the same thing, xo = Jyo [1] Y+ + Y_. Since xo [1] Y+, so [xo, xo] < 0; and it follows from xo [1] 2'_ that [xo, xo] > 0, i.e., xo is a neutral vector. Since 2'± are maximally semi-definite, it follows that
xo E9,, n2'_, and the whole of this chain of reasoning is reversible. Thus
2'+ + 2'_ # if o 2+ n2'_
[e],
and
it
remains
to
use
assertion
a)
(in particular, the `principal part' of the relation (8.14)). c) Let 2+ [+] 2'_ = W. Then for every x+ E W+ there are xo E -W± such that
x+=xo + Kxo +Qxo+xo.It is clear that x+=xo +Qxobut Kxo+xo =B, and therefore for any x+ E W+ the equation xo - QKxo = x+ is soluble (with respect to xo E
+ ). Therefore the number X = 1 cannot enter into either
the continuous spectrum nor the residual spectrum of the operator 1 E ap(QK)Up(QK). But 2' +n2'_ = [9}, so it follows from a) 1 E p(QK). Similarly we can prove that 1 E p(KQ), i.e., I E p(QK)np(KQ) C p(QK)Up(KQ). Conversely, suppose, for example, that 1 E p(QK). Since an arbitrary QK:
that
vector from 2+ + 2- can be written in the form x+ + Kx+ + x- + Qx-, where x± E ±, it is sufficient to verify that, for any y' E W±, the system x+ + Qx- = y+, x- + Kx+ = y" is soluble. From the second equation x- = y- - Kx+, and so we can -rewrite the first equation in the form
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
56
x+ - QKx+ = Y+ - QY-, and therefore x+ = (I+ - QK)- (y+ - QY ) Hence QK)-' (y+ - Qy- ).
x- = Y - K(I+ -
Corollary 8.16: If in the pair Y± (C J±) at least one of the subspaces Y± is uniformly definite, then T+ [+] 2'_ = W.
This assertion follows from Lemma 8.4 and assertion b) in Theorem 8.15.
7 We now return to the investigation started in §7.6 of the question of a `rotation of the co-ordinate axes' in a Krein space W, i.e., of a transition from one of its canonical decompositions
.) =
(8.15)
+ [+] .Y
to another decomposition . = Yei [+] Ml-. We shall regard the decomposition (8.15) with the canonical projectors P± (- 0) and J = P+ - P- as fixed and as defining the scalar product (x, y) = [ Jx, y] ((x, y) E Jr'), )and we pose the problem of calculating the new canonical projectors Pi : W - Yi . We recall that Mi are uniformly definite and for their angular operators K and K* respectively (see Corollary 8.14) we have II K II = II K* II < 1.
Theorem 8.17: The new canonical projectors P± are represented in matrix form relative to the decomposition (8.15) as K*K)_K*
II
II
- K*(I- - KK*)-'K K*(1- - KK*) ' - (I- - KK*)-'K (1- - KK*)-' II'
P' Pl _
-
- (I+ -
(I+ - K*K)-' K(I+ - K*K)-'
- K(I* - K*K)- IK* I I'
(8.16)
where I+- are the identity operators in 4 ± respectively.
The existence of the operators represented by the right-hand sides of formula (8.16) is obvious. The fact that they are idempotent, i.e., (P; )2 = Pi , is verified immediately by squaring the corresponding matrices. Further, the construction of these matrices is such that for any vector-column x
x+
x
E.W
we have
P1 x= P1
x+
x
H
(I+ - K*K) -'x+ - (I+ - K*K) -'K*xK(I* - K*K) -'x+ - K(I+ - K*K) -'K+x-IIKy+11=YE.-Y,+,
where y+ = (I+ - K*K)-'x+ - (I+ - K*K)-'K*x- E ,P+.
§8 The method of angular operators
57
In exactly the same way
(K*z)
Pix=
=zE_Yi
where z- = - (I- - KK*)Kx+ (I- - KK*)-'x- E W-. It remains to verify that y and z are the J-orthogonal projection of the vector x on to .w, and 01 respectively. We have
x- y= _
,
I
x-y X+
K+ +
K*K)-'x+ - (I+ - K*K)-'K*zx+ - (I+ x- - K(I+ - K*K)-'x+ + K(I+ - K*K)-'K*x-
,
so that for any vector u+ I
ku+
Eli
,
carrying out straightforward calculations, we obtain
[x- y, y] = (x+ - y+, u+) - (x- - Ky+, Ku+) =(x+-(I+-K*K)-'x++(I+-K*K)-'K*x-,u+)
-(x--K(I+-K*K)-'x++K(I+-K*K)-'K*x ,Ku+)
([I+ = - (I+ - (-K*K(1+
K*K)-')x+
+ (I+ -
K*K)-'K x-, u+)
- K*K)-'x+ + [I+ + K*K(I+ - K*K)-')K*x-, u+) =([1+-(I+-K*K)-'+K*K(I+-K*K)-')x+
+ [ (I+ - K*K)
I+ - K*K(I+ -
K*K)-')K*x-, u+)
=(0,u+)=0, i.e., x - y [L] .i , and in exactly the same way one proves that x - z [L] .i .
8 We shall now indicate some useful generalizations of theorems using angular operators, and at the same time some generalizations of the concept `angular operator' itself. Suppose, for example, that in a non-degenerate subspace 9 of a Krein space JY the Gram operator G generates the canonical decomposition (see Theorem 6.4)
Y_ Y+ [q)]Y-,
(8.17)
and that the Gram operator G, itself relating to (8.17) is represented by the matrix
110I
-A I'
(8.18)
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
58
where I (= I,--) is the identity operator in
Y+,
and A (> 0) is a bounded
positive operator in the Hilbert space 99-, and it is possible that 0 E oc(A), so
that Y- is a negative, but not, generally speaking, a uniformly negative subspace (cf. Theorem 6.12).
If the subspace - satisfies the conditions (8.17) and (8.18), then any non-positive lineal 2, (C Y) can be expressed in the form 2'1 = (Fix- + x- )X- E P.,-Y- where P,,-- is the orthoprojector on to 2 and F, is a linear operator, F1: Pv--?, Y+ The subspace Y, is a maximal non-positive subspace in 21 if and only if 8.18
. PY'-Y, = We note that, in accordance El x = x+ + x- E 22(x± E 21±) we have
with
(8.17),
(x+, x+) - (A 112X-
[x, x] = (G,'x, x) = (x+, x+) - (Ax-, x-) =
for
(8.18)
,
any
A,i2x ),
and therefore, in particular, for x E 2t, where [x, x] 5 0, II x+ II = (x+,
x+)
S (A vex-, Av2x-) = A vex- II2 II
(x- E P,'-2'1). (8.19)
The operator Q, which relates to any vector A "2X (E A "2P-211) the vector
x+ E Y+ is correctly defined as a linear operator, for in accordance with Lemma 1.27 the vector x+ is uniquely regenerated by x- (E P,--211), and it follows from (8.19) that when = 0 we have x+ = 0. Thus, A,i2x-
x+ = Q,A112x- (x- E Pr-211), and further, again by virtue of 18.19), <, 1, so that F1 = Q1A 1/2 is indeed the required operator. Further, when Py--2', = 2- the maximal non-positivity of 11 in 2- follows from Corollary 1.28. Conversely, let 21 be the maximal non-positive space (in 21). Then, by what has been proved, 21 = (x- + Q, A 12x- )X- E P, v,,. But the contraction Q1 defined on A' 2 P,'- '1 (C 2-) admits extension into a II Q1 II
contraction defined on A 122- which maps A 1/22- into 2+; this would imply a non-positive extension of 21, in Y. But 2, is maximal, and therefore Q, is defined on A 1/2w-. Hence it follows that indeed P,- = M. For, let us now consider ie1 = (x + Q1A,/2X )X-(
'-
(CY);
by virtue of (8.19) this is again non-positive and it contains 9'1, i.e., 91 = Y,
and P,-211 = P,,-21 = 2-. It is clear that a proposition analogous to 8.18 can be established for the case when G,,=
A
0
0
-I
,
A > 0,
and 2, (C 11) is non-negative.
We note further that it is possible by means of angular operators to describe not only semi-definite lineals but a far more general type of lineals of a Krein space ." = ,Y+ [-+].,Y-. With this purpose let us consider, for example,
§8 The method of angular operators
59
the class d+ of all lineals Y from .W' which are mapped injectively into M+ by
It is not difficult to figure out that ,+ consists precisely of a projector those 2' for which 2' fl .- = (0) (compare with the proof of Lemma 1.26). It is clear that all such 2' admit the following description: P+.
2= (X++KX+)x-EP-/', where K = P- (P+ I 2')-', but on this occasion the `angular operator' K is no
longer obliged, generally speaking, to be a contraction. In fact,
it
is a
contraction if and only if 2' is non-negative (it is obvious that all non-negative are contained in d+ ). The class d- of all 2' for which 2' fl + = (0) is defined analogously. They are described by the formula
2'= (QX + X)z EP- I,
where Q = P+ (P- 91)-'. The class d- contains, in particular, all nonpositive Y.
In conclusion we consider `in the large' the sets .Yl ± of all the angular operators K(Q) of subspaces of the class /ll± respectively. From Theorems 8.2, 8.2' and Proposition 8.5 it follows that: 9
8.19 (
+,
+
(
(
-)=) +_ (KIK:Xe+ +)°) =(Q IQ:
.Y(-, IIKII <, 11,
IIQII<1).
yf+ (X-) represents an operator ball in the Banach space (+Thus, ,-) ((-+ )) of all bounded operators T: ,Y+ - ,Y- (T: In what follows we shall often use the following well-known fact (see, e.g., [VII] ): ± The balls Jt are bicompact in the weak operator topology. )a E A of subsets of a certain set is said to be We recall that a system centralized if every finite sub-system of it 1_11 ;),"-, has a non-empty inter-
8.20
section n;,=1
11a, 96 0.
As is well-known (see, e.g., [VII]) Proposition 8.20 is equivalent to the following: 8.21
± Every centralized system (.X. kE A of sets .YCa E .Yf (a E A) which are
closed in the weak topology has a non-empty intersection.
Let 2+ (2-) be a non-negative (non-positive) lineal with the angular operator Ko (Qo), and let .X+ (Ko) (.W- (Qo) be the set of angular operators
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
60
of all the subspaces from ff+ (elf-) which are extensions of '+ (2'- ), i.e., (cf. 8.7)
.X+(Ko)= (KI KE.X+,KJ Ko), .X-(Qo) _ (Q I QE.X , Q J Qo)
(8.20) (8.21)
In particular, if Y+ = (0) (Y_ = (0)), thenX, (Ko) =.X+ (.X_ (Qo) =.X-). We bring into consideration (see (8.9)) the sets Q*, QEX-(Qo)),
.X* (Qo)= (KI K= ,X+(Ko)= (QI Q=K*,KEX+ (Ko)). 8.22
(8.22) (8.23)
The set .X *_ (Qo) (respectively .X *+ (Ko)) coincides with the set of all
angular operators of subspaces from /lf+ (resp. from u-) which are J-orthogonal to the lineal _ (C' -) (resp. 2+ (D -O+ )) with the angular operator Qo (resp. Ko). The assertion follows directly from Theorems 8.11 and 8.11'. Theorem 8.23: The sets X + (K0), X- (Qo ) , X-* (Qo) and i and bicompact in the weak operator topology.
(Ko) are convex
We begin with .X+(Ko). Let K,, K2 E .X+(Ko). Since ,X+(Ko) C JY+, so by virtue of the convexity of .X+ when a E [0, 1 ] we have aKt + (1 - a)K2 E .X+ for any Ki, K2 E X+. Further, if x+ E cKo and K1, K2 E.X+(Ko), then
(aKi + (1 - a)K2)x+ = ceKtx+ + (1 - a)K2x+ = aKox + + (1 - a)Kox+ = Kox+, i.e., aKl + (1 - a)K2 D Ko, and the convexity of .X+(Ko) is proved. Now let a generalized sequence (K. hEr (C.X+(Ko)), where IF is a certain directed set (see [VII]) converge in the weak operator topology to a certain By virtue of 8.20 the ball .X + is closed in this operator k E topology, and so K E .X+. Since for any c > 0 and for any x± E ,Y± a yo E IF can
be found such that I ((K - K,,)x+, x-) I < e for all y > -yo, so we have
1((K-Ko)x+,x-)I 0, for all x+EVK.and forallx-E.W-; hence
( K - Ko)x+ = 0 (x+ E VK), i.e., K:) K o and K E X +(Ko).
Thus (see [VII]) X, (Ko) is a closed (in the weak operator topology) subset of the bicompact ball .X+ and therefore it is itself bicompact. The arguments are analogous for ,X- (Qo), X-* (Qo), and X+ (Ko).
Corollary 8.24: The sets X. (Ko)(1.X**(Qo) and x -(Qo)t1.X+(Ko) are convex and bicompact in the weak operator topology.
§8 The method of angular operators
61
Remark 8.25: In Corollary 8.24 it is not excluded, generally speaking, that the intersections mentioned in it may be empty. The non-emptiness of either of them implies, by 8.22, the relation .'+ [1] 2'_. Later (see Theorem 10.2) it will be proved that this is not only a necessary, but also a sufficient, condition for both the intersections mentioned in Corollary 8.24 to be non-empty.
Exercises and problems 1
Consider the two-dimensional real Krein space Yt' in Exercise 7 to §2 (see Fig. 1 there). In Fig. 2 is shown a non-negative (even positive) subspace 2'(C.Yt'). For any x E .P we have x = x' + x- (x± E Y ±), and x- = Kx', where K is the operator of rotating the vector x+ through an angle 42 (in the positive direction), and then
multiplying by the scalar k = tan p-the angular coefficient of the `line' Y. Compare this with the definition 8.1. Verify that II K II = I k I.
Fig. 2.
2
If in Exercise 1 p is always understood to be the minimal angle between 2' and 'the axis' .Ye', then tan w = II K II Prove that in the general case too (dim.Ye 500) for the angular operator K of a non-negative subspace 2' we have tan p(2', .YP') = II K II if
the (minimal) angle rp is defined by the equality sin w(2', .h° ) = suPe E s(r) II e - ZP' ell where S(2') is the unit sphere of the lineal 2' (II a II = 1) (M. Krein [XVII] ). 3
It follows from the result of Exercise 2 and Lemma 8.4 that uniform positivity of the subspace 2' is equivalent to the inequality p < u/4. Hence it is possible to derive in terms of the aperture 0(2',, 2'Z) = max(sin p(Yj,Y2), sin p(Yz, _Wj)) of two subspaces 2, and 2'2 (see, e.g., [I]) the following criterion: in order that all subspaces
.P' with a sufficiently small aperture O(2', 2') be non-negative it is necessary and sufficient that the subspace SP be uniformly positive (M. Krein [XVII] ).
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
62 4
Let d' be a non-negative subspace with angular operator K and let 0 Or, JY ) < 1. Then 11 K11
6
`1+I.- IKIIZ
(Shlakman).
Hint: Use the properties of the aperture (see [I]) and the result of Exercise 2. 5
On the set of all semi-definite lineals 2' of a Krein space M we we introduce the functional
sup [e, e],
4'(l)=
if 2' is non-negative,
eES(i')
inf
[e, e],
if 2' is non-positive.
e E S(f' )
Suppose, for definiteness, that 2' is non-negative, and let K be its angular operator. It
is clear that 0 < c(.1) < 1 and that (c(2') = 01 a (91 is neutral). Prove that III K-1 II 2 1
-1
IIK
II
I
if K is bounded invertible,
+1
(Shlakman)
otherwise
1
Hint: By studying the function f(x) = (1 - x2)/(1 + x2) on the interval 0Sx K 11, convince yourself that 2
where µ = inf e'ES(P'Y')
1+/L
6
Ke+ .
Prove that a non-negative (non-positive) lineal 2' is neutral if and only if 4 (2',.x-) = I/ J (resp. 4 (2', . +) = l/J) (Shlakman). Hint: By comparing the results of Exercises 4 and 5 establish the formula
-1, (Y) = 1 -292(2, W-)(resp. 4?(2')= 1 7
Let 2' be an arbitrary subspace of the Krein space Jr = .Y+ ( .W-, and let 91 E d+ (see §8.8). If K is the angular operator of the lineal .', then
(K(*)x +X )x-EP-i'[0+]Ct' [(+]
(8.24)
and an analogous formula holds when 2'E,.d-. Here 9q' are the deficiency subspaces of the lineal 2' (Ritsner [4] ).
Hint. The `generalized adjoint operator' T(*) of a linear operator T. VT-,k GIT C .) should here be understood to be the operator whose graph I' T(*) is given by the formula F T(*' = ((u, v) E Wx f - I (Tx, u) = (x, v) for all X E V TJ (cf. (8.10)). For any bounded T such a T(*) exists and II T(*) II = II T 11. 8
Derive the formula (4.5) and Theorem 8.11 from the formula (8.24).
9
Suppose a linear operator E in the Krein space Jr = .r+ [(D] .e- satisfies the conditions EP+ = E, P+E= Then E is a projector (E2 = E), and further P+.
EW C P+ if and only if II Ell < J. An analogous result is true if P+ and J0 + are replaced by P- and -- respectively (Langer [2]). 10
11
Prove that the projector E in Exercise 9 and the angular operator K of the lineal E.,Y
(C .:O+) are connected by the formula E' = P+ + KP+ (in the case E.;( C .10- the corresponding formula is E= P- + QP-, where Q is the angular operator of the lineal E.) ([XVII] ). Prove that for the projector E in Exercise 9 the condition II E II < 2 is necessary and sufficient for the lineal Er to be uniformly definite. Hint. Use the result of Exercise 10 and Lemma 8.4.
§8 The method of angular operators 12
63
Prove that for a subspace Y, (EJ() of the class h' (see Definition 5.9) we have
Y1_= V,lEa/-flh-. 13
Let YE -I/-, let K be the corresponding angular operator, and let Pr, be the orthoprojector on to Y. Prove that (I+ + K*K) ' K(1+ + K*K)-'
P
(I+ + K*K) 'K* K(I+ + K*K)K II
(Azizov).
Hint: See the proof of Theorem 8.17. 14
Under the conditions of Exercise 13 prove that for the operator T= P+ I F: I - "Y' the adjoint operator 7-*: W+ ' has the form T* = T-' (I+ + K*K)-' (Azizov).
15
Under the conditions of Exercise 13 prove that the Gram operator Gv,(=P,JI ') has the form Gr = V*(I+ - K*K) V, where V. IF -i .YY+ is a linear homeomorphism, i.e., Gv- and (I+ - K*K) are `congruent' (Azizov). Hint: Use the results of Exercises 13 and 14.
16
Let _W- E .,//-, let Q be its angular operator, and let G,,- be the Gram operator for
99-. Then the operators Gr- and I- Q*Q are congruent, i.e., there is a linear homeomorphism V. 2W- such that Gi-= V*(I+ - Q*Q) V (Azizov). Hint: P- I F- can be taken as V. 17
Under the conditions of the preceding problem suppose infinite-dimensional uniformly definite subspaces. Then I K9,+ I = I+ + S
(I Kv-- I = I " + Si ),
+ (Y- _ / + [1]) has no
where S(Sj) E .gym.
(Azizov).
Hint: Use the results of the preceding exercise and of Exercise 7 in §6. 18
Let Y+ C .--O+ and Ky.. E y'm. Then ¶+ E h+ Q.W. Helton [2]).
19
Let V+ E .,//+ fl h+ and Y_ E <. //-. Then .Y'' fl y- = (0) a Y+ 4- 1- = .# (Azizov). Hint: Use Theorem 8.15.
20
Let .;f be a Krein space and let Y+ C '. Prove that 2' E..//+ if and only if 9'+[l] C.i°-. Hint: Use Theorem 8.11. '+ C YO C .I+ fl Y+ [1] , and .1= Yd1J IIo. Prove that I+ E J(+ (.y') if and only if T+/moo E ,//+ (. ). Hint: Use the definition of the factor space . and Exercise 20.
21
Suppose .W is a Krein space,
22
Suppose
is a Krein s+pace, Y± C e°±, and Yo c Y'± fle°°. Prove that, if
dim Fo < co, then 9+ E h- if and only if t'±/go E h± (Azizov). Hint: Verify that the subspaces I'± E h- if and only if their angular operators can be expressed in the form of a direct sum of a finite-dimensional isometric operator and a uniform contraction, i.e., an operator T with II T II < 1.
23 We introduce on I(+
a
functional
0(.IF,.,t) = sup (O(x, y) I x E ', y E .,I
Y', 't"E elf+), where
O(x,y)=1 if Re2[x,y] _< [x,x][y,y];
B(x,y)=252+26,62-1-1 if Re2[x,y]> [x,x][y,y]>0 and 62 = Re2 [x, y]/ [x, x] [y, y]; 0(x, y) = 0 in the remaining cases. Prove that the relation Y- .4 which is expressed by the inequality 0(s(1, .4 ") < oo is
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
64
W+, that on each equivalence class the function an equivalence relation on p(/,.T) = In B(!,A") is a metric, and that each equivalence class is a complete metric space (A. V. Sobolev and V. A. Khatskevich, [1], [2]).
24
Prove that the set /to of maximal uniformly positive subspaces in an equivalence class (Khatskevich, [13], [14]).
25
Using the connection between operators from tl+ introduce an equivalence relation on
and subspaces from
K,-K2 ifO(Y,,.'2)<-, where 2',=[x++K,x+Ix+E.
+J,
i=1,2.
Verify that the interior of the ball .X+ (W+, .W ) is an equivalence class (Khatskevich, [13], [14]).
§9
1
Pontryagin spaces H,r. W('r)-spaces and G('r)-spaces One subclass of Krein spaces is particularly important in operator theory.
Definition 9.1: A Krein space
= M+ [+]
with a finite rank of
indefiniteness
K =min [dim
.W+, dim W-) (see Definition 6.5)
is called a Pontryagin space and is denoted by H. Admitting a certain freedom
of speech, we shall sometimes call x the number of positive or negative squares.
In accordance with this definition we shall denote a fixed canonical decomposition of a Pontryagin space Hx by IIx = H+ [+] II
(9.1)
and without loss of generality we shall in future assume, if nothing to the contrary is stated, that (oo > )x = dim II+. Otherwise we would have changed over to the anti-space (see Definition 1.8). Thus the equality x = 0 corresponds to the (trivial) case when IIx = TI- is a Hilbert space with the scalar product (x, y) = - [x, y] (x, y E IIx) (see Remark 2.3). Examples of spaces IIx are given in the Exercises for this section.
It follows from Definition 9.1 that all the general geometric facts about Krein spaces are true for a space H. However, and additional condition, namely, the inequality x < co naturally gives rise to a number of additional properties of Pontryagin spaces. It is with these properties that we shall concern ourselves. The simplest of them is contained in the following proposition. 9.2 All non-negative lineals of the II, are finite-dimensional.
By Corollary 4.3 we have for any non-negative 9 (CI-Ix) that dim Y < x(
§9 Pontryagin spaces II.. Wax'-spaces and G(x)- spaces Corollary 9.3:
65
In the space II, every positive lineal is uniformly positive.
This follows from 9.2 and 5.4.
9.4 A non-negative (positive, neutral) lineal 2' in the space IIx is a maximal non-negative (a maximal positive, a maximal neutral) lineal if and only if dim Y= x. This follows from Corollaries 4.6 and 4.8 and Theorem 4.13 (taking 9.2 into account). In applying Corollary 4.8 it should be borne in mind, that in contrast to the general case, in the space Hx all maximal positive lineals are closed (because they are finite-dimensional). To conclude this section we establish a lemma which will often be applied in the theory of operators acting in the space II{. Lemma 9.5: Any lineal 2 dense in IIx (2'= II.) contains a maximal (i.e. a x -dimensional) positive subspace.
We consider the canonical decomposition (9.1), where dim II+ = x, and a ..., ex) in II+. It is clear that [ei, ek] = (ei, ek) = bik, (j, k = 1, 2, . . ., x). For any c > 0, because of the condition 2 =1I,,, vectors f l , f2,. ., fx E 2' can be found with the property I f k - ek 11 < (k = 1, 2, ..., x). Since all the Gram determinants of the system {el, e2, ..., ex) are positive:
certain orthonormalized basis (el, e2,
detll[ei,ek]IIi"k=1=detllbikII 'k=1=1 > 0
(m=1,2,...,x),
it follows that, for sufficiently small e > 0, all the determinants det II [fi, fk) IIl k=1 (m = 1, 2,
.
.
.,
x)
are also positive,
i.e., the Gram matrix II [fi, Al II k=1 of the subspace . = Lin(fl, f2, ..., fx] (C 2') is positive definite: thus the vectors fl, f2, . . ., fx are linearly independent, and 9 is a x-dimensional positive subspace.
The condition x < co, apart from its natural influence (as explained in section 9.1) on the character of non-negative lineals (subspace) of the space IIx, also has an influence on the negative subspaces of jr,,. 2
Theorem 9.6:
All negative subspaces 2' of the space IIx are uniformly
negative.
By virtue of the obvious analogue 8.9' of Remark 8.9 there is a maximal negative subspace -Tmax J Y. By Corollary 8.131, 2ma1x is a maximal positive
subspace and, more than that (see Proposition 9.2 and Corollary 9.3), it is a uniformly positive x-dimensional subspace. By virtue of Corollary 7.15 it is projectively complete, and since (see Proposition 7.9) 2'm.., = is also
66
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
projectively complete, it is also uniformly negative. Therefore (see 5.3) 2' too is uniformly negative. Corollary 9.7:
All definite subspaces 2' of II, are projectively complete.
This follows from Corollary 7.15 and Corollary 9.3 (for positive 91) and from Theorem 9.6 (for negative 2'). Remark 9.8: The assertion of Theorem 9.6 cannot by any means be extended to non-closed negative lineals. The example 4.12, which we have already used more than once, bears witness to this (with accuracy up to a transition to the anti-space). The space W considered in this example is (up to a sign, i.e., up to a transtion to the anti-space) the space II,, and the non-closed positive lineal 2' constructed in it is not uniformly positive (as was explained later in Example
5.10), i.e., 2' is singular (cf. Exercise 6 to §5). We shall return later, in Exercises 9-12, to the analysis of similar situations. Theorem 9.9: In a space A. a subspace 2' (=.') is projectively complete if and only if it is non-degenerate.
We recall (Proposition 7.10) that non-degeneracy of a subspace 2' in the
general case of a Krein space is a necessary condition for its projective completeness. We show that in our case it is also sufficient. If 2' is non-degenerate, then in any canonical decomposition of it . = 2+ [ 4- ] 2(which exists by virtue of Theorem 6.4) the definite subspaces Y+ and 2- are uniformly definite (Corollary 9.3 and Theorem 9.6), and therefore (Theorems 7.16 and 5.7) 99 is projectively complete.
Corollary9.10:
Every non-degenerate subspace Yin n. is itself a Pontryagin
space II,, with a certain rank of indefiniteness x': 0 < x' < x. 2' is projectively complete, and in its canonical decomposition 2' = 2+ [+] 2-, by virtue of Proposition 9.2 0 < dim 2+ < x, so that when dim Y+ < dim 1- we have x' = dim Y+ < x, and when dim 2- < dim 2+ a
fortiori x' = dim 2- < x.
Comparing some of the facts discovered in §9.2 we remark that they are characteristic for picking our Pontryagin spaces in the class of all Krein spaces. 3
Theorem 9.11: For a Krein space .Y( = W+ [+] . the following three assertions are equivalent: a) the space .
is a Pontryagin space (,W = n,);
§9 Pontryagin spaces II,,. W'")-spaces and G(")- spaces
67
b) all the definite subspaces 2' (CM) are uniformly definite (projectively complete); c) all the non-degenerate subspaces 2' (C,W) are projectively complete.
That a) - b) - c) was established in §9.2. It remains to prove the implication c) - a). To do this it is sufficient to adduce an example of a non-degenerate but not projectively complete subspace 2' in any Krein space of infinite rank of indefiniteness: x = min (dim ,+, _+ [+] dim ,-) = co. But as such an example any subspace 2' which is, say, positive but not uniformly positive will serve (see Exercise 1 to §5).
In studying the spaces II" (and later the operators acting in them), instead of the prefix 'J-' (J-orthogonality, J-isometry, etc.) which is traditional for 4
Krein spaces, the prefix '7r-' or `a"-' is more expressive since it indicates at once
that everything takes place in a Pontryagin space, and the second form indicates the rank of indefiniteness. In particular, we shall in future use these symbols, naming, for example, vectors x, y (E II") for which x[1] y, and sets 9', ,tf (C IZ") for which 2' [1] /u as a-orthogonal, and we shall call the lineal -1t['] the 7r-orthogonal complement of the set elf. We recall (see Proposition 9.2) that the isometric lineal 22° = 2' n 2' of a
lineal 2' in a space II" is always finite-dimensional (dim 2° < x). For degenerate subspaces 2 (2= 2', 22° = (B)) in II" instead of Theorem 9.9 we have to be content with a more complicated decomposition (generated by 2')
of H. into a direct sum of subspaces more complicated than the simple a-orthogonal sum 2 [+] Y111.
Theorem 9.12: Let 2 be a subspace in II,,, let . tf = 2' be its 7r-orthogonal complement, and 22° = 9 n , It be the isotropic part of Y. Then the following decomposition holds: H. = 21 [+] -MI [+] (2° + 4'),
(9.2)
where 2, and itf, are non-degenerate subspaces connected with .9' and It respectively by the relations
2' = 2, [+] 2'°,
'tt = -it, [+] 22°,
(9.3)
and .4 is a certain subspace skewly linked with 2'° (see Definition 1.29): .4 - # 22°. For any choice of 2, and tf1 in (9.3) the subspace 1'skewly linked with 22° may be chosen arbitrarily in the subspace (2, [+] On the other hand, for any choice in II" of a subspace .41" (#22°) satisfying the conditions (9.3) the subspaces 2, and .,tl, in (9.2) are defined uniquely: _r, = 2' n 1"[1],
at, =,m n X1.111.
68
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
O The subspaces 21 and .,lt, satisfying the conditions (9.3) (by Proposition 7.3 2° is the common isotropic subspace for 2' and .fit) are not-degenerate, and therefore (Theorem 9.1 lc) they are projectively complete, and the same, as
is easy to understand (see Exercise 8 to §7), applies also to their
ir-orthogonal sum 2t [+], th (we recall that 2t C 2 and Wl C . tt = Y[1). are certain Pontryagin spaces (see Corollary 9.10). The relations (9.3) show that the second of them contains 2'° Thus, both 2't [ + ] , f 1 and (91 [ 4 ] I ( )
-I
(dim 2'° S x). As in every Krein space, in the space (21 [-+] .A(l) [1] there are (see Exercise 4 to §3) subspaces skewly linked with 2'°. We choose any one of them and call it
_f': A' # 2?°. Then by virtue of Lemma 1.31 and Proposition 1.30 dim
.4'= dim 20 and the direct sum 2° + N is non-degenerate, i.e.,
it is
projectively complete. Thus (see Exercise 8 to §7) the subspace 3 _ 21 [+] J11 [+] (2° +,A,)
is also projectively complete, i.e., it is non-degenerate. Now let x be such that x [1] R. In particular, x E (2'° + 21) [1] = 2[1] and X E (2'° + fil )[1] = -0[1] = 27[1] [1] = 2, i.e., X E 2' n 2[1] = 2'°. On the other hand, x [1] .,N and therefore, since .4' # "?°, we have by virtue of Definition 1.2 that x = 0. Thus, R = IIX and the equalities (9.3) are proved. We pass on to the last assertion of the theorem. We fix in IIx an arbitrary V
(# .'°) and we put Yl = 2' n .N[1] . The lineal 2t is obviously closed; 2'° [1] 9-91 (since 2'° [1] 2') and -wo n gel = (6] since 2'° # N. Further, 2° + N[1] = II (see Corollary 1.32), 2° C 9, and therefore (YO +,4-1-0) =YO+(yn,101-1)= YO
Similarly one verifies that for tt l = ff n 1011 the relation A( = 2'° [+] J11 holds. Thus, for the constructed subspaces 2t and ,A11 the relations (9.3) hold and T1 n (6]. Since by construction 2'(1] = (2 n IV[1])[1] D .,1 [1] [1] = .4-
and
similarly
,
&{1] = (.,lt n .ii [1]) [1] D 4-,
so
.'i" C (91 + 41l)[], and by virtue of the first part (already proved) of the theorem the decomposition (9.2) holds.
We now prove that, in the decomposition (9.2) just constructed, the subspaces 2l and -01 satisfying the conditions (9.3) cannot, for a fixed N (# 2o), be chosen differently. For, if 2t and -01 satisfy the conditions (9.2) and (9.3), then 21 C 2 n.-Ii'[-L], -itl C at n ./i"[1], (9.4) However, we saw earlier that the subspaces 91 n ,4'[1] and -it n .4"[1] also satisfy the conditions of the form (9.3): Se = (2' n,/1-111) [+] 9'°, !1= ( It n . i "[1]) [+]°; therefore it follows from (9.4) and 1.21 that '1 = 2 n .'V[1] and at, = at n ..d'[1].
5 We present one more simple proposition, which is often applicable in investigations.
§9 Pontryagin spaces II,,. W')-spaces and G(")- spaces
69
9.13 If .' (C II") is a space with inertia index (7r, v, W), and if 2° is its isotropic subspace (dim 2° = w), then the factor space 2/2o with the
indefinite metric induced from 9 according to the rule (1.16) is a Pontryagin
space r, where x' = min (7r, P). We express 9 in the form 9 = X, [+] 27°, where 91 is a non-degenerate
subspace. By virtue of Corollary 9.10 9, is a Pontryagin space II, :
a canonical decomposition of 2, have the form where, clearly, min (dim 9i ,dim 9i )= x' . But Y _ 271+ [+] 9i [+] 9° is the canonical decomposition of the whole of 2, and so x' = min{7r, v} (Theorem 6.7). It remains to apply 1.23.
0<,x' <,x.
Let
Corollary 9.14:
Let 90 be a neutral linear in II", dim 2'° = w ( x), and
9 _ (270)[1] . Then 92'° is a space II,,, with x' = x - w.
Since 2° is an isotropic subspace for 27 (see Proposition 7.5), so In 9 = (jr, v, w} with certain 7r and v, and therefore by virtue of Proposition 9.13 2/2o = II,,-, where x' = mina, v). But it is easy to see that here a = dim II+ - w, because 9 J V ° (the deficiency subspace for 2°) and dim 9 ° = x - w, and v = dim II-, so that v > x > x - w = a and therefore
x' =x-w. 6 Among W-spaces (see §6.6) and in particular G-spaces the analogues and generalizations of Pontryagin spaces II" are of particular interest in the theory of operators. We shall denote by x the maximal dimension of the non-negative subspaces contained in a W-space W. If x < oo we shall call ,Y a W")-space, and if it is non-degenerate a G(")-space.
9.15 A W-space .3f is a W")-space if and only if the whole positive part of the spectrum a(W) of the Gram operator W consists of eigenvalues and the
sum of the multiplicities of all non-negative eigenvalues is equal to x. Moreover, ,;t' =.W/Ker W is a G("-"°)-space, where xo = dim Ker W.
If the spectrum a(W) satisfies the requirement indicated, then (cf. Theorem 6.4), in the canonical decomposition
.re=,w-[G) ].WO[G) ].Y+
(X:2:
defined by the spectral decomposition W= f aid of the projectors
,.fo=P°.() =P+-
(9.5)
X dE,, (E),+o = Ex) with the rr
P-= f _
dE>,, m
Po=Eo-E_o,
P+=
JMdE. 0
the (isotropic) subspaces Y° (= Ker W) is neutral, and also (see Proposition 6.5) dim X0 = xo is the multiplicity of the number 0 E Op( W), and the maximal dimension of the non-negative subspaces contained in .W' - [ O+ ] ,Y+ is by Lemma 1.27 equal to dim + = x, the sum of the multiplicities of the positive
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
70
eigenvalues of the operator W. Thus the maximal dimensionality of the non-negative subspaces in is equal to xo + x, = x. Conversely, if . is a W(')-space, then in its canonical decomposition (9.5) dim(, W' [ (D].+) = x (again by virtue of Proposition 6.5 and Lemma 1.27).
The last assertion regarding .' follows from Proposition 1.23. Corollary 9.16: A G-space ,Y is a H. space if and only if it is regular and dim 2' (G) = x < oo, where 2+ (G) is the direct (and orthogonal) sum of all the eigen-subspaces of operator G corresponding to its positive eigen values. If .7" is a W(`)-space, then . = lKer W(') is a IIx xo space (xo = dim Ker Wtx)) if and only if . wo) = WO).
The condition for regularity (0 E p(G)) is connected with the fact that a IIx space is a Krein space (see Proposition 6.13), and all the rest-follows from Proposition 6.13. But if a G-space a e is singular and is a G(')-space, then it can be `densely imbedded' in a II, space by means of the procedure described in Proposition 6.14.
To conclude this paragraph 6.9 we indicate another useful criterion for a G-space to be a G(x)-space.
9.17 Let = _T+ V be a G-space, 2 and N subspaces of it with 2' C +, dim 2?= x < oo, and iV C #I-- U (9). Then Yeis a G(')-space. It follows from Proposition 1.25 that 2' is a maximal non-negative subspace. It remains to verify that .
does not contain non-negative subspaces
2' of higher dimension than x = dim Y. Let P+ and P- (P+ + P- = I) be the projectors generated by the direct decomposition . = 2 + N, and let 2' C ,0+. Then by Lemma 1.27 the mapping P+: 2' - 2' is injective, hence
dim 2' < x.
Exercises and problems 1
Let
A=
be a linear space of finite sequences x = (i )7=, (E; = 0, j > Ni), and let aik II7k., be an infinite Hermitian matrix defining on. an Hermitian metric
[x, y] = Z aik jI k i.k=,
(x
y = (nl k=, E .f ).
Let the matrix A be such that i does not contain isotropic vectors (J ° = (0)), and each of the forms [x, x] = E k (x E 9) contains not more than x, and at least one, positive squares. Prove that . after completion (cf. Exercise 4 to §2) becomes a rL, space ([XIV] ). 2
Prove that if the condition on the number of positive squares for the forms in Exercise 1 is observed, then the condition for non-degeneracy of the metric [x, y] on .(i.e. Jr .Y° = (0)) is equivalent to the requirement det 11 aik IL k=, ;4 0 for all sufficiently large n. Without the condition on the number of positive squares, the given requirement is
§9 Pontryagin spaces IL. W"-spaces and
spaces
71
sufficient, but not necessary, for the non-degeneracy of the form [x, y] (I, Iokhvidov [19]). 3
Modifying the example in Exercise 1, consider the linear space Jr of two-sided and finite (on both sides) sequences x= ( . . . , i;-,, to, ti, E2,. ..), and an infinite (in all four directions) Hermitian matrix A = I I a i k II k=-m; formulate the corresponding conditions that will ensure that . (after completion) becomes a IIx space ([XV], cf. [V] ).
4
Verify that in the examples in Exercises 2 and 3, if non-degeneracy of the metric [x, y] is not demanded (i.e., if To (B) is allowed), then the factor space after
completion becomes a H. space ([XV], [V]). Hint: Compare with Proposition 9.13. 5
Let JP= 12 be the space of all sequences x= (SxJk=,, k=, 12 < 00; the form [x, y] for x, y E 12, y = (tlkI k=, is given by the formula [X, Y1 _
Zkx
=1
r
t
Zk=x+1 Sk1jk
Compare this with the example in Exercise 4 to §2, and show that .' is a IT. space (Pontryagin [1]). 6
Let . be an abstract set on which a complex Hermitian kernel K(p, q) = K(q, p) (p, q E . ) is defined such that the form E k=, K(pi, pk)(jEk for sufficiently large n
contains exactly x positive squares. The lineal consisting of all functions of the form 'P(p) =
j=1
IjK(p, qi),
(p) =
j=1
?jK(p, qi)
with the form [1p,,1] = E k=I K(qi, gk)Ej k becomes, after taking the factor-space by the isotropic lineal and completion, a IT, space; this is the continual analogue of the space in Exercise 1 (M. Krein; example published in I. Iokhvidov's report [4] ). 7
In the example in Exercise 6 to §2 the space L2(S, E, µ) will be a IIx space if in the canonic Jordan decomposition it = µ+ - µ- of the measure into the difference of two
positive measures the component µ+ is concentrated in x points of the set S not belonging to the carrier of the measure µ_ (see I. Iokhvidov [2] and Azizov [8], where particular cases of this situation, analogous to the example in Exercise 5 to §2, were considered, and also [IV] ). 8
In the real space II, for any two non-negative vectors x, y (EII1) establish the inequality [x, y] 2 > [x, x] [ y, y], in which the inequality sign holds only when the vectors x and y are collinear (M. Krein, see [XV], see also M. Krein and Rutman [1]).
9
Consider IT. = II+ O+ II-, where 0 < dim II- = x < co, and II+ is infinite dimensional. Let yo E IIx and let . be a positive lineal in II.. Then for continuity of the Iv it is necessary functional p,.,(x) = [x, yo] (xE 91) relative to the internal norm and sufficient that yo [1] (2)° (I. Iokhvidov [11]). Hint. In the proof use the canonical decomposition of the closure 2': 2' = Y', + (2')° and the fact that a positive subspace 2, is projectively complete (Theorem 9.11,b).
10 A definite lineal 2' (C IIx) is singular if and only if its closure 2' is degenerate (I. Iokhvidov [11]; [VIII]). Hint: Use the result of Exercise 9. 11
Let 2' (C IIx) be a singular lineal. Then for the equality 2' = 2' [+] (2')° it is necessary
that 2' should be complete (i.e., a Hilbert) space relative to the internal metric (I. Iokhurdov [11]). Hint. Use Proposition 9.13.
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
72
The condition of completeness of ' with respect to the internal norm
12
z- is
sufficient for the representation .e = . [+] (l )° of the closure of a singular lineal 99 in any Krein space . (I. Iokhvidov [I fl). Hint: Prove that the lineal' [+] (2')° is closed relative to
Consider the Pontryagin space rl, = fl+ [ (@] II- (dim IV < oo ). Prove that a
13
sequence
strongly converges to a vector xo when n - oo if [x,,, x] - [xo, xo] and
[x,,, y] -' [xo, y] for y running through a set 1 dense in fl, (M. Krein and Langer [3]).
Hint: Without loss of generality it may be supposed that 1 is a lineal and fl+ C 1. Verify first that x - xo, and then use the ordinary criterion for strong convergence
for [x,-)i. Let .', = W' [ Q+ ] .Y; be a J-space, and let .02 =
14
z+ [ O+ ] .W 1 [ O+ ] 7Yz be the
canonical decomposition of a W-space . '2, where W= T" JT, and T:.Y°2 - .', is a bounded operator. Then dim .YZ < dim W' , and therefore, in particular, if .,Y, is a Pontryagin space with x positive (negative) squares, then the positive (negative) part of the spectrum of the operator W consists of not more than x (taking multiplicity into account) eigenvalues (Azizov).
§10
Dual pairs. J-orthonormalized systems and bases
Definition 10.1: A pair of subspaces
1
of a Krein space
is called a dual pair if 2? ± C .? ± and 2'+ [1] 2_ . If, in addition, 2± E tl±, then (2+, y2_) is called a maximal dual pair. A dual pair (2+, 2-) is called an extension of the dual pair (2+, 2_) if 9?± D Y+, and it is called a maximal extension of the pair (2+, 2_) if this extension (2+, 2-) is a maximal dual pair. Theorem 10.2: (7max omax)
Every dual pair (2+, 2-) has at least one maximal extension
Moreover, every maximal in 2+11 non positive extension 2_ of the subspace
2_ belongs to 4Y- and the pairs
(2[13, SP_) exhaust all the maximal
extensions of the dual pair (2+, 2'_ ). Clearly it suffices to prove the second assertion of the theorem. Consider
the sub-space X+11 (32_ ). Let w y+ _ )1+ = (P+2+)1 fl T+ be the deficiency subspace for 2+ in X+. We recall (see the proof of Theorem 4.5) that !2+ [1] 2+ and Therefore 2+ [+] 9+ E -It+. 2+ [+] 1i+)[11 E , _' (see Theorem 8.11) and . V = 4"0 [ (@].IV1, where .4"° is the isotropic subspace for V, and ./{", is the negative subspace. Since A{" C YA+1 and Cl+ C 2+1], it is clear that Y+11 J .4-0 [ O+
O+ ] `c+
Conversely, if z [1] 2+, then z = z+ + z- (z` E .Y±), and z+ = zi + z2+, where z1 E 1+, and zz E (g+ )111 n o+ = P+2+. Thus z = zi + (zz + z-), and, at zz + z- = z - zi [I] 2+, the same time, zz + z E 2+1 fl (go+)111 = (2+ [+] Qo+)111 =,4 (see (1.12)), and so i.e.,
§10 Dual pairs. J-orthonormalized systems and bases
73
z = (zz + z-) + z1 E l' [ ] 91+. Finally we obtain for Y+1] the canonical decomposition rte[+1
=
g+
[O] X1"1
-0.
(10.1)
Now let be a maximal in 94+l non-positive extension of the subspace '_ (C + 1). Then (see Proposition 1.22) 2_ D N° and Je_ = 4 -0 [ Q+ ],JP , where
Y_ is the maximal, in the subspace 9+ [ @]./V1, non-positive subspace (see (10.1)). We have turned out to be in the situation considered in Proposition
8.18, by virtue of which 2_ = (Fx+x),XE.,i where the linear operator F: ,A", - !2+ is defined on the whole of ,4', in view of the maximal non-positivity in g+ [ @] 4'1. Therefore of
P - = Lin(P-,N°, P _) = Lin(P-,IV°, P-.4 1 J = P- (,/V° [ G) ]. {-1) i.e., k_ E .elf-, and
is one of the extensions of the dual pair (Y+, '-) of
the form (27max' max)
The last assertion of the theorem is obvious. Definition 10.3: Let W be a Krein space, let be a maximal uniformly definite dual pair (i.e., 2'± are uniformly definite), and let 9f be a 2
subspace in f. We call the decomposition 9 = 1o [+] 91 [+] V2 of the
9
(2'+, 2'_ )-decomposition if go = 91 fl g 111, the orthogonal complement to c 0 [+] 911 relative to the scalar product (x, y)1 = [x+, y+] - [x_, y-], where x = x+ + x_, y = y+ + y_, x±, y± E Y+, and therefore also relative to the form [x, y] (see Exercise 8 to §2).
subspace
its
1 = ( fl +) [+] ( fl _ ), and g2 is
We note that any subspace CA admits an (2'+, 2'_ )-decomposition relative to any uniformly definite dual pair and this decomposition is unique.
Theorem 10.4:
Let 9) = 910 [+] 91 F+1!22 be the (.'+, Y-)-decomposition of a
subspace !2, and let qi2 = g2' [+] 92", where 92' is a projectively complete subspace. Then there is a maximal uniformly definite dual pair (2'i , 9,1) such that the decomposition 9) = go [+] (ci [+] i) [+] 92 of the subspace ft is its (91', 2'i )-decomposition. Let 92'= 9+' [+] 9- be a canonical decomposition. We prove our assertion for the case 92' = 9+ and by so doing reduce it to the case 92' = V-' which is treated according to the same scheme. Thus, 92'= g+. Without loss of generality we shall suppose that 0± = Y±, and we put 2'i = 1'2' [+] w, fl 912' I']). By construction 2'1+ is a uniformly definite subspace and, 'z fl 2'i = (0). Moreover, Y1 E ,ff +; for if this were not so, then in + there would be a vector xo ;e 0 J-orthogonal to 2' and therefore to C42', i.e., xo would lie in .,Y+ n92' [ll and therefore (xo , xo) = 0; we would have a contradiction.
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric )(1] Then by (1.12) -ri = (.W- + 1z) n vz We put 21 = Since V2' C 9, and v n ._w+- C v 1 C v2, [1', so v n 991, = Sz [+] (1 n -w+ ) and v n &i = g n [(. - + g2) n v2 [1]) = v n.-*,-, i.e., (, n Yt) [+] (g n -ri) = 91 [_-] c'2. Hence c'2,, n LI = (B). It therefore 74
remains to verify that V2 is orthogonal to Vo [+] 11 [+] 92 in the scalar product (x, y)1 indicated in Definition 10.3.
Let x E gz . In accordance with Exercise 8 to §2 (x, y)1 = 0 when y E 21 [+] 92', and therefore the canonical projections xi of the vector x to Pi lie in . ± n cz [1] respectively. Consequently C (.4+ n!22, [1]) [+] (,Ye- n C/Z [1]) _ 1. From Exercise 9 to §2 we conz
on
clude that go C .1. It remains to notice that the scalar products (x, y)1 and
(x, y) coincide on MI, and therefore also that (x, z)1 = (x, z) = 0 when x E 92", _ o [+] (°11 [+] I Z) [+] I z is an z E 'o, i.e., the decomposition
(Let, Li )-decomposition of the subspace V. 3
Later in Chapter 3 we shall encounter more than once dual pairs and
maximal dual pairs of subspaces invariant relative to one or other operators or
even whole families of operators. But in this section dual pairs arise in a natural way in the consideration of the so-called J-orthonormalized systems in a Krein space.
Definition 10.5: A system of vectors 9= (ea )a E A (CO), where A is an arbitrary set of indices, is called a J-orthonormalized system if [e,,,eat] _ ±Sa,a, for all al, a2 E A, where Sa,a2 is the Kronecker delta. The simplest example of a J-orthonormalized system of Y = + [ ] .'is the union of two arbitrary orthonormalized (in the usual sense) systems from
the subspaces -W+ and- respectively.
10.6 Any J-orthonormalized system j= (e, )a E A is algebraically free, i.e., it does not contain linearly dependent finite-dimensional sub-systems;
moreover, it is minimal in the sense that not one vector ep E . belongs to C Lin(ea)aE A, , 0
.
It is clear that the first assertion follows from the second. But the second is we have obvious, since (see Proposition 3.5) for any x E C Lin (ea )a E A,,,
[x,eQ]=0 and [ea,e0]=±1. Definition 10. 7:
A J-orthonormalized system is said to be maximal if it is not
contained in any wider J-orthonormalized system, and to be J-complete if there is no non-zero vector J-orthonormalized to this system (see Remark 10.11 below).
10.8 Any J-orthonormalized system is contained in a certain maximal J-orthonormalized system.
§10 Dual pairs. J-orthonormalized systems and bases
75
The proof is obtained in the usual way using Zorn's lemma (see Theorem 1.19).
Every J-orthonormalized system [ ea )a E A in a Krein space .0 generates a dual pair of subspaces (2'+, 9?-), where 4
_T+ = C Lin ii+,
1 + = [e, I [ea, a«] =± 11aE A.
(10.2)
10.9 If a dual pair (2'+, 9-) is generated by a J-complete J-orthonormalized system 9 (see (10.2)), then the subspaces 2'+ are definite. It must be shown that 2+ are non-degenerate. But if an isotropic vector were found in _T+ (or 2-) is would be J-orthogonal to the whole system ., which contradicts the J-completeness of J. At the same time maximality, or even J-completeness, of the system 9 does not, generally speaking, imply the maximality of the corresponding dual pair. What is more, the following proposition holds: 10.10
In any Krein space W distinct from H there are J-complete J-
orthonormalized which generate dual pairs (2+, 2'_) that are not maximal dual pairs. We choose in .
an arbitrary positive but singular, i.e., not a uniformly positive, subspace Y+ E . It+ with the angular operator K, 11 K 11 = 1 (see Lemma 8.4). The corresponding Gram operator G,,, is invertible (0 ¢ ap(Gv,)), but Gv,,' is not bounded and defined on a domain ?c,_ (# 2+) dense in 2+ (see Propositions 6.5 and 6.11). We consider an arbitrary vector xo E 2'+\3G.,.. and the subspace 9+ = se+ e Lin[xo]. We notice at once that Z;7,Y, = Y+, for it would follow from zo E 9?+ and zo 1. G,,. ` +'
that (Gv-+zo, v) = (zo, G,- v) = 0 for all u E Y+, i.e., G,-+zo = Xxo, and since xo¢WG,_, so X=0, and hence Gv-, =0 and zo=0. Now in the space 2+ we choose any complete orthonormalized (relative to the scalar product ( , )) system (a Hilbert basis), and we orthonormalize it by the Schmidt process relative to the intrinsic metric [, ] which is positive on the whole of 2+ and, in particular, on 2+. It is asserted that the Jorthonormalized system . + so obtained, for which obviously C Lin.J+ = 9'+, is J-complete and therefore maximal in -T+. For, if a vector yo E _T+ could be found such that yo [I] . +, then (Yo, Gg,, u) = (Gv-, yo, y) = [yo, u] = 0 for all u E . + and and yo = 0. yo [1J Gv-+ (C Lin . + = Gr,9' , i.e., yo 1 Thus, C Lin + = .T+ and 2+ 0 X11+. Now it remains to choose in the subspace Y_ = 2'+1' (E..1(-) an arbitrary complete orthonormalized system and reconstruct it by means of the Schmidt process into a J-orthogonal system
.J -. The union
_+ U. _
is a J-orthonormalized system, and is also
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
76
J-complete, for
x(J-1 J = x [L] J_ = x[l] C Lin .
_
i.e., x E -T+.
But x [1] . _ , from which it follows that x = 0. At the same time the dual pair
(M+, 9-) generated by the system is not maximal. Remark 10.11:
In the course of the proof we have incidentally discovered the
difference (for subspaces) between the concept of the J-completeness of a system and its completeness in the usual (Hilbert) sense: the system J+ we constructed at the beginning of the proof is J-complete in the subspace 9+ but is by no means complete in it: 0 ;4 xo E 9+ O C Lin J+. This is explained in the present case by the singularity of the subspace 2+, regarding which we spoke (allowing a certain freedom of speech and interpreting Definition 10.7 broadly) of
the J-completeness and completeness of the system J, But as regards a J-orthonormalized system in the whole Krein space it is obvious that its J-completeness and ordinary completeness are equivalent.
5 We now consider J-orthonormalized bases in a separable Krein space .,Y = ,e+ [ O+ ] W-, i.e., J-orthonormalized systems which are (Schauder)
bases in r. 10.12
If a J-orthonormalized system Jr = [ ek ) 'k= I is a basis in .W, then the
pair (9+, T_) generated by it is a maximal dual pair.
E We prove, for example, the maximality of T+. Let us assume the contrary: 9+ 0 + Then P+24 # W+, and in the deficiency space 9+] (1 j+ there is a non-zero vector xo = Ek=1 kek. Let (eki] 1 be the set of all vectors of the basis (ek]k=I for which [ek, ek] = 1. Then 0 = [xo, eki] = tki (i = 1, 2, ...), from which [xo, xo] 5 0, i.e., xo = 0, contrary to hypothesis.
We recall that a system of vectors (fk)k=1 in a Hilbert space is said to be normalized if II fk II = 1 (k = 1, 2, ...) and almost normalized if there are positive constants µ and M such that (0< )µ S I I fk I I < M (k = 1, 2, ...). The systems (fk)k=1 and (gk]k=1 are said to be biorthogonal if (fj, gk) = Sjk (j, k = 1, 2, ...). It is well-known (see, e.g., [XI]) that every system biorthogonal to a normalized system is almost normalized. 10.13 Every J-orthonormalized basis is almost normalized. Let (ek) k= I be a J-orthonormalized basis. Then
the system (e°k = II ek II-1ek)k=1 is normalized, and, as may easily be verified, the system { hk = sign [ek, ek] II ek I I Jek) k=1 is biorthogonal to it, and is therefore almost normalized: 0 <,u <, hk I I < M (k = 1, 2, ...). But since 2 II ek II_ek = sign [ek, ek] Jhk, so and therefore II ek II = II Jhk II = II hk II ,
0 <,µS IIek11<, M.
§10 Dual pairs. J-orthonormalized systems and bases
77
Exercises and problems Let (.P+, 9'-) be a dual pair of subspaces, let K and Q be the corresponding angular
1
operators, and let 1'7, be the deficiency subspaces for Y± respectively (see §6.1, §6.2). Then
Kx=Q(*)x+ W+(I+ - QQ(*))"2x for all XE P+2+, Qy= K(*)y+ W-(I- - KK(*))'/2y for all yE P_ 9?-, where
W+: (I+ -
QQ(*)) v2 p+y+
.1i_
and
W-: (I- -
KK(*))112p-y
_ 1+,.
are certain contractions. Moreover, 1) I1Kxll=11x11 11 W+(I+-QQ`*')x11 =11(1+-QQ(*')x11, 11=11y1111W-(I--KK(*)yll=1I(I--KKy11;
11Q
2) IIK11<1«II W+11<1,IIQ11<1«11 W-11<1; 3) (Y+, Y-) is a maximal dual pair if and only if W+:.ylt+ - QQ(*) C Ker W+ and
2
W : Ri- - KK(*) C Ker W- (Ritsner [4] Hint: See the definition of the symbol V ) in Exercise 7 to §8. In a Krein space Y= . + [ @]._N'- with infinite-dimensional JY construct a dual pair Y_) which is not a maximal dual pair and is such that + [+ 2'2'_ = .Y (Langer [7] ) Hint: See 10.10.
3
Choose the dual pair ('+, M'_) in Exercise 2 so that it has at least two different maximal extensions (Langer (71).
4
)Let 1=9o[+]1'1 [+] 92 and !Y1= (CA l)0 [+] (V 1)1 [+] (V l)2 be the decomposition of the subspaces 1 and 11 of a J-space W. Then 1o O+ (1'1)o, 1'1, (11)1 and 12 Q (11)2 are pairwise orthogonal and J-orthogonal subspaces completely invariant relative to the operator J:
[1o (@ (''1)o] = 1o (@ (1'1)0,
JC41= 11, etc.
Hint: Use the definition 10.3 of an (.,Y', .11- )-decomposition and the properties (7.1). 5
Under the conditions of Exercise 4
,0= [1o [+] 11 [+] 12] O [(1'1)o] + [(t1)1] + [(11)2], and the operator J is represented by the matrix J =
Aj 116;.1. Prove that: J41 = J14 is
an isometry, mapping (D 1)0 on to Do; 22 = J22 = 22'; J33 = J33, 0 < J33 < I; J63 = J36 =(I - J233) V36, where V36 is an isometry, mapping (11)2 on to 22; 55 = J55 = J55'; J66 = - V36 J33 V36; and J,j = 0 for the remaining i, j (Azizov). Hint: Use the result of Exercise 4 and the properties of the operator
J: J= J*= J-'.
6 7
Describe the maximal dual pairs (1+, M_) of subspaces from ./W' respectively. Hint: Use the result of Exercise 12 to §8. It is well-known that a basis [ ek) k -1 of a separable Hilbert space .)4 is said to be unconditional if it remains a basis under any rearrangement (i.e., renumbering) of its elements, and conditional in the opposite case. An almost normalized unconditional basis is called a Riesz basis (for an equivalent definition, see Chapter IV, §2.1).
78
8
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric Prove that a J-orthonormalized system .: = (ed k'= I in a separable Krein space N' is a Riesz basis if and only if the dual pair ('+, t-) generated by it is a maximal dual pair of uniformly definite subspaces (i.e., M'+ [+]. '_ =,,Y) ([VIII]). On the basis of the result of Exercise 7 give a complete description of all Jorthonormalized Riess bases in a separable Krein space.
Hint. By means of Lemma 8.4 and Theorem 8.17 describe all the canonical decompositions .yP = .1r+ [-+] -Y- of the Krein space and then use J-orthonormalized bases in .YY+ and .,Y- ([VIII]).
Remarks and bibliographical indications on Chapter I §1.1, §1.2. The systematic study of infinite-dimensional linear spaces with an Hermitian Q-metric was undertaken for the first time in a general formulation, it seems, by Nevanlinna [1]-[5]. Particular cases of such spaces (11', spaces) were considered earlier in the basic work of Pontryagin [1], M. Krein's articles
[3], [4], I. Iokvidov's articles [1], [2], and their joint papers [XIV], [XV]. General complex spaces . with a Q-metric were examined after Nevanlinna by
Pesonen [1], Louhivaara [1]-[3], Scheibe [1], Aronszajn [1], Ginzburg and Iokhvidov [VIII], M. Krein and Shmul'yan [1]-[4]. See the book [V] for a detailed exposition of the theory of these spaces, together with an extensive bibliography. We restrict ourselves here to only the necessary minimum of
information. Hilbert spaces with a real Q-form together with concrete applications are encountered in M. Krein's [3] (see [XV] ), and also M. Krein and Rutman [1], and in Hestenes [1]. §1.3. The concepts of a (Q,, Q2)-isometric isomorphism and of anti-space are well-known though formally introduced in [V]. § 1.4. For another proof of Proposition 1.9 see M. Krein and Shmul'yan [2]. The proof in the text is due to I. Iokhvidov. §1.5, §1.6. Here we follow [V] in our presentation. § 1.7. The maximality principle (Theorem 1.19) we encounter first in Scheibe [1], it seems. §1.8. Propositions 1.21 and 1.22 we find in Scheibe [1], and Proposition 1.23 in [V] but essentially also in [VIII].
§1.9. Propositions 1.24 and 1.25 belong to `mathematical folklore'; the proofs of them in the text belong to I. Iokhvidov and Azizov respectively. Proposition 1.26 is encountered in Pontryagin [1] and Lemma 1.27 in Ginzburg [3]. §1.10. The simplest case of finite-dimensional neutral skew-connected lineals and the theorem on the existence of Q-biorthogonal bases in them (cf. Lemma 1.31) we find in Pontryagin (1), and then in I. Iokhvidov [1] and in
[XIV]. There Proposition 1.30 (cf. Theorem 9.12) is proved and used systematically. The term 'skew-connected' lineals itself, which has become widely used, is due to M. Krein in [XIV]. Our exposition follows Bognar's [V], which, unfortunately, uses a different name `dual pairs', which now has in the literature (and in this book-see § 10) quite a different meaning. Corollary 1.32 and the notation SP, # Y2 have been borrowed from [V].
Remarks and bibliographical indications on Chapter 1
79
§1.11. The Example 1.33, due to Mackie, was published by Savage [1]; Theorem 1.34 is due to Ovchinnikov [1]. In this connection see also Markin [1] and Bognar [4]. The example of a non-degenerate lineal (1.17) which does not admit decomposition, due to M. L. Brodskiy, and also constructed on the difference of dimensions, but using different ideas as well, was published in [VIII]. §1.12. Lemma 1.35, which in such a general form is presented here for the first time, has a long prehistory, briefly traced in [XVI]. Our proof follows the
pattern in [V], where .5 =
and T= I.
§2.1-2.3. Essentially (although in an implicit form) Krein spaces were first
considered in 1954 by Nevanlinna [4] and then in 1956 by Pesonen [1), Louhivaara [1], and (independently) by I. lokhvidov and M. Krein (see [XIV], end of §13). Ginzburg [1], [2] began their systematic investigation (see below the remark on §2.4). In our exposition of the axiomatics and simplest properties of Krein spaces we follow Scheibe [1] and Bognar ([V]); the term `Krein space' itself is due to the latter. It should, however, be pointed out that in the book [V] (as also in the basic works of Pontryagin [1] and also [XIV], [XV] and some others-cf. [XVI]) the role of square brackets in the notation for the indefinite metric [x, y] is played by round brackets: (x, y). But we use round brackets to denote the (Hilbert) scalar product. This notation has been generally adopted in the last decades, especially in the Soviet literature. §2.4. The approach to Krein space considered here was first presented by Ginzburg [11, [2]. §3. All the results of this section, which here already become `folklore', can be found, essentially, in Ginzburg [1], [2]. To him also is due the extension of the term `J-metric', introduced earlier by Pontryagin for finite-dimensional spaces, to the general case. Example 3.11 is borrowed from [V]. §4.1, §4.2. The results of these paragraphs are due to Ginzburg [3] (see also [VIII]). The deficiency subspaces w = w' O P+ 2, _ ± (1(P±1) 1 were considered in such a general formulation (for arbitrary lineals /) by Ritsner [4]. In this connection see Exercises 7 and 8 to §8. §4.3. The results of this paragraph are due to I. Iokhvidov, in particular, in connection with Theorem 4.10 see I. lokhvidov [13]. Lemma 4.11 is wellknown and is applied widely (see, e.g., [XV], from which the construction of Example 4.12 has been borrowed; there it served quite a different purpose; in our context Example 4.12 is in a certain sense 'universal'-it is mentioned in §§5, 8, 9.
§4.4, §4.5. The results of these two paragraphs, moreover in a more general
form (in particular-for arbitrary spaces with a Hermitian Q-metric, and the `sufficient' part of Theorem 4.13-for spaces .T with a canonical decomposition .4'= .t + [-+] . -; see Exercise 6 to §3) were obtained by Scheibe (see also [VIII]). The proof given in the text of Proposition 4.19, which is suitable
for arbitrary spaces .: with a Q-metric, is due to I. Iokhvidov [VIII]. For a Krein space this Proposition follows from Ginzburg's results [3]. The formula (4.5) was published by Shmul'yan [4] with reference to an article of Bennevitz [ 11.
80
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
§5.1-5.3. The concept of a uniformly definite lineal (in the original terminology a `regular definite lineal') was introduced in Ginzburg's investigation [4] (see also [VIII]). The term `uniformly definite' was introduced by M. Krein ( [XVII] ). Our presentation here follows the book [V]. Corollary 5.8 is due to Langer [9]. We remark that the definitions (5.1) and (5.2) of the intrinsic norm I I v, of a definite lineal 2 make sense in any space , with a Q-metric. They were so introduced (in another terminology in [VIII] (cf. [VI). §5.4. The classes h± were introduced (without special names) by Azizov [9] in connection with operators of the class .0, about which see below in §5 of Chapter III. More general classes of this same type were considered earlier by Langer [9]. §6.1. The example at the end of this paragraph is Ovchinnikov's [1]. For other examples, see Markin [ 1 ] .
§6.2, §6.3. A systematic investigation of the Gram operator Gv, was first undertaken in [VIII]. There too the term `Gram operator' was introduced and historical information about it was given. Theorem 6.4 in its complete form was established by Ginzburg [4] who indicated that he was following the ideas of Nevanlinna [4]. §6.4. The law of inertia (Theorem 6.7), although, it is true, not in such a
general formulation, we find already in Ginzburg
[3].
The rank of
indefiniteness xv, was formally introduced in [V], although essentially it was considered earlier by many authors (mainly in particular cases).
§6.5. Corollary 6.12 is contained in a more general proposition due to Ginzburg in [VIII]. §6.6. An extensive bibliography on W-spaces and G-spaces is contained in [III] and [IV]. Proposition 6.14 see in [III]. The first part of Proposition 6.13 was established essentially by Ginzburg [VIII] (see also Langer [21); the second part was pointed out by Azizov. The universality of Krein spaces was first established by Ginzburg [VIII]; the proof in the text was given by Azizov. Apart from the generalization of Krein spaces given in §6, this concept has been generalized in two other directions. The first of them relates to Banach spaces with a form Q(x, y) (I Q(x, y) I < (II x, 11 11 y II) continuous in them. The second considers normed spaces (in particular, Banach spaces) A " = A"+ [--] 4 --, where .4"± are arbitrary closed subspaces, P± are the
corresponding projectors, and an indefinite metric is given by the functional J"(x) = I I P+x I I " - I I P x II" (1 < v < co). For a short survey of these directions and their bibliography (up to 1970) see [IV]. §7.1. The material of this paragraph is traditional; our exposition follows M. Krein's lectures [XVII] and Ando [II]. §7.2. Lemma 7.7 is due to Ginzburg [4], but its proof in the text and also that of Proposition 7.6 was taken by us from [XVII]. §7.3, §7.4. The concept of projective completeness of a lineal was introduced independently by Scheibe [1] and in a particular case by I. Iokhvidov [21] (see [VIII]) to whom the term `projective completeness' is due. Lemma 7.11 can be found in Louhivaara [2], other results in §7.3 in Scheibe [1], and
Lemma 7.12 in Nevanlinna [4]. J-orthogonal projections, but only on
Remarks and bibliographical indications on Chapter 1
81
non-degenerate subspaces of the space II (see §9) were considered by Pontryagin [1], and after him by I. Iokhvidov [21] (see also [VIII]). But for spaces of a more general type (G-spaces and W-spaces) the development of the theory of projection was begun by Nevanlinna [4] and was later continued by
Louhivaara [2]. The final results were obtained by Ginzburg [4] (see also [VIII)).
§7.5. Regular subspaces (in a more general situation than ours) were introduced and investigated by Ginzburg [4] (see also [VIII] ). Theorem 7.16, summing up many investigations (cf. [V], [IV], and their bibliographies),
appears in such a general formulation here for the first time, apparently. Separate fragments of it have been proved by various authors in the course of almost 30 years. §7.6. Theorem 7.19 (there is' a particular case of it for [I spaces in [XIV]) is [1] (cf. also Theorem 2.1 in [VIII]. The proof given in the text is due to I. Iokhvidov.
essentially contained in a more general result of Scheibe's
§8.1, §8.2. The concept of an angular operator was introduced and investigated almost at the same time and independently in articles by Philips [1], [2] and by Ginzburg [3], [4]. The results in §8.1 and §8.2 are due to these authors. The term `angular operator' itself was first adopted in [VIII] at M. Krein's suggestion instead of the original name `angular coefficient' given by Ginzburg [3] (cf. Exercise 1 to §8). We borrowed the elegant version of the proof of Lemma 8.4 from [V]. §8.3, §8.4. The results in these two paragraphs have been widely applied after the publications of Philips and Ginzburg mentioned above; however, Proposition 8.9 with the remarks 8.8 and 8.9 connected with it, and Theorem 8.10 are published in connected form for the first time here, it seems. §8.5. In establishing Theorems 8.11 and 8.11' Ginzburg [3] did not find it necessary to have recourse to the definition (8.9) of the adjoint operator, since the angular operator K for' E W' (respectively Q for 2' E . ff-) was treated by him immediately as defined everywhere in .*', mapping .3W+ into W- (resp.
.W- into V+ ), and annihilating .,Y- (resp..+ ). However, later (cf. §§8.6, 8.7) such a treatment turns out to be inconvenient. Bognar [V] for the transition to the adjoint operator replaces, as we do, the angular operator K by the operator k = KP+ defined everywhere in W, and then considers k*. §8.6. Theorem 8.15, which is due to Azizov [3], was established by him for a
far more general case; it is referred to in [IV] (but again not in the most general formulation). Corollary 8.16 was proved earlier by M. Krein and Shmul'yan [3]. Similar results are obtained by Khatskevich [ 1 ] . §8.7, §8.8. The results in these paragraphs are due to Azizov; in particular Theorem 8.17 was published in an article by Azizov and Kondras [1]. The
classes d± appeared first in M. Krein's lectures [XVII]. They are systematically considered by Ritsner [4]. Later in Lemma 3.14 of Chapter III the reader will encounter a generalization of the classes 41. §9.1. Historically the spaces IIx (0 < x < oo) were the first infinite-
dimensional spaces with an indefinite metric to be studied by mathematicians. In the case x = 1 they were considered by Sobolev [1] (for the first reference to
1 The Geometry of Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
82
him see Pontryagin [1]), and for an arbitrary integer x > 0, on the example of the `model' separable space 12 (see Exercise 1 to §9), they were first studied by Pontryagin [1]. Here essentially all the results in §9.1 can be found, including Lemma 9.5. The proof of the latter in the text is due to I. Iokhvidov. Thus, although in this paragraph (see Definitions 9.1) the spaces II" are regarded as particular cases of Krein spaces, the latter themselves arose in the literature as generalizations of Pontryagin spaces (their axiomatics and the notation H,, itself are introduced in [XIV]; for more details about this, see [XVI]. §9.2. Theorem 9.6 was established by I. Iokhvidov (see [VIII] ); and the new proof given in the text, and Remark 9.8, are also his. Theorem 9.9 is essentially contained already in Pontryagin [ 1 ] .
§9.3. In Theorem 9.11 the implication b) - a), which is new compared with Theorem 9.6, is due to Ginzburg [4]. I. Iokhvidov [9] proved another (less effective) characterization of H,, spaces in the class of Krein spaces W: it is necessary and sufficient that any non-closed lineal 2' be complete relative to the intrinsic norm I I z- (cf. Exercises 11 and 12 to §9). §9.4. The formula (9.2) was estabished by I. Iokhvidov (see [XV], Theorem
4.1). The sharpening of it formulated in the second part of Theorem 9.12 is due to Bognar [V], as is the whole of the proof, as given in the text, of this theorem. §9.5. Proposition 9.13 is due to I. Iokhvidov. §9.6. W(')-spaces were considered in Azizov's article [7]. Proposition 9.15 and the first part of Corollary 9.16 are essentially contained already in [IV]; the second part of Corollary 9.16 are essentially contained already in [IV]; the second part of Corollary 9.16 and also Proposition 9.17 were noticed by Azizov.
Exercises to §9 Bognar's work [2] was the source for the results given in Exercises 9-12. §10.1, §10.2. Dual pains were introduced and studied by Phillips [3].
The first part of Theorem 10.2 is due to Phillips [3], the second part to Azizov. Other approaches to the description of extensions of dual pairs to maximal dual pairs are found in Phillips [3], Langer (Langer [7]; [V]) and Ritzner [3], [4]. Theorem 10.4 is due to Azizov. For certain applications of the theory of dual pairs not included in this monograph, see the literature cited in [V], Chapter V. §10.3. We find the first investigations of Q-orthonormalized systems in Nevanlinna's [3]; the most important of his results are reproduced in the survey [VIII]. J-orthonormalized systems were introduced and first investigated by Ginzburg in [VIII], and later-in great detail and in the more general scheme of G-orthonormalized systems (see §6.6)-by V. A. Shtraus [1], [2], to whom, in particular, Proposition 10.6 is due. All the rest of the exposition in §10.3
is due to
I.
Iokhvidov. We draw attention to the fact that our
terminology differs sharply from that of V. A. Shtraus [2] (more precisely, it is almost the exact opposite of his).
Remarks and bibliographical indications on Chapter 1
83
§ 10.4. Proposition 10.9 is due to V. A. Shtraus [2]; there too is published Proposition 10.10 (with an indication that is is due to Azizov). Remark 10.11 and the argument following it are published here by the authors for the first time.
Propositions 10.12 and 10.13 are due to V. A. Shtraus [2]. The proof of Proposition 10.12 given in the text is due to Azizov. We shall return to various bases in J-spaces in Chapter 4.
2 FUNDAMENTAL CLASSES OF OPERATORS IN SPACES WITH AN INDEFINITE METRIC
In this chapter the main classes of linear operators are defined and their simplest properties are described. As already mentioned, our main purpose is
to give an account of operators acting in Krein and Pontryagin spaces. However, in the process of studying the properties of these operators it turns out to be necessary to consider also more general spaces with an indefinite
metric, namely, W-spaces, G-spaces, and so on (see 1.§6). Most of the operators acting in these spaces have "definite" analogues. In the indefinite case we shall prefix the names with the letters W-, G-, J-, it-, etc., depending on whether the operators are acting in a W-space, a G-space, a Krein space (J-space), a Pontryagin space, etc. If an operator acts from one indefinite space into another, this will also be indicated by appropriate prefixes, whose meaning will be clear from the context. We mention, as will be clear from the size of the sections, that we devote most attention to the operators specific for an indefinite metric, namely, to plus-operators (§4). §1 1
The adjoint operator Tc Let .-W, and .JY2 be a G,-space and a G2-space respectively (see 1 §6.6) with
[, ]; _ (G,, )i (0 0 ap (G; ), i = 1, 2). The symbol T. W, -._A12 will in future mean that the linear operator T operates from a domain of definition VTC W, into a range of values RTC .IY2 the indefinite forms
84
§1 The adjoint operator T'
85
Definition 1.1: Let T:.H' -,W2, fir= .W'1. The operator T' defined on the lineal
(r = (y E .. 2 I there is a z E . i such that [Tx, y]2 = [x, z] 1 for all x E Jr) by the formula T`y = z is called the (G,, G2)-adjoint of the operator T. The connection of T` with the ordinary adjoint operator T* follows immediately from this definition: (1.1) T`= Gi -'T*G2. In particular, if Gi = I, is the identity operator in -Wi (i = 1, 2), then T' = T*. But if .W'i = 2 = . Wis ' a J-space, then
r = JT*J,
(1.2)
and therefore T' and T* are unitarily equivalent. From the relation (1.1) and, in particular, from (1.2) it follows that many properties of T* are preserved
for T'. 2 We give a geometrical interpretation of the concept of the adjoint operator T`, which will enable us later to prove easily a number of assertions. In doing this we shall for simplicity and brevity of exposition assume everywhere below in this section that Ai = Ye'2 = . is a J-space with the indefinite form [ , ] . 1.2: Every lineal 2' in the space of graphs x , f = ( (x, y) I x, y E k} is called a linear relation operating in .,Y, ,Or = with the domain of definition
Definition
v = (x I there is a y such that (x, y) E 2'), and the range of values
+Ir = (y there is an x such that (x, y) E 9), with
the kernal Ker 9= (x I (x, B> E 2'), and with the indefiniteness
Ind2'= (y I (0,Y) E 21.
In particular, if it follows from (0, y) E 2' that y = 0, then the relation T: x - y((x, y) E 2') is a linear operator, and 2' is its graph, which we shall denote but the symbol Fr = ((x, Tx> I X E 9r). In the space ,Yr we introduce the scalar product (1.3)
(<x1,y1), (x2,Y2))r=(xI,x2)+(YI,Y2).
It is well-known that I'r is a subspace in .Or with the scalar product (1.3) if and
only if T is a closed operator, i.e., if it follows from x
x0, Tx,, - yo that
x.E 9T and y,, = Txo. We introduce in -r the indefinite metric
[(xi,yi), <x2,Y2)lr=i([XI,Y21 - [Y1, X21)-
(1.4)
86
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
Hence, it follows that [
,
}r = (Jr-, )r, where Jr(x, y) _ < - iJy, iJx), and
therefore Jr = Jr = Jr'. Consequently the space fir admits the canonical decomposition
Wr=. °i
0+
r,
(1.5)
where .Ye
r = Ptr .YPr,
Prr = z (Ir ± Jr ),
and therefore
.Wr =((x,±iJx)IxE.
(1.6)
}.
Let T be a linear operator acting in .', and let rT be its graph. Then
Pr rT= (((I + iJT)x, ± iJ(I + iJT)x) I xE CAT}.
(1.7)
In particular, if r r is a non-negative lineal, then its angular operator KT can be written symbolically in the form of a pair
KT= < V, - JVJ),
(1.8)
V= (I+ UT) (I - iJT)-';
(1.9)
where
here it is borne in mind that the operator I - UT is necessarily invertible and this means that
KT( x, y) _ (Vxi - JVJy)
(1.10)
for (x, y> E 9K,1:1 From Definition 1.1 of the operator T' and from the Definition 1.1.11 it follows immediately that
1.3. If T. Y(
.Yf is a linear operator with t T =
, then r ri = F P.
Corollary 1.4: In order that a vector xo should belong to VT n Vr and that Txo = Tcxo it is necessary and sufficient that the vector (xo, Txo> be isotropic in I 'T.
The condition imposed on xo is equivalent to the fact that <xo, Txo) E F T n r,- = FT n rV1, i.e., (xo, Txo) is isotropic in rr by the Definition 1.1.12.
3
From Proposition 1.3 it also follows that:
1.5
The operator T` is closed.
1.6
If for a densely defined operator T there is a densely defined inverse
operator, then (T-')`= (T`)-'.
§1 The adjoint operator T`
87
1.7 If an opeatror T2 is an extension of an operator Ti (Ti C T2) and if VT, = .h , then Tz C Tic. 1.8
In order that the operator T" _ (T`)` should exist it is necessary and
sufficient that VT =,,Y and that the linear operator T admit closure; in addition,
T` = T' T" = T, and, in particular, t = T. Proposition 1.5 follows from the fact that the J,-orthogonal complement is a subspace (see I, Proposition 7.1). Proposition 1.6 follows from Proposition 1.3 if we note that F,-' _ ((Tx, x) I x E 1'r). To prove 1.7 and 1.8 it is necessary to use 1 Formula (1.8) and 1 Proposition 7.4 respectively. It follows from (1.2) that in a Krein space the operator T` is bounded only when the operator T is bounded. We note also a number of other properties of T`.
and CtT, n CIr, =.Ye. Then (T1 + T2)` J T i + T'2, and 1.9 Let Ti, T2: ,YP if at least one of the operators T, or T2 is continuous and defined everywhere,
then (T1+ T2)c = Ti+T`2. 1.10
Let T1iT2:,Ye -', and 1'r2=
r2r,=ye. Then (T2T1)`DTiTz,
and if either T2 is bounded, or if the operator Ti', defined everywhere and bounded, exists, then (T2T1)` = TiTz. We verify only the last assertion, the others are verified analogously. Thus suppose that Ti- 1 is a bounded operator and *r, = W. Since we are regarding
the inclusion TiTz C (T2 Ti )` as proved, it remains only to verify that (T2T1)` C TiTz. Let xo E d(r,r,). Then [T2T1x, xo] = [x, (T2T1)`xo] _ [Ti'Tix, (T2T1)`xol
= [Tlx,(Ti')`(T2T1)`xo] for all xE 'T27-,. Since 91 r, =, , so 9r2 = Tl'r2r and therefore xE Sri and Proposition 1.6, we Using obtain Tzxo= (T,-')`(T2T1)`xo TiTzxo = (T2Ti)`xo.
From the Definition 1.1 of a J-adjoint operator T` it follows
4
immediately that: 1.11
If a subspace if is invariant relative to the operator
T,
i.e., if
n CAT= 9 and T( J r n Y, then
Tc(Vr, n
1J) c YILI.
Since _r' for a closed operator we always have Ker T = 4? T. and the relations
and iRr=fir are eqquivalent (see, e.g. [XIX] ), it follows from the RT' =. equations fir' = J d l r ' and Irl' = (J: T')[11 = J. J,ylrl] = 3 J (= Ker T), in which 1, Propositions 7.1 and 7.3 have been used, that: 1
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
88
1.12
If T is a closed operator and 5l r = M, then always Ker T = R7"-", but
Rr` _ (Ker T)I1l if and only if Rr=fir. Let The a linear operator and X one of its eigenvalues. We recall that the set of all vectors x in the space, for which there exists a natural number p(x) such that (T - XI )P x = 0, forms a lineal of `root vectors corresponding to the point X' (briefly, a root lineal), and it is denoted by the symbol . f,(T). The following theorem characterizes the disposition, in the field ,3'f, of the invariant subspaces of the operators T and T`, and also their root lineals.
Theorem 1.13: Let T: °- 4e, let GOT= W, '( C fir) be an invariant subspace of the operator T, let V( C mss) be on invariant subspace of the operator T`, and let a(T 121) fl a*(T` I ,N) = 0. Then 21 [L] .jF. This implies, in particular, that 21 (T) is J-orthogonal to 21 (T`) when X ;4µ. Let X E 2', y E IV. We bring into consideration the following functions of the complex variable X: g.r.y(X)= [(TIC-XI) 'x,Y] and gXy(X)= [x,(T`I.N-AI)-'y] The first of these functions is defined and holomorphic (because the resolvent is holomorphic) on the set p (T 121) of regular points of the operator T 12', and the second on the set p*(T` I . IV). Let I X I /> max (II T 19? IIII , II T`.IY II 1. Then X 9)
gXy(X) _ [(TI Y- >,I)-'x, y] = l - Z 1
-
TI - X,YJ 1
X "70
L\-XTIY)"x, y].
Similarly we obtain that
gXy(X)=-1 Z IX,(-1 T`IA) nyl Since
RX,Y] =[x,I we have gry(X) = g,'(y(X) when I X I > max(II TI 2' I , I I T` I a ' ) , i.e. each of these functions admits analytic continuation gx,y(X) on to p(T 12) U p*(T` I A'). From the condition a(T 12') fl a *(T` I ,i") = 0 we conclude that p(T 12') U p*(Tc I A") = C and the function gg,y(X) is bounded on 1
1
I
C. Therefore, by the well-known Liouville theorem, g,,y(X) = const. In combination with the fact that g,,,y(X) 0 as I X I oo, we obtain that gx,y (X) = 0. In particular, for X E p (T 12') and arbitrary x E 2' and y E .4' we 0, i.e. 2' [L] ./V. have [x, y] = &l v We now prove that Yx (7-) [L] 7, when X # µ. Since the form [ , ] is continuous, it suffices to verify that -T,(T) [L]
LetxE2),(T), yE2 (T`). We put 21= Lin((T - XI)"x(o,
. t"=LinI(T`-td)°Y]o
§1 The adjoint uperator T`
89
These are finite-dimensional invariant subspaces of the operators T and T respectively, and a(T I 97) = (X), and a(T` I.i") = (µ). Since X * µ by hypothesis, so a(T I 9') fl a* (T` I A) = 0, and from what has been proved above [x, y] = 0, i.e. 9,,(T) [l] .7,,(T`) when X ;4 A. Before going on to the next proposition we recall some definitions and notation. Definition 1.14: Let T be a closed linear operator in an arbitrary Hilbert space. A point Xo is called a normal point of T (Xo E p(T)) if it is either one of its regular points or if it is a normal eigenvalue (Xo E op(T)). The latter means that there is a decomposition of the space = 97 + .if" into subspaces 91 and./{"such that 9"C 1r, dim 97< oo, T: 97 97, T:.,t" a(T I [F)_ {Xo) and XoEp(T I A").
Hence, in particular, it follows that: 1.15 Normal eigenvalues are isolated points of the spectrum, and therefore in every open set they make up no more than a countable subset.
The symbols ap,, (T) and ap,2 (T) denote those X E ap (T) for which
r-u # . and.;tr-u = .,Y respectively. It is clear that ap,, (T) fl ap,2(T) = 0 and ap(T) = ap,, U ap,2(T). Therem 1.16: Let .Yt' be a Krein space and T: r C T = M. Then
,Y' a closed operator with
a) XEp(T)aXEp(T`); b) XEa,(T)aXEap,2(T`); c) XEap,,(T) a XEap,l(T`);
d) XEap(T)aXEap(T`); and, as a consequence of a)-d), e) X E a(T) 0 X E a(T`); f) XE ac(T) 0 X E ac(T`); The proof of these assertions follows immediately from formula (1.2) and the fact that analogous assertions hold for the spectra of the operators T and T*. As an example, we examine the proof of the implication d). By 1.8 it suffices to verify that [X]) X E ap(T) * X E ap(T`). Since (see X E ap(T) - X E ap(T*), so it then follows by Definition 1.14 that there is a decomposition M _ 97 + A" such that Se C 1 r*, dim .7 < oo, T*: 9 9),
T*: v- V, a(T* 19') _ (X) and I E p(T * 14"). Hence, we obtain without that de = J9' + J,4, r: J'4' - JA Tr J9' C J2', a(Tc I PT) = a(T* 9')( = {N)), p(T` I J.N) = p(T* I A), and therefore difficulty
X E ap(T`).
Now let T be a linear operator acting in a W-space YP, and let YY° be an isotropic subspace of YY, .YP° C VT and TWO C .W0. We form the factor5
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
90
space .
= .W/.° (see 1, §1.8) and bring into consideration the operator T:
/'T= {zI xE /r),
Tx= Tx
(1.11)
It is not difficult to verify (see, e.g., [XIX]) that the operator T is properly defined. Moreover, closedness (respectively boundedness) of T in the norm II x II generated by the scalar product (x, y) implies the closedness (respectively
boundedness) of t in the norm
I x II " = inf { II x II I x E z) which, also is generated by the scalar product (x, y) = (x, y) where x E z, y E y and x, y are implies t = .Yf. orthogonal to 9'o; and r =
Let k be a Krein space, T a linear operator, 9T = .; let 910 be a neutral subspace contained in c/T n cT° and let T. ° C Y°, T`20 C 2°. We form the = F'/2° and consider in it the Krein space (see 1, Corollary 5.8)
operators t and T` generated by the operators T and T` respectively in accordance with formula (1.11). The following theorem holds: Theorem 1.17:
(r
The density of cr in .l° was noted earlier. Therefore the operator T` is defined (see Definition 1.1). Since Yo C c/ r, so z E cr if and only if x E ('r. Hence, if x E (r and y E C17, then (1.12) [z, T`y]A= [TX,YIA= [Tx,y] _ [x, T`y] = [X, f'9] A, i.e, T`y = T` y, and therefore it remains to prove that V j-' D VT. Indeed, if y E VF, , then, reading the system of equalities (1.12) from right to left, we obtain that y E (/ r.
Exercises and problems 1
Verify that Definition 1.1 is correct if the condition c/T = , in it is replaced by the condition of `G1-denseness' of VT: DT 1 = (0), and prove that a) T` is a closed
operator; b) if it is G2-dense and Ker T= (0), then (T- ')` = (T c)-' [III]. lTi+T. = 9T. (17,r. = (r.) and r/j- =.Y2, the relation (T, + T2)` = T, + Tz ((T,T2)` = T 2 holds ([III]).
2
Prove that when
3
Prove that if, for any T: _Wj -' W2, the G1-denseness of VT implies the G2denseness of c r, then 0 E p(Gi) ([III]).
4
Investigate which of the implications in Theorem 1.16 continue to hold in the case of G-spaces with 0 O p(G) ([III]).
5
Let T be a linear operator bounded in II, = H+ [ + ] I- F. . Prove that, if the space n, is not separable, then there is a separable subspace II,( C 7r.), invariant relative to T and T`, such that Ilk = II; [ + ] Ilo, where Ho is a Hilbert space relative to the
scalar product- [x, y] and that the operator T is represented relative to the indicated decomposition by the matrix
T=
II
T'
0
0
To
I
([XVII])
§1 The adjoint operator T`
91
Hint: Fix in II+ any basis el, e2...., e,,, and choose as II; the closed linear envelope of all vectors of the form T" I (T`)"T"3 ...T 1(T `)n2,ek, k= 1, 2, ..., x; 0
np < oo, p = 1, 2,... .
Let H ; be J;-spaces (i = 1 , 2), T:.Yi - Y2. We define the space W3 = 0 1 + (D IYZ and the operators Pi + PZ T: .)Yi -W3, Pi + P2 TPi : J e - 3,
6
Pi TP; : r'1 -,N2. Show that the following conditions are equivalent:
a)KerPzTP; I.e =10);
b) Ker (Pt + Pz TPi) = (6); c) Ker (Pi + Pi T) = (0) (cf. I. Iokhvidov [14], [18]). Verify that under the conditions of Exercise 6 the following requirements are
7
equivalent: a) .Pz TPi = 2 ; b) RP, + P: TPi = N3;
c) RP,+ PZ T = 1Y3 (cf. I. Iokhvidov [14], [18] ).
Independently of Theorem 1.13 verify that -149)(T) [I] when X ; µ (cf. Pontryagin [1]). Hint: Consider the minimal non-negative integers p and q such that (T - XI)px = 0 and (T`-µl)Qy=0 if xEYx(T) and and apply induction over p + q.
8
Dissipative operators
§2
Definition 2.1: A linear operator A with an arbitrary domain of
1
definition Q)A, operating in a W-space .9, is said to be W-dissipative if Im [Ax, x] > 0 for all x E 9A, and to be maximal W-dissipative if it is W-dissipative and coincides with any W-dissipative extension of it.
In particular, when W= I this definition brings us back to the (usual) dissipative and maximal dissipative operators in ,Y (see [XI], [XVIII] ).
From Zorn's lemma easily follows the Proposition 2.2
Every W-dissipative operator can be extended into a maximal one.
Now let A be a J-dissipative operator. From Definition 2.1 we have 2.3 An operator A is J-dissipative if and only if each of the operators JA and AJ is J-dissipative. Moreover, A is a maximal J-dissipative operator if and only if each of the operators JA and AJ is a maximal J-dissipative operator. The proof of the second part of Proposition 2.3 uses the fact that an operator T is an extension of an operator S if and only if the operators JT and TJ are extensions of the operators JS and SJ respectively.
It is easy to see that an operator A is J-dissipative if and only if its graph rA in .0 X ,,Y in the metric (1.4) is non-negative. 2.4 Let A be a densely defined J-dissipative operator, and let the lineal Y be a
non-negative extension of its graph in . e x W. Then ' is the graph of a J-dissipative operator with is an extension of the operator A.
92
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
In the proof here we need only the proposition that Y is the graph of some operator, i.e., that (0, y) E . implies y = 0. Since Y is a non-negative subspace in [(0, y), (0, y) ] r = 0, <0, y) is an isotropic vector in 2' and therefore it is Jr-orthogonal to FA, i.e., [y, x] = 0 for all X E A. Since 2A = . it follows that
y=0. Corollary 2.5: A densely defined J-disspative operator A admits a closure which is J-dissipative, and therefore, if A is a maximal J-dissipative operator W, then A is closed. and
This follows from 1 Proposition 3.6.
Theorem 2.6: A closed J-disspative operator A admits maximal closed J-dissipative extensions. Moreover the latter are densely defined and their graphs are maximal non-negative subspaces in ,Y x .. Since a non-negative subspace in a Krien space can be extended into a maximal subspace by adding a uniformly positive subspace orthogonal to it (relative to the indefinite metric) (see I (8.8)), we shall prove that such an extension f of the graph IPA in W x W is the graph of a J-dissipative closed extension A of the operator A. For, in the opposite case there would be a vector (9, yo) in f with yo * 0. Since such a vector is neutral by the form (1.4), it is isotropic in F, but by the construction of f its isotropic part coincides with the isotropic part of IPA; but rA is the graph of the operator A and therefore yo = 0-a contradiction. Thus, every closed J-dissipative operator A admits extension into a closed J-dissipative operator A. whose graph is a maximal non-negative subspace in
.W x M. Hence it follows that A is a maximal J-dissipative operator. It remains to verify that it is densely defined. Let yo be J-orthogonal toA. Then the neutral vector (B, yo) is Jr-orthogonal to PA. Therefore yo = 0. We now dwell on other criteria for dissipative operators to be maximal.
2.7 A closed J-dissipative operator A is maximal if and only if 1 A = .
and
(- A`) is J-dissipative, and therefore the operators A and (- A`) can be maximal J-dissipative only simultaneously.
Taking Proposition 1.3 and Theorem 2.6 into account, this assertion coincides with Theorems 8.11 and 8.11' in Chapter 1. Before formulating the next result we recall a definition. A point X E C is called a point of regular type of a linear operator T: e yt' if the operator (T- XI)-' exists and is continuous. The set of all regular points of an operator T is called its field of regularity. We point out that here neither the operator T nor the operator (T- XI)-' is assumed to be defined on the whole of W. Lemma 2.8:
Let T be a closed dissipative operator in a Hilbert space .,Y.
§1 The adjoint operator T`
93
Then the open lower half-plane C- belongs to the set of points of regular type
of the operator T and II (T- XI)-' II <, I/ I Im X I (X E C-). Moreover, T is a maximal dissipative operator if and only if c- fl p(T) * 0 or, equivalently, C- C p(T). If Im X < 0, then it can be verified directly that, since T is dissipative ((T- XI)x, (T- XI)x) '> Im2 X(x,x) and therefore I (T - a1)-1 II I/ I Im X I . Consequently X is a point of regular type of the operator T. Therefore, if C- fl p(T) ;4 0, then T is a maximal dissipative operator. In the opposite case X E c- fl p(T) would be an eigenvalue of a dissipative extension T D T. To complete the proof of the lemma we verify that if T is a maximal
dissipative operator, then C- C p(T). For, suppose xo E 91¢_xf for some X E C. If xo # B, then the vector (xo, txo) is positive by the form (1.4) and is Jr-orthgonal to the maximal (by virtue of Theorem 2.6) non-negative subspace Pr, which is impossible, and therefore xo = Oi i.e., , ?T-1,i = '. Since (T- XI)-' is bounded and T is a closed operator, so X E p(T), i.e.,
C- C p(T). We now suppose that a maximal uniformly positive subspace Y is contained in the domain of definition of the operator T. By Lemma 9.5 of Chapter 1 this supposition is always fulfilled if , is a Pontryagin space H. Taking account of §7.6 of Chapter 1 we shall, without loss of generality, suppose that ' = M'. Then, relative to the canonical decomposition , = Y" + ,-, the operator T is expressible in matrix form (2.1)
T=II T%iII?1=1
where T,1=P+TP+I,
+, T12=P+TP-IJr-,
T21=P-TP+IW+,
T22 = P- TP- I 'W_.
For example, J= 11
J1iII'.i=1, .Iii=1+, J12=0, J21=0, J22=-I-.
Theorem 2.9: Let A be a closed J-dissipative operator, following conditions are equivalent: a) b) c) d)
A is a maximal J-dissipative operator; - A 22 is a maximal dissipative operator in)
+ C VA. Then the
;
[XIIm X>2IIAP+II flp(A)Pe 0; ( X I Im k> 2IIAP+II) Cp(A)
If these conditions are satisfied, then II (A - XI)-' II = O(1 /Im X) (Im X - co ).
Let A be a maximal J-dissipative operator. By Proposition 2.3, JA is a maximal dissipative operator. It is easily verified that, since JA is dissipative, (JA)22 = -A22 is also dissipative. We prove that it is maximal, by checking
94
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
that C- n p( - A22) # 0 (see Lemma 2.8), or, what comes to the same thing, that C+ n p(A22) ;6 0. Since
when JAP-+XI=(I- JAP+ (JA + XI)-')(JA + XI) XEC+, so, when Im X > II AP+ 11 we have (see Lemma 2.8) - X E p (JAP- ), and since
(-A22+ XI-)-' = P-(JAP- + XI)-'P- I, -, so XEp(A22) Now let (- A22) be a maximal dissipative operator in
-. Since W+ C VA,
every non-trivial J-dissipative extension of the operator A would imply a non-trivial dissipative extension of the operator (-A22), and therefore A is a maximal J-dissipative operator and AJ is a maximal dissipative operator. Therefore, from the equality
A - XI= -(I-2AP+(AJ+ XI)-')(AJ+ X1) (which is proper because J9A = 9A), we obtain, taking account of Lemma 2.8, that, if Im X>2 1 1 AP+ II, then X E p(A), and moreover
II (A - XI)' II=0(1/Im X)when Im X, oo. Thus we have verified the following implications: a) a b) - d). The implication d) s c) is trivial. We verify that c) - a). If Im X > 2 II AP+ II and X E p (A ), then A cannot admit closed J-dissipative extensions A l for otherwise we would have X E aa(A), which contradicts the implication a) - d), which has already been proved.
Definition 2.10: Let T: Ye, dY2 and S:,'1 --' ,W1 be two linear operators. The operator T is said to be S-bounded (or S-continuous) if even for one point Xo E p(S) (but then, as follows from Hilbert's identity for the 2
resolvent, also for all points) the operator T(S- XoI)-' is bounded and defined everywhere. If, in addition, T(S - X01)-' is a completely continuous operator (T(S - XoI)-' E ,9 ), then the operator T is said to be S-completely continuous. In particular, as is easily seen, bounded (respectively, completely continuous) operators A with VA =1 are S-bounded (respectively, S-completely continuous) for any operator S with p(S) ;d 0. _
A closed operator T: 1-1,'2 is called a cF-operator if 1T=?T, dim Ker T < oo and dim Rj < oo; and the number ind T = dim .Wj - dim Ker T is called its index. In particular, if ind T = 0, then such an operator is called a Fo-operator. Let A: ,Y - M, Xo E C, and let T = A - X01 be a (Do-operator; then the point Xo will be called a cFo-point of the operator A. We observe that, since .3111 = Ker T* when fT= W1, the definition of a cF-operator can in this case be given formally in a different way: namely, by replacing R# in the definition by Ker T*. We shall use both these definitions in future.
We note also that if A: W .Jf and if Xo is a normal point of the operator A, then Ao is a cFo-point of this operator. In particular, the 'Fo-points of any completely continuous operator fill the set C \ (0]. We state without proof a theorem made up of several results form the survey [X] which are applicable to our present interests.
§2 Dissipative operators
95
Theorem 2.11: Let TI: .W, -.,Y2 and T2:.W2 -.03 be 4'-operators, and J3 is a (D-operator and ind T2T1 = ind T1 VT2 = . 2. Then T2T1: + ind T2. If also T3: W1 -02 is a completely continuous operator, then '2 is a 4)-operator and ind(T1 + T3) = ind T1. T, + T3: 1
1
Let T:
.
.i( be a 4)o-operator. If T is an S-completely continuous
operator, then T + S is also a 4)o-operator. The set of 4)o-points of the operator T is open. If ( is a connected component of this set and if Sl n p (T) ;d 0, then
0 C p(T). Corollary 2.12: If A is a closed maximal J-dissipative operator, .-W+ C 9n, then A 12 is on A22-continuous operator. If also A 11 - A 11 E 9, and A12 is an A22-continuous operator, then C+ C p(A).
Let X E p(A) fl
C+.
Then AP - - XI = [I - AP+ (A - XI)-'] (A - XI),
and since by Theorem 2.9 11 (A - XI) - ' 11 = 0(1/Im X) when Im X - oD, so C+ fl p (AP-) 0. This implies, by Lemma 2.8, the inclusion C+ C p (AP- ). we have, by Definition Since [(AP- - XI)_ 1112 = (l/X)A12(A22 2.10, that A12 is an A22-continuous operator. Let X0 E C+. Since All - XoI+ _ (2' (A + A) - Xol+) + z (A 11 - A *1) and Xo E p(z (A + A*1)) but A - A 11 E .9 , so, by Theorem 8.11, Xo is a 4)o-point
of the operator All. Moreover,
since All is
a bounded operator,
C+ fl p (A 1,) ;e 0, and therefore C+ S p (A 11). We now represent the operator A - X01 by the expression
A - Xol+ A21
0
I-
0 A12(A22-XOI ) - ' 0
01
x
I+
0
0
A22 - Xol
The first term in the round brackets and the second factor are 4)o-operators,
and the second term in the round brackets is a completely continuous operator. It follows from Theorem 2.11 that A - XoI is a 4)o-operator, and from Theorem 2.9 it follows that C+ fl p(A) # 0, and therefore (see Theorem 2.11) C+ C p(A). Corollary 2.13: A closed a-dissipative operator A in fl, =11+ G) 171- is maximal if and only if C+ fl p (A) # 0, and in that case C+ C p'(A ). O
Let A be a closed maximal a-dissipative operator. It follows from
Proposition 2.7 that 'A = I1; and therefore (see 1, Lemma 9.5) we can assume without loss of generality that 11+ C 9A. By Corollary 2.12 we have that A12 is an A22-continuous operator. Since the operators All and A 12 (A22 - XoI-) - 1 (Xo C p (A22)) are finite-dimensional and continuous, they are completely continuous, and therefore C+ E p(A). Conversely, let Xo E C+ fl p(A). Then from the equality
AP- - XoI =(I - AP+ (A - X01)-')(A - X0I )
96
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
and the facts that AP' (A - XoI)-' is finite-dimensional and that c- fl op(AP-) = 0 it follows that Xo E p(AP- ), and therefore Xo E p(A22). It remains to apply Lemma 2.8 and Theorem 2.9, from which it follows that A is a maximal .7r-dissipative operator.
In this paragraph our main purpose is to study the structure of root lineals of dissipative operators in indefinite spaces. With every densely defined linear operator T. W Xe we associate the pair of operators
3
TR ='(T+ T`) and T, = Zi (T - T`) which we shall call the J-real part and the J-imaginary part of this operator respectively. We note that cTR = cT, _ gT n CAT', and if X E t - fl VT', then Im [Tx, x]
Tix, x]
(2.2)
Consequently the following holds: 2.14
If 2A C 9A°, then the operator A is J-dissipative if and only if
[Aix, x] > 0 (XE 9A). In particular, this is true if A is a continuous operator defined everywhere in W.
Theorem 2.15: Let A be a J-dissipative operator, 1A = e. Then the relations Im [Axo, xo] = 0 and xo E Ker A, (i.e., Axo = A`xo) are equivalent. If xo E Ker A,, then Im [Axo, xo] = 0 by 12.2).
Now suppose Im [Axo, xo] = 0. Then the vector <xo, Axo) of the nonnegative subspace rA is neutral relative to the form (1.4), and therefore it is isotropic in rA (see 1, Proposition 1.17). It only remains to use Corollary 1.4. Theorem 2.15 gives a basis for introducing the following notation in the case of an arbitrary W-dissipative operator A: Ker A, = (x I Im [Ax, x] = 01,
(2.3)
although the symbol A, has no meaning in such a general case. From Theorem 2.15 we obtain Corollary 2.16: Let A be a J-dissipative operator, VA = .. Then Ker (A - XI) C Ker(A ` - xI) fl Ker A, for all X _ X .
If xE Ker(A - XI), then Im [Ax, x] = Im X [x, x] = 0, and therefore our assertion follows from Theorem 2.15 and the definition of the operator A,.
§2 Dissipative operators
97
Corollary 2.17: If A is a maximal closed J-dissipative operator, then Ker (A - V) = Ker(A c - V) when X = X and therefore the residual spectrum of the operator A contains no real points.
By Proposition 2.7, A and (-Ac) are maximal J-dissipative operators simultaneously. Since A" = A (see Proposition 1.8), it follows from Corollary
2.16 that the kernals of (A - XI) and (A` - XI) coincide: Ker(A - X) = Ker(A ` - XI) when X = X, and from Theorem 1.16 b) that the operator A has no real residual spectrum. We observe that the the set introduced in formula (2.3) coincides, as may easily be seen, with the set (x E 9A I [Ax, y] = [x, A y] for all y E ftA I Therefore, carrying out an argument analogous to that used in Exercise 8 to § 1 we obtain
Corollary2.18: Let A be a W-dissipative operator, let 2' C 14(A) fl Ker AI, and AY C Y. Then the lineal 2' is W-orthogonal to all l,,(A) with µ * X. Lemma 2.19:
Let W° be an isotropic subspace of a W-space L, let A be a
W-dissipative operator, A = Je, and .° C 9A. Then AX° C .'°. It is easy to see that r° C Ker AI. Therefore [Ax, y] _ [x, Ay] for any x E M° and Y E 9o. Since A = M, AXE .W°.
4
Before proceeding with the exposition of the properties of dissipative
operators in spaces with an indefinite metric we recall the definition of a Riesz projector and some of its properties.
Let T be a linear operator in an arbitrary Hilbert space .', let a be its bounded spectral set (with the meaning given in [VI]) i.e., the isolated part of the spectrum (or, in particular, the whole spectrum) of the operator T, and let F. be a Jordan closed rectifiable contour lying in p(T) and containing a, and suppose a(T)\a lies outside this contour. Then the operator
(T - XI)- dX, (2.4) r, where the integral is understood to be the strong limit of the integral sums, is called a Riesz projector. We enumerate the basic properties of the integral (22). Po
Theorem 2.20: a)
1
2ai
The following assertions hold:
the operator P,, does not depend on the choice of the contour F. isolating the set a, and it is a projector;
b)
PQ.I C CA T;
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
98
c)
the subspaces P
and (I - PQ).
are invariant relative to the operator
T, and also a(T I Pa') = a, a(T I (I - PQ)) = a(T)\a. In particular, if a = (Xo) is a normal ergenvalue of the operator T, then _ Iao(T); d) if T is a bounded operator and a = a(T), then P. = I; e) if a, and a2 are bounded spectral sets of the operator T and a, fl a2 = 0,
P
then PQ, U a = PQ, + PQ, and P., P, = PQZ PQ, = 0;
f) if a is a bounded spectral set of the operator T, and ? is an invariant subspace of this operator, and a (T I 2) C a, then 2' C P0.. Proofs of these assertions can be found, eg, in [VI]. Theorem 2.21: Let ' be a W-space, A a closed W-dissipative operator, a( C C+ (C- )) be a bounded spectral set of A, and let P. be the corresponding Riesz projector. Then P0W is a non-negative (non-positive) subspace which is invariant relative to A. The proof will be carried out for the case a C C+, since the case a C C- is
treated exactly analogously. Without loss of generality we can assume, by is a virtue of assertions b) and c) in Theorem 2.20, that A: P - P bounded operator and a(A) = a. Then from assertion d) of the same theorem we have P,, = I. Therefore, [x, x] = [Pox, x] and it suffices for us to verify the inequality Re[Pax, x] > 0. To do this we choose as F. the contour consisting of a segment [ - a, a] of the real axis and a semicircle (ae")'=o with a sufficiently large a > 0. Then
P
1
27ri
f -aa (A-aI)-'da+2a
Jo
(I- ea
Since P. does not depend on the contour PQ separating a, the
limit
lima -. - Pa = PQ( = I) exists. Since Um
1
('x (J_iA)- ' d,p=ZI,
aco2lr J o
a
so there exists also ra
lim
aim
Q (A - aI) ' da=
27r
(A-cI)
da=z I.
Therefore Re[PQx, x]
2Rel r L[27r
Jm
(A-aI) dax,x] = - I f -- in[(A-aI)-'x,x] da>, 0. 7r
The last inequality follows because A is a W-dissipative operator.
§2 Dissipative operators
99
Corollary 2.22: Let A C C+ (C-) be a certain set of eigenvalues of a W-dissipative operator A. Then C Lin (2 (A) l x c A is a non-negative (nonpositive) subspace. As in the proof of Theorem 2.21 we assume for definiteness that A C
C+,
and by virtue of 13.6 it suffices to verify that Lin (2'), (A) l x E A is a non-negative lineal. Let x E Lin (2'>,(A) la E A. Then there are X,, X2, ..., X E A, and positive
integers P,, P2, ..., and vectors x,, x2, . . ., x such that x = E°=, xi, (A - X,I)°ix, = 0. The subspace 2' = Lin(xi, (A - X,)x,, ..., (A - A,I)°'-'x;l; is finite-dimensional, is contained in c/A and is invariant relative to the operator A, moreover, a(A 19) = (X,l i C C+. By Theorem 2.21 the subspace 2' is non-negative, and therefore the vector x E 2' is also non-negative.
Let A be a maximal ir-dissipative operator in H, with c'A = II,,. The a(A) (1 C+ consists of not more than x (taking algebriac
Corollary 2.23:
multiplicity into account) normal eigenvalues.
The proof of this assertion follows directly from a comparison of Corollaries 2.13 and 2.22 with Proposition 9.2 in Chapter I. ±
±
Theorem 2.24: If A is a closed J-dissipative operator, if a (C C ) are its bounded spectral sets, and if FQ= C C ± and r, = r a*- (= (X I X E r,,- J ),then the subspace PQ-uQ-.W is non-degenerate. Let W° be an isotropic subspace of the subspace PQ - uo -.iC. By Theorem 2.20 Po - uQ ' C cA, and even more so ,0° C VA, and therefore (see Lemma 2.19) A.° C e°. Since W° C Ker AI and, as is easy to see, so (A - XI)-' I. ° = [(A - XI)-']` jW° when Fa-uC- C p(A I.W°), X E ro-uQ-.
(For, [Ax, y] = [x, Ay] for any x E MO and y E /A. Therefore
[ (A - V) x, y] _ [x, (A - XI )y] Now let
x=(A- XI)-'z (zE Y(°) and y=(A-XI)-'w (wE.f). Then
[z, (A- XI)-'w] = [(A - XI)-'z, w]. Since this is true for any w E, we have [(A - XI)-'] `z = (A - XI)-'z for any z E .°.) Since
Pa'Ua- _ -
1
27r:
r,-,,-
[(A - XI)-']` dX,
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
100 so
Po-ua-I.-,Y°=P,-uo-I'°=II-W°.
[x, xo] _ [x, PQ-ua-xo] = [Pa-ua-x, xo] = 0 for any xE J' xo E Je°, i.e., J 0 is isotropic in the whole of Y. Therefore 0 = (0). Hence
and
Let A be a J-dissipative operator, and let the non-real X and X be its normal points. Then 2' = Lin 191),(A), 21,(A)) is a projectionally
Corollary 2.25:
complete subspace.
The proof follows immediately from the facts that 2 is finite-dimensional (by the definition of a normal point) and is non-degenerate (by Theorems 2.20
and 2.24) taken in conjunction with 1, Corollary 7.18. We note that in the conditions of the corollary it is not excluded, for example, that X E p(A), and in that case 2),(A) = (0).
5 Now let .
= H. be a Pontryagin space. We investigate the structure of root lineals of 7r-dissipative operators.
Theorem 2.26: If A is a closed 7r-dissipative operator and a= « E a,, (A), then the root lineal 91, (A) is expressible in the form -Va (A) = /l "a [+] Afa, where dim .'U,. < co, AI V. C V,,,, ,A, C Ker (A - al) and a is a non-degenerate
subspace or, in particular, /tfa = (0). Moreover, if d1(a), d2(a), . . ., d,,, (a) are the orders of the elementary divisors of the operator A I . t"a, then
z
2
a=&Eap(A) i=1
di(a)J + Z
Im X>0
dim Y,\(A) < x.
(2.5)
First of all we note that, by virtue of Theorem 2.6, A can be assumed, without loss of generality, to be a maximal closed 7r-dissipative operator, and
therefore A = II,,. Since every non-negative subspace in H,r has a dimension not exceeding x
(see 1.9.2) it suffices in proving our theorem to verify that the indicated decomposition of -Ta (A) exists, and that in every ,/Y, there is a neutral subspace, invariant relative to A, of dimension Ei'=1 [21 d1(a)], and then to use Corollaries 2.18 and 2.22. We consider the decomposition of Ker(A - al) into its isotropic subspace
91, and a non-degenerate subspace Jfa: Ker(A - aI) = Y Q' [+] ., .. From Theorem 1.9.9. it follows that lfa is a projectionally complete subspace, and therefore H,, = ffa [+] H ,, where 1 1,', = lfa1) is again a Pontryagin space with
x 1 < x. Using Corollary 2.16 and Proposition 1.11 we obtain that M,
is
invariant relative to the operator A, and therefore it sufficies for us to prove the theorem under the assumption that Ker(A - aI) = 2,, i.e., Ker(A - al) is a neutral (and therefore a finite-dimensional) subspace. We introduce the
§2 Dissipative operators
101
notation 2° = Ker(A - al )° (p = 1, 2.... ). Since Y,, is finite-dimensional, it follows that all the Ya (p = 1, 2, ...) are finite-dimensional. We verify that, if df°1, d¢°),...,d?)(d;°) 5 d;°) when i 5 j) are the orders of the
elementary divisors of the operator A I Y°', then a neutral subspace of dimension E;=, [Z d;°)] exists in g'°. From Theorem 2.15 it follows immediately that, if (A - al )'x = 0, then
(A - aI)°xE 9) (A` - aI )1-° and
(A` - aI)'-°(A - aI)°x = 0 (p = [!],..., l - 1). z Let the vectors x, be such that d,")
1f' = Lin(x;,(A - al)x;,...,(A- al)d%"-'x;lfr then
2=Lin((A-al)[(dm'+;)/2)x;,...,(A-al)d;°'-Ixdi
is a neutral subspace. For, suppose that rI
2 11 °+ d`
q; S d; p1 - 1
and
rd; °2+ 1]qjdJ1_1
(i 5 j)
ThLLLlllen
qj
d; °- q;, and therefore
L
[(A - «1)9rx1, (A - aI)9"x;] = (A-al)d;°'-q;(A-aI)4i [(A-a1)qx, _ [(A`-a1)ds"-q,(A-aI)q;x
-(d;'"-q;)z;]
(A-al)q,-(d%°'-q;)xi]=0
Remark 2.27: The decomposition (A) _' I [+].ill can be chosen in various ways, but the number of non-prime elementary divisors of a given
order r of the operator A I I', is an invariant of the operator A and the number a for any choice of e/1"a, because it is the same as the number of elementary divisors of order r - 1 of the operator generated by the operator A
in the factor-space Y. (A)/Ker(A - aI), and the latter is finite-dimensional and does not depend on the choice of Corollary 2.28: For a closed ir-dissipative operator A in n. all the root subspaces corresponding to the real eigen values are, except for not more than x of them, negative eigen-subspaces. Let
Jul be the set of those real eigenvalues for which there is in
Ker(A - al) at least one non-negative vector. It follows from Theorem 2.26 that, in particular, all those a for which Y. (A) ;4 Ker(A - al) enter into this set, and from Corollary 2.18 it follows that the set {al is finite and consists of not more than x elements.
102
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
Corollary 2.29: Let . be a W(")-space (i.e., in accordance with Proposition 1.9.15, it is assumed that the set a/w (x) fl [0, oo) contains precisely x (< oo ) (taking algebriac multiplicity into account) eigenvalues, let `?W,) =4w"1, and
let A be a W(`)-dissipative operator defined on J(. Then the assertion of Theorem 2.26 holds for the operator A. Let dim Ker W(")= xo(<x). By Lemma 2.19 A Ker WYYY C Ker and therefore in the Pontryagin '/Ker Wt"t (see Corollary 1.9.16) the zr-dissipative operator A^ generated by the operator A is properly defined by the formula (1.11). Theorem 2.26 holds for the operator A". It is not difficult to see that the left-hand side of the inequality (2.5), which was set up for the operator A exceeds the corresponding sum for the operator A" by not more than xo units, and therefore the assertion of Theorem 2.26 is true also for the operator A.
6
Definition 2.30: An operator A is said to be strictly J-dissipative if
Im [Ax, x] > 0 for (6 6 )x E CAA,
and, in particular, to be uniformly J-
dissipative if there is a constant yA > 0 such that Im [Ax, x] 3 yA x (xE 2A) Theorem 2.31: Every closed strictly or uniformly J-dissipative operator A can be extended into a maximal closed J-dissipative operator A which is also respectively strictly or uniformly J-dissipative, and moreover the latter can be chosen so that yd = yA.
We consider the graph IPA of the operator A. In both cases, by the form (1.4) it is a positive subspace, and therefore (see Remark 1.8.9) I'A admits extension into a maximal non-negative subspace which is positive. Since the latter is non-degenerate it is the graph of a maximal J-dissipative operator A (see Theorem 2.6) and it is, moreover, strictly J-dissipative. Now let A be a closed uniformly J-dissipative operator. This is equivalent to saying that the closed operator A - iyA J is J dissipative. By Theorem 2.6 this
operator admits extension into a closed maximalJ-dissipative operator
A J, and therefore the operator A = A - iyA J + iyA J is a maximal J-dissipative
operator
and
it
is
uniformly
J-dissipative:
IM [Ax, x] '> yA II x 1; 2 (x E VA).
To conclude this paragraph we note that 2.32 Strictly J-dissipative operators have no real eigenvalues. All real points are points of regular type of closed uniformly J-dissipative operators; they are
regular points of these operators if and only if the latter are maximal J-dissipative operators. If A is a strictly J-dissipative operator and (A - Xol)xo = 0 when X0 = Xo Ci then Im [Axo, xo] = 0, which, by definition, is possible only when xo = 0, i.e., Xo0ap(A).
§2 Dissipative operators
103
Now let A be
a uniformly J-dissipative closed operator. Since (A-Xo1)x1I >Im[(A-Xol)x,x]/II x11=Im[Ax, x]/Hx1I >, -yAIIxII when
II
(0 ;x-' )x E 1A and Xo = Xo, so Xo is a point of regular type for the operator A. If
also A is a maximal J-dissipative operator, then from Corollary 2.17 we have Xo E p(A). Conversely, if A is a uniformly J-dissipative operator and Xo = 4o E p(A), then A is a maximal J-dissipative operator, since otherwise by Theorem 2.31 it would admit uniformly J-dissipative extensions for which the point Xo would already be an eigenvalue-we have obtained a contradiction.
Exercises and problems 1
Show that in Theorem 2.9 the condition Ye+ C 9A is essential: give an example of a maximal J-dissipative operator with p(A) = 0; give an example of a non-maximal J-dissipative operator with C' C p(A).
a) b) 2
3
(0, oo) Let Y be a G(')-space, i.e. (cf. Proposition 1.9.15) 0)F op(G(") and consists of x < oo eigenvalues (taking multiplicity into account), and let A be a Gt" -dissipative operator. Prove that then dim Lin[?1,(A) I Im X > 0) < x.
Give an example of a
maximal a-dissipative with
a(A) n c- ;e o.
a(A) fl c,
0 and
4
Let .0 be a G (')-space and let A be a G (x )-dissipative operator in ,Y. Prove that dim (A - aI )91" (A) < oo when a = a.
5
Under the conditions of Example 4 determine the orders 61(a), 62(a), ..., 6,(a) of
the elementary divisors of A in (A - al ).P" (A); we shall call the numbers dt") = S;(a) + 1 (j = 1, 2, ..., r) the orders of the non-prime (d; 2) elementary divisors of the operator corresponding to a. Prove that the formula (2.5) holds for A (cf. Usvyatsova [1]). 6
Let WT = [ [ Tx, x] I x E 1IT). Prove that either WT = C, or W = IR, or WT is a
certain angle with its vertex at the origin of coordinates and its aperture Or < a. Verify that if BT 5 Tr then there is a number ,p E fR such that e''0 T is a J-dissipative
operator (cf. [XI]). 7
Prove that any (maximal) J-dissipative operator can be appoximated in the uniform operator topology by (maximal) uniformly J-dissipative operators.
8
Give an example of a strictly J-dissipative operator which does not admit closure.
9
Prove that every (including those not densely defined and non-closed ones) uniformly J-dissipative operator admits maximal closed uniformly J-dissipative extensions.
10
Prove that if A is a closed maximal 7r-dissipate operator and YW' C VA, then A 12
is an Au-completely continuous operator. I1
Prove that if A is a W-dissipative operator and X E ap(A) and Axo = Xxo, Ax1 = Xx1 + xo, then xo is an isotropic vector in Ker(A - XI). Hint: Use the fact that the form Im [Ax, x] is non-negative on vectors X E CIA-
12
Prove that in Corollary 2.28 the requirement that the operator A be closed can be dropped. Hint: Use instead of Theorem 2.26 the result of Exercise 11.
104 13
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric Let . V' = _Y' U .
- be a J-space, let Y' E .//', and let K-, - be its angular
operator. Prove that if .SP' and 99' i'J have no infinite-dimensional uniformly definite subspaces, then K,- is a 4-operator, and if K,-- = T I K.-- I is its polar representation, then T is also a 4)-operator, and ind T = ind K., - (Azizov).
Hint: Use the result of Exercise 17 to §8 in Chapter 1, the definition of a 4)-operator in §2.2, and Theorem 2.11. 14
Suppose ,y'' E //' and 99' 1 Ll contain no infinite-dimensional uniformly definite subspaces. Let K, - = T I K, - I be the polar representation of the angular operator K,- of the subspace 2', let I K,- I = I' + S, S E .9. (see Exercise 17 to §8, Chapter
1), and let KM- be the angular operator of the uniformly positive subspace M' E It'. Then K,, - - KM- is a 4)-operator, and ind(K. - - KM-) = ind K,, (Azizov).
Hint: Verify that K,- - KM- = TV+ S1, where V:.,Y' .,Y' is a linear homeomorphism, and S, E y.; use the result of Exercise 13 and Theorem 2.11.
§3
Hermitian, symmetric, and self-adjoint operators
Definition 3.1: An operator A operating in a W-space .YP is said to be W-Hermitian if Im [Ax, x] = 0 for all x E 1A. In particular, an operator A is W-symmetric if also A = . f, and it is a maximal W-symmetric operator if it does not admit W-symmetric extensions A D A, A ;4 A. From Exercise 1 to § 1, Chapter I it follows that an operator A is W-Hermitian if and only if [Ax, y] = [x, Ay] for all x, y E A. Therefore, if A is an operator in a G-space (we recall that 0 a, (G)), then its G-symmetry is equivalent to the inclusion A C A`. Since the operator A` is closed (see 1.5), a G-symmetric operator admits closure. 1
Definition 3.2: A G-symmetric operator is said to be G-self adjoint if
A=A`. We now return to the study of the properties of W-Hermitian operators. It follows from Zorn's lemma that 3.3 Every W-symmetric operator admits extension into a maximal W-symmetric operator. From definitions 2.1 and 3.1 we obtain immediately
3.4 An operator A is W-Hermitian if and only if A and (-A) are simultaneously W-dissipative.
From now on to simplify the discussion we shall again, as in § 1 and §2, speak mainly about operators acting in a J-space .Y, although many of the results are also valid in the case of more general spaces. It follows from Proposition 3.4 that
3.5 An operator A is J-Hermitian if and only if its graph is neutral in the metric (1.4) Moreover, the following holds:
§3 Hermitian, symmetric, and self-adjoint operators
105
3.6 A J-symmetric operator A is maximal if and only if rA is a maximal semi-definite subspace in ,Yr = ,Y x W. In addition, J-self-adjointness of the operator A is equivalent to the neutral subspace rA being hyper-maximal. This goemetrical proposition is a consequence of Propositions 3.5, 2.4, and Proposition 4.1 in Chapter 1; it can be rephrased in terms of operators thus:
3.7 A J-symmetric operator A is maximal if and only if at least one of the
operators A or (-A) is a maximal J-dissipative operator. Moreover, Jselfadjointness of the operator A is equivalent to A and (-A) being simultaneously maximal J-dissipative operators. Propositions 3.4-3.7 enable a number of the assertions in §2 to be made more precise for J-symmetric operators. Thus, for example, we have Corollary 3.8 (cf 2.3): J-symmetry (maximal J-symmetry, J-selfadjointness) of an operator A is equivalent to each of the operators JA and AJ being symmetric (maximal symmetric, self-adjoint).
Corollary 3.9 (cf. Theorem 2.9): Let A be a J-symmetric operator and .0+ C VA. Then the following assertions are equivalent: a) b)
A is a maximal J-symmetric operator; A22 is a maximal symmetric operator in
c)
[XIImXI
d)
((X I Im X > II AP+ III C p (A )) V ((X I - Im X>211 AP+ II) C p (A ))
Corollary 3.10 (cf. Corollary 2.12):
-;
0;
If A is a maximal J-symmetric J-
selfadjoint operator, if ,+ C 9A, and if A12 is an A22-completely continuous
operator, then C+ C p(A) or C- C OS(A) (C+ U C- C p(A)). Moreover, if C+ C p(A) (C- C p(A)), then C-(C+) consists of points of regular type and not more than a countable set of eigenvalues of finite algebraic multiplicity of the operator A. In view of Corollary 2.12 explanation is needed only for the last assertion.
But this follows from the J-symmetry of the operator A and Theorem 1.16.
Corollary 3.11 (cf. Theorem 2.21): Suppose .0 is a W-space, A a W-symmetric operator, and a is its bounded spectral set: a C C+ or a C C-. Then PQ.Y( is a neutral subspace.
Corollary 3.12 (cf. Theorem 2.24): Suppose A is a J-self-adjoint operator, and a + is a bounded spectral set, a + C C+ . Then a - = a '*(C C-) is also a spectral set of the operator A, the projector P. - uo - is J-self adjoint (we shall also call such a projector J-orthogonal ), and therefore PQ - uQ - -W is a projectionally complete subspace. Moreover, if at (C C+) is another spectral a l ' * , then P. - uo set o f the operator A and a + fl al, = 01 and al[1) PQ, uo,-Jf.
106
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
By Theorem 1.16 the spectrum of a J-self-adjoint operator is symmetric about the real axis, and therefore a - = a+ * is a spectral set of the operator A together with a+ . Let ro - u o - = FQ - U I, -, where IQ- is a contour consisting of
regular point of the operator A and surrounding a +, FQ- C C, and rQ- = IF,*-. Then PCO -U.
I -2iri1
re--
_- 1 2iri r
A
-XIdx)
=2ri
r
A - XI' dX=P
As for the projectional completeness of the subspace PQ - uQ -.W, it follows
from the fact that the whole space splits up into the sum of the subspaces and (I - Pa - uQ -), ' which are J-orthogonal to one another: Po - uQ
(PQ'uo-X, (I- PQ'u.-)Y] _ (x, Pv'uv-(1- PQ-uQ-)Y] =0. The J-orthogonality of P. - uQ -.1( and PQ - u o -.W follows from Theorem 2.20.
Remark 3.13: In Corollary 3.12 we could, formally, weaken the conditions on the operator A by premising, not that it is J-self-adjoint, but only that it is J-symmetric and o+, a- satisfy the conditions of Theorem 2.24. But this relaxation is only formal, since from the conditions on the operator A -it follows that it has at least one pair of non-real regular points Xo and Xo symmetrically situated relative to the real axis. If A ;e Ac, then Xo, Xo E op (A`); but this contradicts assertion b) of Theorem 1.16, and therefore A is a J-selfadjoint operator. Corollary 3.14 (cf. Corollary 2.22): Suppose that A is the set of eigenvalues of a J-symmetric operator A and A fl A* = 0. Then C Lin (2x(A)}x E A is a neutral subspace.
Corollary 2.18 has to be used in proving this assertion. Corollary 3.15 (cf. Corollary 2.23): Let A be a 7r-selfadjoint operator in II,. Then its non-real spectrum consists of not more than 2x (taking multiplicity into account) normal eigenvalues situated symmetrically about the real axis.
The symmetry of the spectrum of a J-self-adjoint, and, in particular, of a ar-self-adjoint, operator follows from Theorem 1.16 (cf. Exercise 1 below). It remains only to use Proposition 3.7 and Corollary 2.23. Corollary 3.16:
Let A be a ir-self-adjoint operator. Then o,(A) = 0.
This assertion follows from Corollaries 2.17 and 3.15.
§3 Hermitian, symmetric, and self-adjoint operators
107
Definition 3.17: We shall say that a J-symmetric operator A is semibounded below if yA = inf [ [Ax, x]l(x, x) I (00 )x E cA) > - oo. In particular, 2
an operator A is said to be J-non-negative (A "0), J -positive (A>0), or uniformly J-positive (A)' 0) if, respectively, [Ax, x] > 0 when x E c/A, [Ax, x] > 0 when 0 ;d xE CAA (in both cases 'A >, 0), or [Ax, x] 3 y(x, x) when x E c/A and for some y > 0 (i.e, yA > 0).
In particular, if J = I then Definition 3.17 repeats the corresponding definitions for symmetric operators and in this case we shall omit the symbol
'I' above the signs > , > ,
.
Definition 3.18: Let A and B be J-symmetric operators and let 1A C VB.
We shall say that A>B if A - B'O. Theorem 3.19: Every J-non-negative operator can be extended into a J-self-adjoint J-non-negative operator. Before proving this theorem we shall deal with some auxiliary propositions and we introduce the concept of a 'quasi-inverse' operator. Let T be a densely defined operator. Then we shall say that the operator
T(-')= Q(T l.N?T*)-'P
(3.1)
where P is the orthoprojector on to 4T, and Q is the orthoprojector on to .T*, is quasi-inverse to T. Lemma 3.20: If A and B are bounded operators with CIA = c/B =,W and A *A <, B* B, then A = KB, where K = AB(-') and therefore 11 K II < 1.
KB = AB(-')B = AB(-')B = A. Let be a Hilbert space, ,? a subspace of it, .Y = 2 O+ 21, and relative to this decomposition let a bounded operator T be expressed in matrix form: T = II T,, 11 ?i=1. For the operator T to be non-negative (respectively, positive, uniformly positive) it is necessary and sufficient that the operators Tl1 and T22 be non-negative (respectively, positive, uniformly positive), that T21 = Tie, and that there be an operator S12: 2'1 2', when 11 S12X 11 < 11 x 11 (respectively, V's,: = 21, S12 < 1 (B34 )xE WT2=2; S12 < 1), Ker T22 C Ker S12, JPs,_ C 4?T,,, such that Lemma 3.21:
T12 = Till S12 '222
Sufficiency: Let T11, T22, and S12 be the operators indicated in the theorem. Then Tii`S12Tzi` - Ti, T12 7 ' = II T11 Tz
T22
I
I
-
II
Tu2Si Tii2
T22
11
-
(3.2) I
I T012
Toe 2 I I
S2
12 I
I
I I TO 2
TOz e
ll
108
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
It can be verified immediately that the middle factor is a non-negative operator if II S12 II < 1, and is uniformly positive if II S12 II < 1. This remark enables the
non-negativeness and uniform positiveness of T in the cases indicated in the theorem to be proved easily. Now let T11>0, T22>0, and II S12Tzzzx II < II Tzz2xIl for all (0
)xE tel. Since lrz2z = L, so
II S12
1, i.e., T > 0. But if we had
x E Ker T, x = x1 + x2 where x1 E 2, x2 E Y l , then this, taking (3.2) into account, would imply the system of equalities Tii 2x1 + S12 7iz2x2 = 8,
{S12Tiizxl+Tzzzxz
( 3.3 )
=0.
Hence we obtain II S12T2' 2xz II = II Ti'( x1 II > IIS zT1i2x1 II = II
T21/2X2 II
which is possible only when x2 = 0. But then we conclude from the first inequality in (3.3) that Tii 2x1 = 0, and since T11 is positive we have xl = 0, i.e.,
x = 0. Therefore T > 0. Necessity: The equality T21 = T 2 follows from the self-adjointness of T. Since (T;;, xi) = (Tx,, x;), i = 1, 2, xi E 2'1X2 E 911, the conclusion regarding T11 and T12 is correct.
Now let T T. 0. Then it is clear that the operator S12 = Ti11nT12Tz21'2 satisfies our requirements. But if T is an arbitrary non-negative operator, then T + (1/n)I -> 0, n = 1, 2, ..., and therefore it follows from what has been proved above that there are operators Siz ) with 1 vz z / (n) II Siz II<1, n T12T11+IS}T22+J)1/
n // Without less of generality (see 1.8.20) we may suppose that, as n - 00, the sequence Siz converges in the weak operator topology to an operator Sit with II S1'2II < 1, and therefore T12 = Tii2S1'2Tz'2. We take as the operator S12 S12 =QSi2P= (Tii2)(-')T12(Tzz2)( '), where P is the ortho-projector on to 4T12 and Q is the orthoprojector on to, ?r,,. The further verification of the properties of the operator S12 presents no difficulties. Suppose that A is a Hermitian operator defined on a subspace VA of a Hilbert space .W = VA O QOA and that relative to this decomposition A can be expressed in the form of the `vector'
A=
A12
A22
This operator will be a contraction if and only if A22 is a contraction and A iA 12 < 12 - A 22 (here 12 = I I r/'A), or, what is equivalent by Lemma 3.20, A12=K(I2-A22)"2,
22)1/2] where K=A12[(12-Az2)'
and
11 K11 < 1.
A Hermitian operator A always admits selfadjoint extensions A on to the
§3 Hermitian, symmetric, and self-adjoint operators
109
whole space ', and these extensions can be expressed in matrix form A=
X* A12, A12
(3.4)
X11 = Xi,.
A22
If A is a contraction then it is easily seen that, if I, = I I
Ail = -I,+A12(12+A22)
=
LAAn,
-Ii+K(12-A22)K*
I1 - K(12 + A22)K* = I, - A12(lu - A22)t ' A22 = Ail
(3.5)
Also, A is a selfadjoint contraction if and only if -I < A < I. By Lemma 3.21 this is equivalent to the system
-I,<X1,11, A,2 = (I, - X,,)v2S,,2(12 - A22) 1/2' A 12 = (11 + X11)
1,12S1
(12 + A22)
1/2,
where Sit and S,"2 have the properties indicated in Lemma 3.21. Since A,2 = K(I2 - A 22) "2, this system can be rewritten in the equivalent form
-11<X11<1,, K(I2+A22)1/2=(12- X,,)1i2S1,2,
K(I2 -
A22)
1/2
= (1, + X,, )1r2S1n2,
which in turn is equivalent to the inequalities
- I, + K(I2 - A22)K* < X,, < I, - K(I2 + A22)K*. Taking (3.5) into account we have proved Lemma 3.22:
If the operator _ A 12 A-IA22
is a Hermitian contraction then it admits extension into a self-adjoint operator
A of the form (3.4), and the latter will be a contraction if and only if Ai1<X11
By Corollary 2.5 we can suppose without loss
of generality that A is a closed J-non-negative operator. Since A being a J-non-negative J-symmetric operator is equivalent to iA being a J-dissipative operator, the graph r,A of the latter is a non-negative subspace in the space 4Yr (see §1.2), and its angular operator K;A = (V, - JVJ), where V= (J- JA)(I+ JA)-1 (see (1.8), (1.9)) is a contraction since JA > 0, so V is a Hermitian contraction. In accordance with Lemma 3.22 V has a self-adjoint extension V with 1117 II < 1 which generates the angular operator (v, - JVJ) of a certain maximal non-negative subspace in ,Yr that is an extension of rjA and which is, by Proposition 2.4, the graph of a certain
110
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
J-dissipative operator
iA.
It
follows
once again
from (1.9)
that
V = (I - JA) (I + JA)-', or what is equivalent,
A= J(I-V)(I+Vy'= J-2J(I+ V) From Propositions 1.6, 1.9 and Corollary 3.8 it follows at once that A is a
J-selfadjoint operator, and this combined with the fact that iA is a Jdissipative operator proves the theorem.
Corollary 3.23: Let A be a J-symmetric operator semi-bounded below: [Ax, x] > yA(x, x) (x E !YA). Then it has J-selfadjoint extensions A semi-bounded below such that yA = yA. For any such extension
OEa(A-yAJ). The existence of the required A is equivalent to asserting the existence of J-selfadjoint J-non-negative extensions A y J of the J-non-negative operator A - J. Such as extension exists by virtue of Theorem 3.19 and
therefore A = A -- yJA J is the required ^exten ion of the operator A. For, [Ax, x] _ [A - -yA Jx + -yA Jx, x] _ [A - yA Jx, x] + yA (x, x) > yA (x, x),
and therefore -yi > yA. On the other hand, since A J A, so yA
'yA, i.e., yA= 'AWe now verify that 0 E a(A - yA J). Suppose the contrary: 0 E p(A - yA J). But then the J-non-negative operator A - -yA J would be uniformly J-positive, and therefore we would have yA> yA, which is impossible.
Corollary 3.24:
Let A be a J-symmetric operator. Then A > 0 (A > 0, A ' 0)
if and only if iA is a J-dissipative (strictly J-dissipative, uniformly Jdissipative) operator. Moreover, iA is a maximal J-dissipative operator if and
only if A = A`>0. The first part of the assertion is trivial, and we have already used it in proving Theorem 3.19. If A = A`>0, then (see the proof of Theorem 3.19) F,A
is a maximal non-negative subspace in .0 and therefore by 2.4 iA is a maximal J-dissipative operator. Conversely, if iA is a maximal J-dissipative operator, then A has no non-trivial J-non-negative extensions, and therefore it follows by Theorem 3.19 that A = A`>0
If Then a p (A) fl (C+ U C -) = 0. Corollary 3.25: Let A > 0. A = J X E ap (A) l X > 0(<0)1, then 1), (A) = Ker(A - XI) and Lin(Ker (A - XI) I X E A} C .,P+ + U (0) (P- -U 10}). If X= 0, then, generally speaking, 1o(A) * Ker A, but the lengths of the Jordan chains of the operator A I 2o(A) do not exceed 2.
By virtue of Theorem 3.19 we can suppose that A = A `> 0. If X E ap(A) fl (C+ U C
and Axo = Xoxo (xo ;d 0), then from Corollary 3.14 we
obtain that [xo, xo] = 0, and therefore [Axo, xo] = 0. Using the CauchyBunyakovski inequality, we obtain Axo = 0-a contradiction. Essentially we
§3 Hermitian, symmetric, and self-adjoint operators
III
have proved that the condition xo E Ker(A - XoI) fl j° implies X0 = 0. Therefore, if (0? ) X E vp(A) and Ax= Xx, then [x, x] = [Ax, x]/X, hence Ker(A - XI) C .40 + + U (0)(,?- - U 10)) if X > 0 (<0), and therefore (see
§2, Problem 11) Y,\(A) = Ker(A - XI) when X 34 0. The assertion about Lin(Ker(A - XI))xEn follows immediately from Corollary 2.18. Now let Axe = x,, Ax, = xo, Axo = 0, i.e., A3x2 = 0. Then 0 = [A 3x2, x2l = [AAx2, Ax2l, and therefore x, = Axe E Ker A, i.e., xo = 0.
If A = AA `> 0, then Q,(A) = 0.
Corollary 3.26:
By Corollary 2.17 in combination with Proposition 3.7 A(= A') has no real points in the residual spectrum. If X 3;6 X belonged to o,(A), then by Theorem 1.16 X E ap(A), contrary to Corollary 3.25. We now investigate the spectrum of a J-self-adjoint J-non-negative operator. Theorem 3.27:
Let A = A0 and p(A) ;d 0. Then C+ U C- C p(A).
We assume at first that A is a continuous operator. Let lo # Xo E a(A). From Corollaries 3.25 and 3.26 we conclude that Xo E ac (A), and therefore there is a sequence Ix)' of normalized vectors (II x,, 1, n = 1, 2, . . .) such that (A - XoI )xn
when n
0
ao.
(3.6)
Since
RA - XoI )x,,, xn] _ RA - Re XoI )xn, x,r] - i Im Xo [xn, xn] and Im Xo ;4 0, so [x,,, xn]
0 as n --' oo, which implies that
[Axn, xn]- 0 From the continuity of the operator A and with it also that of
(JA)1,'2
it
follows that
Axn = J(JA)112(JA)1 2xn
0
(n --* oo).
Taking account of (3.6) we obtain xn 0 (n oo)-a contradiction. Now let A be an arbitrary J-self-adjoint J-negative operator, and (µo pd)µo E p (A ). It follows from Corollary 3.12 that µo E p SA ), and so the
operator B = (A - µol)-'A(A - µoI)-' is bounded, B = B`>0. By what has been proved above, a(B) fl (C+ U C-) = 0. A well-known theorem of Dunford (see [VII]) about the mapping of the spectrum asserts that a(B) = {µIµ = X/(X - µ0)(X - µ.o), X E v(A)). It follows from X0 Xo and Xo I # I µo I that the number Xo/(X - µo)(X - µo) is not real, and so Xo E p(A), i.e.,
(C+UC-)\[XIIXI=IµoI)Cp(A). We now take (µ,
)µ, E p (A) with 114 1
1
;6 1 µo I ,
(3.7)
and carrying out a similar
112
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
argument we obtain (C+ U C )\ I X I I X I = l
141 1
1 C p(A ).
(3.8)
It follows from (3.7) and (3.8) that C+ U C- C p(A). Corollary 3.28: Let A be a ir-self-adjoint ir-non-negative operator in H,. Then C+ U C- C p(A), and the set a(A) fl (0, co) consists of not more than x normal eigenvalues (taking multiplicating into account). From Corollary 3.15 and Theorem 3.27 we conclude that C+ U C- C p(A). The second part follows from Corollaries 3.24 and 2.23.
Corollary 3.29:
Let A = A` 0. Then C+ U C- U (0) C p(A). If a+ (respec-
tively a-) is a bounded spectral set of the operator A, a+ C (0, 0°) (resp. a- C (- oo, 0)), and P. - (resp. P. -) is the corresponding Rim projector (2.4), then PQ-.W (resp. PQ-.) is a uniformly positive (resp. uniformly negative)
subspace. In particular if A =A c 0 is a bounded operator, then with a+ = a(A) fl (0, oo), a- = a(A) fl (- oo, 0) the subspaces PQ- and PQ-Jf are J-orthogonal to one another, are maximal uniformly definite, and = PQ-.Yf [+] PQ -X.
.
From Corollary 3.24 and Proposition 2.32 we conclude that 0 E p(A). We use Theorem 3.27 and obtain the inclusion C+ U C- U (0) C p(A). From Corollary 3.12 follows the projectional completeness of the subspaces PQand PQ -., and from Theorem 2.21 and Corollary 3.24, their uniform definiteness with the proper signs. If A is a bounded operator, then, since a(A) = a+ U a-, a+ fl a- = 0, we have by Theorem 3.20 PQ- + P,,- = I, i.e., using Corollary 3.12, ye = PQ-,W [+] PQ- . The maximal uniform definiteness of PO .Y( and PQ now follows from Proposition 1.25 in Chapter 1. 3
Here we present some examples which illustrate the preciseness of the
conditions imposed on the operators in the theorems in §§2-3, and the essential difference of the indefinite case from the finite one.
Example 3.30: A Hermitian operator which does not admit closed dissipative extensions (cf. Theorems 2.6, 2.31, 3.19). Let _+ O+ hl- be an infinite-dimensional space with -W+ = Lin (e+ }, 11 e+ 11 = 1, and let p be a discontinuous linear functional defined on-. Then the operator A: x- - ,p(x- )e+ with cA = ye- is Hermitian, since
(Ax-, x-) = 0. If it admitted a dissipative extension A, then #A= .W, and therefore (see Corollary 2.5) A' would be a closed operator. But then by Banach's Theorem A would be a continuous operator, which contradicts the discontinuity of gyp.
§3 Hermitian, symmetric, and self-adjoint operators
113
The operator constructed also serves as an example of a Hermitian operator which does not admit closure and therefore the closure rA in ,Yr of its graph rA would no longer be the graph of an operator. Example 3.31: An operator A = A` .O with a(A) = C (cf. Lemma 2.8, and Theorems 2.9 and 3.27).
Let ,W be a J-space and (2t, 22) a maximal dual pair (see 1. §10.1) of definite (but not uniformly definite) subspaces 9t and 22. We define an operator A: -QA = -T1 [-+] 92, A(xt + x2) = xi - X2, xt E 2l, x2 E 92. By Lemma
,e, and since A9A C 9A, so a(A) =C. It remains to verify that A =A`>0. Since [A(xl + x2), xt + x2] = [xi, xl] - [x2, x2] > 0 when xl + x2 * B, so A .0. Now let y E 9A° and ([A (xi + x2), y] = ) [xt - x2, y] = [xi + x2, z] for all 7.7 and Corollary 7.17 in Chapter 1 we have 1A = Ml, 9A
xl + x2 E I1A and, in particular, [xl, y] = [xl,z] and [ - x2, y] _ [x2, z]. Therefore y + z E 21 and y - z E 22, and therefore y E 9A( = 91 [+] 92), i.e.,
VA' C 9A, which proves that A is J-selfadjoint. We note also that A 2 = I l !JA, and Pi = 2'(I+ A) and P2 = z (I - A) are the J-orthogonal projectors from !2A on to 2t and 22 respectively, and also Pt >, 0, P2 >, 0, and
a(Pi) = a(P2) = C. Example 3.32: A 7r-self-adjoint operator, in a finite-dimensional Pontryagin space II,,, for which the inequality (2.5) becomes an equality (cf 2.26).
Let .*'= Lin(eo, el, e2) be a unitary three-dimensional space with an orthonormalized basis (eo, el, e2). Each vector x E ,' is expressed in the form x = oeo + Elel + E2e2 Let y = floeo + n1e1 + q2e2 We consider the indefinite form [x, y] = - 6n2 - tl' l - E2fio It is generated by the operator J:
Jeo = - e2, Jet = - el, Je2 = - eo, the eigenvalues of which are X = -1 and X = 1 with multiplicities 2 and 1 respectively, i.e., .' =1I with x = 1. We a linear operator A; Aeo = 0, Atte1 = eo, Ae2 = el. Since [Ax, x] = [ leo + E2e1, Soeo + tie, + S2e2] = tltt2 + E1E2 is a real number we
define
have A = A`. If follows from the definition of the operator A that it has a single eigenvalue X = 0 and a single Jordan chain of length d = 2x + 1 (= 3). Therefore [d/2] = x (=1). Example 3.33: A closed positive operator A which does not admit positive selfadjoint extensions..
We presuppose that A is a closed, non-selfadjoint, positive operator with finite-dimensional deficiency numbers (i.e., dim ;?IA_ar < oo and dim A _ v < oo when X ;;d X), then X = 0 is a point of regular type for A, and that yA = 0. By Corollary 3.23 for any selfadjoint non-negative extension A of this operator 0Ea(A). From [I] (see also Azizov, I. Iokhvidov, and V. Shtrauss [ 1 ] ) it follows that .mod = RA and therefore, whenever 0 ¢ p (A-), we have 0 E ap(A), i.e., no non-negative selfadjoint extension of the operator A with the properties indicated above will be positive.
114
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
We give an actual example of such an operator A. = Lin(e) O L2(0, 1) with II e II = 1. We consider in L2(0, 1) the Let selfadjoint contraction V22: V22x(t) = tx(t) (x(t) E L2(0, 1)) and the contraction K: L2(0, 1) Lin{e}, Kx(t) = to x(t) dt e. Then (see the proof of Lemma 3.22) the operator
v-
I K(122
will be a Hermitian contraction.
Since it follows from (I - V)x(t) = 0 that x(t) = 0, the operator
A: A(I- V)x(t)=(I+ V)x(t) will be properly defined on VA = (I - V )L2 (0, 1). Since
(A(I- V)x(t),(I- V)x(t)=((I+ V)x(t),(I- V)x(t)) (1 - t2)Ix(t)I2 dt-
=
('
(1
- t2)1,12x(t) dt
2
J0
is a positive number when x(t) ;d 0, it follows that A is a Hermitian operator. If we suppose that the vector z(t) _ Xe+ zl(t) (zi(t) E L2(0, 1)) is orthogonal to VA, then we obtain that 1
(1 - t)x(t)zl(t) dt - X
1
(1 - t2)1,'2x(t) dt = 0,
0
0
and therefore
zl(t) =
(I
t) 1,12
+ t)112 E L2(0, 1),
which is possible if X = 0, i.e., z(t) = 0. Thus,
A=
and A is a positive
operator. That A is closed follows from the facts that V is closed and
A=2(1-V)-'-I.
From Corollary 3.24 and taking Lemma 2.8 into account, we obtain that X = - 1 is a point of regular type for the operator V, i.e., IA = (I+ V )L2 (0, 1) is a subspace and therefore X = 0 is a point of regular type for the operator A. The finiteness of the deficiency numbers of the operator follows from the fact that RA = Lin(e+ [(1 - t)/(1 + t)] 1/2}, and therefore dim i1A = 1. It remains to verify that '(A = 0. To do this we observe that, if xp(t) E L2(0, 1) are chosen so that the sequence ((1 - t2) 112xp(t)} converges in L2(0, 1) to xo(t) = 1, then
limp- .(A(1- V)x,, (t), (I-V)xp(t))=0, but limn-..((I- V)xp(t), (I- V)xp(1))=2, and therefore inf((A(I - V)x(t), (I - V)x(t)) x(t)ELAO, 1)}=0. -yA = ((I - V)x(t), (I - V)x(t)) Example 3.34: A J-selfadjoint differential operator. Let W = L2 (- 1, 1). We introduce a J-metric into it by means of the
operator J: Jx(t) = x(- t) (cf. Remark 1.2.3 and Exercise 1 to 1.§3). We
§3 Hermitian, symmetric, and self-adjoins operators
115
consider the differential operator A = (d2/dt2) - 2(d/dt) + 1 with the boundary conditions x(- 1) = x(1), x'(- 1) = x'(1) and the maximal domain of definition in L2(- 1, 1). Since we have for twice-differentiable functions x(t) and y(t) with the given boundary conditions [Ax, y] =
(x"(t) - 2x' (t) + x(t))y(- t) dt
Ax(t)y(- t) dt =
1
J
1
= x' (t)y(- t) - 2x(t)y(- t)
1
+ f
1
1
x(t)y(- t) dt
f' x'(t)y'(-t)dt-2 f ' x(t)y'(-t)dt
+
1
=x(t)Y'(-t)
1 1
=
+ J1 x(t)(y" 1 - t) - 2y'(- t) + y(- t)) dt 1
x(- t)Ay(t) dt - [x, Ay],
f1
we see that A is a J-symmetric operator. The J-selfadjointness of this operator follows from the independence of the boundary conditions. It can be verified immediately that the eigenvalues of this operator are the numbers
(non-real if n P, 0) X" = - r2n2 + I - 2rni for n = 0, ±1, ±2,..., and 0 Y,,,,(A) = Ker(A - X"I) = Line").
Example 3.35: A completely continuous J-selfadjoint integral operator. Let a be a real function of bounded variation on [a, b], let w = Var a, and let K(s, t) be a Hermitian non-negative kernel (see IV, §3.3) which is continuous with respect to each of the variables and is bounded with respect to
the set of variables. Then the operator A: (Af)(s) = I b K(s, t)f(t) da(t) is completely continuous (see, e.g., I. Iokhvidov [2], I. Iokhvidov and Ektov [1]), and that it is J-non-negative in the_Krein space L. (a, b) follows from the fact that [Af, f] = IQ IQ K(s, t)f(s)f(t) do(s) da(t) > 0. In conclusion we indicate one way of constructing J-selfadjoint operators having a set of properties prescribed in advance.
j are the same as in Example 3.36: Let . if- be a J-space, where j 7fExample 1.3.9, let G = 0, and V be a unitary operator. Now let A 1, be a closed operator densely defined in Jr. ,Then the operator A: A(x1 + x2) = A1x1 + V*A1*Vx2,
where x, E 9A, X2 E V*JA; ,
is a J-selfadjoint operator. For,
A`=JA*J=
0
V
Al
V*
0
0
0
V
A
V*
0
0
0
V*A,V
V V* 0
0
0
0
V
V*A1* V
V*
0
Al
0
V*A1 V
= A.
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
116
In this example, by construction, A(-QA n ,Yi C ..Yi, i = 1, 2. We note also that the operator B given by the matrix
I
0
B1
B2
0
where B1 = Bi `, B2 = Bz*
will also be J-selfadjoint. Moreover, the conditions Bi > 0 (resp. B; > 0, B; . 0) are equivalent to the conditions B 0 (resp. B j 0, B)a 0). We leave the verification of these statements to the reader.
Exercises and problems 1
Reformulate Theorem 1.16 for a J-selfadjoint operator and by so doing obtain the `theorem on the symmetry of the spectrum of a J-selfadjoint operator' (Langer [21).
2 Prove that if A is a W-Hermitian operator and X, µ E ap(A) with X ;e µ, then
2a(A) [l] 'µ(A).
Hint: Carry out an argument similar to that used in solving Exercise 8 to §1. 3 Give examples of closed, densely defined operators A and B in the Krein space yP of Example 3.36 such that: a) the operator AA` does not admit closure: b)
JBB- [B).
4 Prove that if A is a closed operator in a Pontryagin space and VA = H., then AA` is a ir-selfadjoint operator (Kholevo [1]). 5
Let A be a closed operator in a J-space Ye with ;A = .Y['; suppose at least one of the following conditions holds: a) k+ C 9A; b) C c'A; c) A is a 4)-operator. Then (AA')' = AA` (Azizov). Hint: In cases a) and b) A = AP+A` + AP- A`, where one of the terms is bounded and the other is J-selfadjoint: in case c) prove that JAA, = .4Y and ind AA` = 0.
6 Construct an example of a bounded G-self-adjoint operator with a spectrum not symmetrical about the real axis (cf. Exercise 1) (Azizov [5]).
7 Prove that if A is a G-self-adjoint operator, and A = BG with B = B* and GB a closed operator, then a `theorem on the symmetry of the spectrum', similar to the theorem in Exercise 1, holds for the operator A in C\[0) (cf. with Exercise 6) (Azizov [2] ).
8 Give an example of a ,r-non-negative completely continuous operator which has not only eigenvalues but also principal vectors. Hint: Use the method indicated in Example 3.36 (cf. Example 3.32).
9 Use the method
in Example 3.36 to construct J-self-adjoint operators A1, A2, A, A4 such that: a) a,(A1) # 0, up(A1) fl C+ ;;d 0 (we recall that a,(A) = 0 always when A = A
b)
a(A2) = C (cf. Example 3.3); we recall that C+ fl c- C p(A) always when
A = A *); a,(A3) fl C+ ;e 0; d) the operator A4 has an infinite chain of eigenvectors and principal vectors.
c)
§4 Plus-operators
117
10 Let .YY be a J-space, and P a J-orthogonal projector on to a uniformly positive sub-space. Then there is an c = c(P) > 0 such that all J-orthogonal projector P' such that 11 P' - P 11 < e will map .Y on to the uniformly positive subspace P',J ' [XVIII]. Hint: First verify that for sufficiently small c the operator P' maps Rae homeomorphically on to P'.ie, and then prove that [P'Px, P'Px] > a Px 112 11211P'Px112forsome a>0). 11
iT = (P1 be a commutative family of J-orthoprojectors, with Rp C g+ for all P E J, and the subspace 2+ C ,? and P1+ C 1+ (P E .i). Prove that Let
C Lin (-Rp, 11+)pE., C ip+ (Langer [9]). Hint: Verify that the operator
(-Oil +i.+...+i"P'iP'2.,.Pii
P1,2, ,n = is
J-orthoprojector on to Lin(:i?.,.,lk=i e+ and 9'+ C 27+.
a
(1k=0,1)
(PkE., k=1,2,...,n),
that
.,, C
Then use the relation
[P1,2.....nx+y, P1.2,...,nx+Yl = [P1,2.....n(x+Y), Pi.2,...,n(x+Y)] + [(I - P1,2....,n)Y, V- P1,2,...,n)Y1,
which holds for all x, y E W.
§4
Plus-operators. J-non-contractive and J-bi-non-contractive operators
In this section the object of the investigation will be 'plus-operators', that is, operators whose existence depends on the indefiniteness of the spaces in which they operate, and also some sub-classes of plus-operators. 1
Let .', and W2 be a Wi-space and a W2-space with the ]I and [ , - ]2 respectively. A linear operator V. Yi W2 is
Definition 4.1: metrics
[
-
,
-
called a plus-operator if its dormain of definition contains positive vectors, and non-negative vectors are carried by it into non-negative vectors (gvn ++(.ie,) ;e 0; V(.?+(ae1) n !2 v) C +( 2)). Definition 4.2: An operator V. .i1 - W2 is said to be (W1, W2)-noncontractive if [ Vx, Vx]2 > [x, x] 1 for all x E 9 v. If follows from Definitions 4.1 and 4.2 that we may take as an example of a
plus-operator either an operator V having a non-negative range of values R,, or a V which is `collinear' with a (W1, W2)-non-contractive operator U, i.e., V = X U with X ;d 0. It turns out that, in fact, these examples exhaust the whole class of plus-operators.
Theorem 4.3: Let V: i1 - IY2 be a plus-operator. Then there is a number u > 0 such that [ Vx, Vx] 2 > µ [X, x] 1 (x E 9 v).
118
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
If J v is indefinite, then we are in the conditions of lemma I 1.35 and corollary I 1.36 ((t v = , V =) which it follows that [ V x , Vx] 2 > U [ x, x] ,
when A (V) < µ < µ+ (V ).
Since it follows from the Definition 4.1 of a plus-operator that {[Vx , Vx]2) [x.x]>o
[x,x]i
it is sufficient to put µ = µ+ (V) > 0. But if 9v is semi-definite, i.e., in our case non-negative (since by definition
of a plus-operator c v n io + + (.1) # 0), then we may again take as µ
µ+(V)=inf([Vx,Vx]2IxE!ty, [x,x],=11>0. Definition 4.4: A plus-operator V is said to be strict if µ+ ( V) > 0, and non-strict if µ+ (V) = 0. We note at once that the range of values of a non-strict plus-operator is a non-negative lineal. However, this property is not characteristic for the given class of operators. Indeed, let V = P+ be the orthoprojector on to the subspace W+ of the canonical decomposition W = W+ O+ W- of a Krein space W. It is clear that ?p _ Y C 40 +, but none the less µ+(P+) = 1 > 0.
Corollary 4.5:
A plus-operator V is strict if and only if it is collinear with
some (W1, W2)-non-contractive operator T: V= XT, and in this case
0
If V is a strict plus-operator, then by Theorem 4.3 the operator is a (W,, W2)-non-contractive operator. Conversely, if V= XT with X # 0 and T is a (W,, W2)-non-contractive
T= (1/X) V (0 < I X 12 <,a, (V))
operator, then [ Vx, Vx]2 > is a strict plus operator.
X2
[x, x],. Therefore
(V) > I X 12 (>O), i.e., V
It should be noted that plus-operators may be unbounded, and, what is more, they may not admit closure. As an example of such an operator it suffices to consider an operator V = ,p functional on .01, (B # )xo E JP+(. 2)
)xo, where
In this connection, criteria for the discontinuity of plus-operator acting in Krein spaces are of interest. We recall that the symbols P, (i = 1, 2) denote the canonical projectors (see 1.§3.1). Theorem 4.6: In order that a plus-operator V acting from a J,-space .°, into a J2-space W2 should be bounded (should admit closure) it is necessary and sufficient that the operator Pz V should be bounded (should admit closure).
It follows from Theorem 4.3 that the inequality 11 p2+ I'xllz+µlixlli>IIPZ VxII2 holds for arbitrary x E CA,,.
(4.1)
§4 Plus-operators
119
Let Pz V be a bounded operator. Then II Vx112' II Pz Vx112+ 11 Pi Vx112 < (II Pz VII +, II pz VI12+µ) II x111.
and therefore the plus-operator V is also bounded. Conversely, if V is a bounded operator, then it is obvious that Pz V is also a bounded operator. Now suppose that the plus-operator V admits closures, i.e., if follows from y and x -i B that y = B. We verify that Pz V also admits closure. Let Vx,, Pz Vx - y+ and x - B. If the sequences (P2' V) and are fundamental, then by (4.1) is fundamental. Since the operator V admits closure, 0, and therefore Pz Vx 9, i.e., y+ = 0, and the operator Pz V admits Vx,, closure.
Conversely, suppose Pz V admits closure. Then V has the same property. 0, then Pz Vx,, - Pz y, and the fact that PP V can be closed implies that P2 +y - 9; and then it follows from (4.1) that Pi- Vx 0, i.e., y = 9.
For, if Vx - y and x,,
Corollary 4.7: Under the conditions of Theorem 4.6 let .'2 = H. be a Pontryagin space. Then the following assertions are equivalent:
a) V is a continuous operator; b) the operator V admits closure. The eigenvalence of assertions a) and b) follows directly from Theorem 4.6 when we take into account that a finite-dimensional operator (in our case, Pz V) admits closure if and only if it is bounded.
Corollary 4.8: Under the conditions of Theorem 4.6 let 1 = H. and Y2 = IIX be Pontryagin spaces, let cl v = .,Y1 and ,? + ( 1) fl Ker V = 0. Then V is a continuous operator. By Theorem 4.6 if suffices to verify that Pz V is a bounded operator. Let JejJ7 be a basis in.,Yz . Then the operator Pz V can be expressed in the form of a sum x
Pz Vx= i pi(x)el,
(4.2)
i=1
are linear functionals defined on 1v. Continuity of P2 V is equivalent to the continuity of the whole set of functionals (,pi};. Therefore if, where (pl, Ip2,
under the conditions of the Corollary, the operator Pz V were unbounded, would be unbounded. Suppose for definiteness_that pi is unbounded. As is well-known ([XIII] ) Ker ,pl j 9 v, and since lv = .-W1, so ,Yi. By Lemma 1.9.5 there is at
then at least one of the functionals 01, s02, ....
least one positive K-dimensional subspace 91+ in Ker pl (C -Qv). From (4.2) we
have, on the one hand, dim Pz V2+ < x; but on the other hand, since .y,+ + (1) n Ker V = 0, we have dim Pz VY+ = dim V2+ = dim 2+ = x; so we have a contradiction.
120 2
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
In this paragraph we shall assume, if nothing to the contrary is stated, that
V is a continuous strict plus-operator defined on the whole of a J,-space W .Ye, = i and acting into a J2-space Y'2 = Wz O+ i'z, where, as before, J; = P1 - Pi, and P,± are the ortho-projectors from ; on to JY;± (i = 1, 2).
Definition 4.9: A strict plus-operator V is said to be doubly strict if VC is also a strict plus-operator.
We point out that, in general, V` will not be a plus-operator for every plus-operator V (not even if V is a strict plus-operator) (see Exercise 32 below).
4.10: A strict plus-operator V will be doubly strict if and only if V* is a strict plus operator. It is sufficient to use the Definition 4.9 and formula (1.1). Theorem 4.11: the inequality
If V is a strict plus-operator, then there is a S > 0 such that (4.3)
II Vx112 %611X11,
holds for all x E ,0+ (,W, ). The number
it, (V) (II V112+µ+(V))1/2 + 11 VII
can be taken as S. Let X E .:P + (.Yt', ),
11 x 111 = 1. From the strictness of the plus-operator V
and Corollary 4.5 we conclude that the form [ (V ` V - µ+ (V )I, )x, y], is non-negative in .Y°,, and therefore we obtain from the Cauchy-Bunyakovski inequality for any y E YP, with 11 y I1, = 1 that
I [(V`V-h+(V)I,)x,Y]i1z
II(V`V-µ+(V)Il)xll < (II V112+µ+(V))11 Vx11z (for, if (V` V- µ+ (V)I, )x = 0, this is obvious, and in the opposite case we put
y = J,(V`V-µ+(V)I,)xl 11 (V`V-µ+(V)I,)x11, in the above inequality). On the other hand, II (V`V
-µ+(V)I,)XII' ,> µ+(V)- II
V1111 Vx112
and therefore µ+ (V) - II
VII II Vx112
(11
Vx11z, V112+,U+(V))"211
which is equivalent to the inequality II Vx Ilz
µ+(V) (II V112+µ+(V))12+11 VII
§4 Plus-operators Corollary 4.12:
121
Let V be a strict plus-operator, with J v = 01. Then II Pz Vx 112 > (b1,211 x l11
for any X E .JP+ (.,Yj ).
It suffices to note that, because the vector Vx is non-negative, we have II vx112=IIP2+Vxll2+IIPz vx112<211Pz vx112,
and we then use the inequality (4.3). From Corollary 4.5 and Theorem 4.11 we obtain directly Corollary 4.13:
A continuous strict plus-operator V maps every non-negative
(positive, uniformly positive) lineal ? (C.J"i) homeomorphically on to a .
non-negative (positive, uniformly positive) lineal V-W(C.Y(2).
One of the trivial consequences of Theorem 4.11 is the fact that Ker V is a negative subspace. It turns out that a more exact assertion is also true: 4.14 If V is a strict plus-operator and 9 v = Yep, then the subspace Ker V is uniformly negative.
Since the form [ (V c V- µ+ (V )I, )x, y] is non-negative, we obtain from the Cauchy-Bunyakovski inequality that, when x E Ker V and y = Jlx, [(Vcv-µ+(V)IJ)x,y],12=µ+(V)(x,x)i I
-µ+(V)[x,x]I Il (VcV - t +(V)Ii)ll (x,x)i Hence, if V` V = µ+ (V)I1, then Ker V= (B}, and in the opposite case
- [x, X],
11 VcV_ µ '(
V)111
II X 1I
i
,
which proves our assertion.
Let T be an arbitrary linear operator acting from a Ji-space 'Yj into a J2-space W2 and let Pi -q T C 9r, or, what is equivalent, P1 Jr C 9 T. Then the operator T can be represented in the form of a matrix (4.4)
T= 11 Tii 11;.i= 1,
where
T11=P2TP1 IWi,
T12=P2+ TP1_ I-Wi,
T21 = Pi TPi
T22 = Pi TPi
l
.
,
1 ,-WI
.
We note that in the case when the J,-space .,Yi coincides with the J2-space .W'2, i.e., ., = 1(2, Ji = J2, the matrix (4.4) coincides with the matrix (2.1).
Theorem 4.15: Let V be a strict plus-operator and .c1 v = Y1. Then for all -WE .1I1+ . 1) the deficiency def V2 = dim WZ TPi VP is the same. 1
Let Y E .,tl+ and let K be the angular operator of the subspace Y. By
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
122
formula (4.4) the matrix II Vi; II j j=, corresponds to the operator V. Therefore
VIP= ((V1 1 + V12K)xt +(V21+ V22K)xi I xi E Pi) and
P2 V9= ((V11 + V12K)xi I xi E.Wi ), P2 V!= (V11 + V12K).
i.
(4.5)
By Corollary 4.12 we have II(V11+V12K)xi 112
X1+ +Kxi III
(,6/2IIx; 11 1)
and therefore
Ker(V11+V12K)=(B),
(4.6)
and moreover the norms of the operators (V11 + V12K)-1 (see (3.1)) are uniformly bounded with respect to K E ' (=. i ( i , (4.7) < .2/5. It follows from formula (4.5) that the deficiency of V/ coincides with the V12K)(- 1) II
II (V11 +
co-dimension of the subspace (V11 + V12K).Y1+ in,7t . Let Ko be the angular operator of the subspace Yo E Jt (i'1), and let K be an angular operator such that II K- Ko II < (5/,2) II V12 II . Then, from the from the fact that (Iz + V12(K- Ko)(V11 +
(V11 +
V12Ko)(-1))(V11 + V12K0)-01
and V12Ko)(-1)
II V12(K- Ko)(V11 +
II < 1,
we obtain that the dimensions of the subspaces ((V11 + V12K).4i )1 (1 .W'
and
((V11 + V12Ko)
1)1n
2
coincide, i.e., the deficiencies of the subspaces VMo and V2 coincide. By virtue
of the linear connectivity of the operator ball the validity of the theorem follows.
The theorem just proved justifies the introduction of the following
Definition 4.16: The number 6,(V)=dim . z IP2 VV (9E ../l+ (.'Y, ))
is
called the plus-deficiency of a strict continuous plus-operator V with 1'v=.W1.
We now introduce a criterion for the double strictness of a strict plusoperator. Theorem 4.17:
The following assertions for a strict-operator are equivalent:
a) V is doubly strict; b) the subspace VI'o E -it' (.W2) for at least one go E . //+ (,;V,);
§4 Plus-operators
123
c) VIE ,!/+(J1'2) for any
d) for at least one angular operator
Ko E Yl i the operator (V11 + V12Ko)-' exists and is defined on the whole of .YPz ; e) for any angular operators K E J 1 the operator (V11 + V12K)-' exists and is defined on the whole of W2+.
We notice at once that from (4.5) and (4.6) the implications b) a d) and
c) a e) follow immediately. Further, c) a b) since, by Theorem 4.15, the plus-deficiency S+ ( V) does not depend on the choice of Y E -//+. It is therefore sufficient for us to prove a) d) and c) - a). a)
d). It follows from Proposition 4.10 that V* = I I (V*)ij I I 4 j = I
((V*)ij = Vji, l,) = 1, 2)
is a strict plus-operator whenever V is, and therefore from formula (4.6) written for V* with K = 0, (i.e., 2 = .Y'I) we have Ker Vi, I W2 = (B1
and
, 7vt, =,ivt,.
Comparing these relations with (4.6) we conclude that the operator V,1 is continuously invertible on the whole of .02, i.e., d) holds when KO = 0. It can be verified immediately that in this case (V) II V-1 II2 <1-inf,I1
V21V11xi 112 Il xz
112
and therefore µ+/z (V) V,,11' is a contraction. c)
a). First of all we prove that V' is a plus-operator. If this were not so,
there would be a vector (0 ?6 ) xo E .sA+(,H'2) such that V'xo E .Y'- - (.Y11). Let Q
be the angular operator of any maximal negative subspace containing V`xo.
Then K(= Q*) is the angular operator of a maximal positive subspace Ji-orthogonal
Theorem 1.8.11). to V`xo (see Consequently Vcxo [1] (Pi + K),Y"1+ therefore xo [1] V(Pt + K)it" , i.e., and (.Y"z)) is J2-orthogonal to the maximal positive subspace
V(P; + K).Y°; (see Corollary 4.13)-we have obtained a contradiction; so V` is a plus-operator. We verify that V` is a strict plus-operator. In the opposite case v C ,0 + (.Yt'1), and since Ker V = i V J (see 1.12) and since by 4.14 Ker V is a uniformly negative subspace, it follows from Proposition 1.7.4, Corollary 1.7.17, and Proposition 1.1.25 that y, is a maximal uniformly positive subspace (with an angular operator K' E it' = X + ( z , .W'z) with 2 into K' II < 1). The operator V' acts from ,z =.YPz Wi and has, as is easily verified, the matrix representation i = JYi (
Vc= II(V`)ijlI .j=1, where (V`)ii= V1*1 (i= 1,2), and (V`)ij = - Vji(i j). Since
V`.YYz CJfv,,
so
-V2=K'Vi'1 and
V22 =-K'V2*1.
124
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
Hence, we have
inf{[V`x,V`x],IXEJ°++(Jr2)}>1-IIK 112inf{IIV`xll1 xECO'++( 2)}. [ x, x1 2 2 Ilxll2 To show that the operator V` is strict it suffices to show that the quantity on
the right-hand side is positive. To do this we note that it follows from the strictness of the operator V and from Corollary 4.13 that the angular operator of the subspace V.Wi , which coincides with V21 VT I', has a norm less than 1, and therefore 11 V,*1 ' V2*1 11 is also < 1. Therefore (see Proposition 1.8.7)
11xE.9++(e2)} )inf{II I`xz2+Kxz
inf{II
11211
X2 EX2+ ' KEW }
IIxII
inf{IPA V2iiX21IKx2)I1 1Ix2E W2 , KE Y2 2
inf{II(Vi1 II 2*,K)x2 11, x2E X2+ 1172
1
> o.
' 211 V*-' 112(>i 011 V*-' V21 11j)
Definition 4.18: A continuous (J1, J2)-non-contractive operator V with 1'v = W1 is said to be a (J,, J2)-bi-non-contractive operator if V` is a (J1, J2 )-non-contractive operator.
It follows directly from this definition that a (J1, J2)-bi-non-contractive operator is a doubly strict plus-operator. However, not every doubly strict plus-operator is a (J1, J2)-bi-non-contractive operator; as an example we may take the operator "P;, which is a doubly strict operator in the J,-space .'1. The following theorem describes all (J1, J2)-bi-non-contractive operators. For a continuous (J1, J2)-non-contractive operator V with J'v = W1 to be a (J,, J2)-bi-non-contractive operator it is necessary and
Theorem 4.19:
sufficient that it be a doubly strict plus-operator. Necessity: As already noted, this is trivial. Sufficiency: We consider the space 'Yi _ -Y2 @,W1
(4.9)
and we introduce into it a Hilbert metric and an indefinite J1-metric given respectively by the formulae (<X2, x1),
[(X2,x1), where x;, y; E J; (i = 1, 2).
(4.10) (4.11)
§4 Plus-operators
125
It can be verified directly that the Jr-metric is generated by the operator
Jr = J2 Q+ - J1
(4.12)
and that this operator is a selfadjoint involution, and the canonical decomposition of WP is defined be the formulae .or = .-Wr Q+ .mar ,
r =f Q+ 'WIT .
(4.13)
Moreover, it is easy to see from formula (4.11) that if T is an operator densely defined in .Yl and mapping into .2 then the Jr-orthogonal complement to its graph FT = (< Tx, x) I X E 1T) in Wj coincides with the graph of
the operator T`:
rT1-11 = rT` _ ( I Y E 9r).
(4.14)
It follows from the same formula (4.11) that the graph r v of the operator V is a non-negative subspace. Moreover, it is a maximal non-negative subspace. For if it were not, then by Theorem 1.4.5 there would be a vector (x2, xz) in r which was Ji,-orthogonal to r v, and therefore it would follow from (4.14) that xi = V`x2. But since V is a doubly strict plus-operator, xi = 0. We now
use Proposition 4.14 and obtain xz = 0. Therefore r v E -It' (,Wf ), and so r E -11-(fir) (see (4.14) and Theorem 1.8.11),
i.e., [Y,Y]2- [V`Y, V`YJi 5 0 for all yE.2 Corollary 4.20:
If V is a doubly strict plus-operator with
[Vx,Vx]23µ[x,x]1 forµ>0andallxE
v = ,i and if ,,
then
[V`Y, VCYJ 3µ[Y, Y]2 for all yE.02,
(or (what is the same thing) V ` V - µI1 > 0 implies VV` - µI2 S 0), and therefore
µ+(V`)=µ+(V) and max(0; µ_(V`)) =max(0;µ_(V)). It suffices to note that (1/,µ)V is a (J1, J2)-non-contractive operator and then to use Theorem 4.19. Remark 4.21: We leave the reader to compare Theorems 4.17 and 4.19, and
to compile a set of criteria for a (J1, J2)-non-contractive operator to be a (J,, J2)-bi-non-contractive operator.
3
Here we investigate the interconnection between certain classes of plus-
operators V. As before, we shall assume that V is continuous and that
(v=,1.
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
126
Definition 4.22: A plus-operator V is said to be focusing if there is a constant y > 0 such that [ Vx, Vx]2 > y 11 Vx
11
z
for x E
Definition 4.23: An operator V is said to be uniformly (J,, J2)-expansive if there is a constant S > 0 such that [ Vx, Vx]2 >, [x, x] + S x li ;, i.e. 11
V`V- I, >' 0, and to be uniformly (J,, J2)-bi-expansive if the operator V` has the same property.
Theorem 4.24: alent:
For a plus-operator V the following assertions are equiv-
a) b)
V is collinear with a certain uniformly (J,, J2)-expansive operator; V is a focusing strict plus-operator;
c)
µ+(V)> max[O;µ-(V));
d)
there is a vo > 0 such that V ` V - POI,
0.
a) - b). If V is collinear with a uniformly (Jii, J2)-expansive operator, then V is a strict plus-operator (see Corollary 4.5) and there are numbers a > 0 and 6>0 such that [ Vx, Vx]2 '>a [x, x], + S jj x, j12. Therefore when x E ? + (JY,) we have X112 >
[Vx,
II VxlI2,
VI
i.e., V is a focusing plus-operator. b) c). Let V be a focusing strict plus-operator:
(xE e+(
[VX,Vx]2>, y I t'xlI2 I
i))
If a-( V) < 0, then the implication b) - c) follows from the definition of the strictness of a plus-operator V: µ+ (V) > 0.
Now suppose µ_ (V) > 0. We consider operators
Ve = Sf2 V, where
_ (1 - e)P2 + P2-. For sufficiently small e > 0 and x E taking Definition 4.22 into account, Sf2)
(.Y,) we have,
[ Vex, Vex)2 = [(V- ePi V)x, (V- ePi V)x]2 Vx, Vx]2 + (e2 - 2e) [P2 Vx, P2 Vx]2
(y+e2-2e)II VxIiz '> (y+e2-2c)II VexII2, and therefore Ve is a focusing plus-operator. Since [ Vex, Vex]
[ Vx, Vx]2 we
have µ-(V) <µ-(Ve)
(1 - e)2 [ Vx, Vx]2
e2 - 2e < 0 for sufficiently µ+(VE) < (1 - 02A+ (V) < µ+(V). (since
small
e > 0),
and
therefore
§4 Plus-operators
127
c) - d). Suppose the contrary: µ+ (V) > max (0; µ_ (V)) but nevertheless there is no v > 0 such that V`V- PI, : 0. Let the positive numbers v,, v2, v3 satisfy the following inequalities: µ_ (V) < v1 < P2 < P3 < µ+(V). Then (see Corollary 1.1.36) [ Vx, Vx]2 > v; [x, x] 1 (i = 1, 2, 3). From the premise about V we have that there is a sequence of vectors [xn) C -WI with II xn II = 1 such that [IX,,, VXn]2 - v2[xn, xn]1 = [(V`V- P211)X,,, Xn] I - 0 as n - oo.
Since the operator V*H2 V - v2 J1 is non-negative, we have
(V*J2V-v2J1)xn--'0.
(4.15)
Let (x) be a sub-sequence of the sequence (xn) consisting of semi-definite vectors, for definiteness, let us say of non-negative vectors. Then [(V`V- v211)Xn,Xn71 > [(V`V- v31l)X.,X,]I, and therefore
If
C .?
0.
(4.16)
(V*J2V- vIJ1)x,,-'B.
(4.17)
then similarly we obtain
Comparing the relation (4.15) with the relation (4.16) or (4.17) we obtain
x B-a contradiction. The implication d) > a) follows immediately from the fact that 1/ vo V is a uniformly (Ji, J2)-expansive operator.
C Remark 4.25: In proving the implication c) = d) it was established, essentially, that if V is a strict plus-operator and µ+ (V) > v > max [0; A- (V)J, then there is a S, > 0 such that [ Vx, Vx]2 v [x, x] 1 + S, x 11 ;. Moreover, the converse proposition is true: if [ Vx, Vx] 2 v [x, x+ 1 + x 11 1 for all x E .01 ,
v > 0, then µ+(V) > v > max(0;µ_(V)). For, µ+(v) >, v > µ_(V) by Corollary 1.1.36. We verify that v cannot coincide with µ±(V). Suppose, for example, that µ+ (V) = P. Then, by the definition of the number µ+ (V), there would be a sequence (x) C + ( 1) such that [xn ,xn] 1 = 1 and which i.e., [ Vxn, Vxn]2 - . ( V), [ Vxn, VXn]2 - µ+ (V) [Xn, Xn] 1 -- 0, contradicts the inequality [ VXn, VXn]2 - µ+ ( V) [X,,, xn] 1 , Sv x 1 3 sv [xn, I = 0, > 0. Similarly it can be verified that µ_ (V) # P. Thus for any plus-operator V (including even non-strict ones) 11
11
V, V- v11:0 (max10;µ_(V)) < v <µ+(V)),
(4.18)
and when max10;µ_(V)) ?6 µ+(V)
V`V- vlt
0 (max10;µ_(V)) < v <µ+(V)).
This remark enables us to prove the Proposition.
(4.19)
128
4.26:
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
For a uniformly (J,, J2)-expansive operator V to be a uniformly
(J,, J2)-bi-expansive operator it is necessary and sufficient that V` be a strict plus-operator. The necessity is trivial. The sufficiency follows from the fact that, by
virtue of Remark 4.25, it, (V) > 1 > µ_ (V), and therefore we have, from Corollary 4.20, µ+ ( V`) > 1 > (V`). It remains only to apply Remark 4.25 again. We formulate next a theorem which characterizes the `power' of the set of uniformly (J,, J2)-expansive operators. Theorem 4.27: The set of uniformly (J,, J2)-expansive operators ((J,, J2)bi-expansive operators) is open in the uniform operator topology in the set of
all continuous operators acting from ., into .12, and its closure in this topology coincides with the set of all (J,, J2)-non-contractive operators ((J,, J2)-bi-non-contractive operators). Let V be a uniformly (J,, J2)-expansive operator [Vx, Vx]2 [x, x], + V I I - I V'- V112>0. Then
S11x11i(S>0),andlet V'besuch that 6-211 V'- VII
I
[V'x, V'x]2 = [(V+ V'- V)x, (V+ V'- V)x]2 [Vx,Vx]2-(211 V'- VII 11 VII+11 V'- VII2)11x11 [x,x]I + (s -211 V' - VII II VII + II V' - VII2)I1 x11 2 , i.e., V' is a uniformly (J,, J2)-expansive operator. If, in addition, V were a uniformly (J,, J2)-bi-expansive operator, then by Theorem 4.17 0 E p (V ), and therefore for V' from a sufficiently small neighbourhood of V we have 0 E p (V(, ). It then follows from Theorem 4.17 and Proposition 4.26 that V' is a uniformly (J,, J2)-bi-expansive operator. Since the uniform limit of (J,, J2)-non-contractive operators is a (J,, J2)-
non-contractive operator, the closure of the set of uniformly (J,, J2)expansive operators ((J,, J2)-bi-expansive operators) is embedded in the set of
(J,, J2 )-non-contractive operator (J,, J2)-bi-non-contractive operators). It remains to verify that if V is a (J,, J2)-non-contractive operator ((J,, J2)-binon-contractive operator), then it can be approximated in norm by uniformly (J,, J2)-expansive operators ((J,, J2)-bi-expansive operators). To do this we bring into consideration the operators
IV)=,1+eP; +,1-cP1.
(4.20)
It can be verified immediately that when 0 < e <, 1 the operators IV) are uniformly J,-bi-expansive and when c -, 0 they converge in norm to the unit
operator in,. Since [ VIf')x, VIe'>x]2 Vie')
[Ie')x, If')x] _ [x, x] + e II x 11 i,
are uniformly (J,, J2)-expansive operators ((J,, J2)-bi-expansive
§4 Plus-operators
129
operators) which as c --+ 0 approximate in norm the (J,, J2 )-non-contractive ((J1, J2)-bi-non-contractive) operator V. From Theorems 4.24 and 4.27 follows immediately
The set of focusing strict plus-operators (focusing doubly strict plus-operators) is open in the set of all continuous operators and its closure coincides with set of all strict plus-operators (doubly strict plusCorollary 4.28:
operators). We close this paragraph with the Remark 4.29: Plus-operator and sub-classes of plus-operators acting from the anti-space to . i into the anti-space to k2 will be called (as operators acting from W1 into .W2) minus-operators, and the names of sub-classes will be changed correspondingly (for example, (- Jl, - J2 )-non-contractive operators will be called (J,, J2)-non-expansive). All the propositions given above for plus-operators can be reformulated in a natural way for minusoperators. We leave the reader to do this, and later, in using such propositions, we shall refer back to this Remark 4.29.
4
If V is a continuous plus-operator acting from a Jl-space .i, into a
J2-space 2, with ci v = .1, then the operator V` V acts in 01, and therefore it is proper to ask about the description of its spectrum.
Theorem 4.30: Let V and V` be continuous plus-operators. Then
a(V`V)>0. From (4.18) and Theorem 3.24 it follows that a(V`V) C IR. Let 1, such - a E a(V`V), a > 0. Then there is a sequence C or,, 11 x that
(n-- co).
(4.21)
Without loss of generality we may suppose that the sequences [ [ x,,, x"] 1) [ [ Vx,,, 1)I' converge and have the limits 0, y, i and [ [ V` Vx, V`
and S respectively. From (4.21) we obtain (by mulitplying (V ` V+aI, )x scalarly by J, x,, and taking the limit as n oo) y + a/3 = 0 and (multiplying (V ` V + aI, )x scalarly by J, V` Vx and taking the limit as n -p oo) S + Cry = 0.
The first equality implies -y > 0; for, if R > 0, then y > 0 because V is a plus-operator, and if a < 0, then y > 0 because a > 0 by hypothesis and y = - 0. Now from S + ay = 0 and the fact that V is a plus-operator we conclude that S > 0, i.e., S = -y = 0 and therefore 0 = 0 also. Hence, lim
[(V`V-µ+(V)Il)x,,,x],=y-µ+(V)0=0,
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
130
and therefore (cf. proof of Theorem 3.24) (V c V - µ+ (V )Il )xn -p 0 as n oo. Comparing the last relation with (4.21), we obtain xn - 0-a contradiction. We now suppose that V is a continuous operator acting in a J-space W' with
v=.y'. Theorem 4.31: If V is a uniformly J-expansive operator, then its field of regularity contains the unit circle T = (i 11 i; I = 1). Moreover, V is a uniformly J-bi-expansive operator if and only if T C p(V). Suppose E E 7 and that E is not a point of regular type of the operator V.
Then there is a sequence (x,) C . when n S > 0,
with 11 xn 11 = I such that (V - EI )xn
B
oo. Since V is a uniformly J-expansive operator, we have, for some
((Vxn, Vxn] - (xn, xn]
(xn, (V - SI )xn] + S ((V - U )X., xn]
+ ((V-EI)xn, (V-EI)xn] >s 11 xnlli, and therefore xn - 0 when n oo; a contradiction. Now let V be a uniformly J-bi-expansive operator. From what has just been proved and Theorem 1.16, we conclude that IT C p (V ). Conversely, let V be a uniformly J-expansive operator and let I C p (V ). Since
VV'- I= (V- I)(V` -I)-, (Vcv- 1)(V- I)-'(V` -I), so
V`V- I,>0 Corollary 4.32:
implies W-60.
Let V be a focusing strict plus-operator in a J-space .Y. Then
all E such that max (0, µ _ (V)) < I E < µ+ (V) are points of regular type of the operator V, and they are regular if and only if V is a doubly strict focusing plus-operator.
This assertion follows directly from Theorem 4.24, (4.19), and Theorem 4.31.
Exercises and problems 1
Prove that for every strict plus-operator V there is on c = c( V) > 0 such that for
all plus-operators from an e-neighbourhood (in norm) of the operator V the plus-deficiency is the same (M. Krein and Shmul'yan [2] ). 2
Prove that if
V1, VZ are strict plus-operators and S+ (V,) = S. (V2) (M. Krein and Shmul'yan [2] ).
V, - V2 E v'm, then
§4 Plus-operators
131
3
Verify that if V is a strict plus-operator acting from a J,-space .W'i into a J2-space .W2, then Pz V also is a strict plus-operator. Hint: Use the fact [Pz Vx, Pz Vx]z > [Vx, Vx]z.
4
Prove that if V is a J-non-contractive continuous operator acting in a Krein space .Ye and 1P v =.Ye, then the disc 1 = (X II X II < 1) belongs to the field of regularity of
the operator V,,, D C if and only if V is a J-bi-non-contractive operator (M. Krein and Shmul'yan [21). Hint: Use (4.8) and Theorem 4.17. 5
Prove that the conditions a)-e) in Theorem 4.17 are equivalent to the condition f ) 00ap(V*,). Hint: Use Exercise 4.
6
Let .;V = Y+ O+ .JP- be a J-space, dim Y = dim .-W+, and let V be a semi-unitary
operator mapping .# into .N". Verify that V is a strict, but not a doubly strict, plus-operator. Hint: Use Theorem 4.17. 7
Prove that a continuous (J,, J2)-non-contractive operator V is (J,, Jz)-bi-noncontractive if and only if its graph Fv is a maximal non-negative subspace in the Jf-space ,Yr (4.5) (cf. Rintsner [4] ). Hint: Compare (4.14) with Theorem 1.8.11.
8 A plus-operator V is said to be stable if all operators from a certain neighbourhood of it are plus-operators. Prove that assertions a)-d) of Theorem 4.24 are equivalent to the stability of the plus-operator V (M. Krein and Shmul'yan [5] ). 9
Let V= II V;;II?;=1 be a continuous uniformly (J,, Jz)-expansive operator, with 9 v = .YPj. Prove that the operator will be uniformly (J,, J2)-bi-expansive if and only if 0¢ap(V1*1 ).
Hint. cf. Exercise 5 and Proposition 4.26. 10
Prove that the set of all continuous strict plus-operators acting in a J-space J ' forms a subgroup and that µ+(T, T2) > µ+(TI)A+ (T2) > µ_ (T, T2) (M. Krein and Shmul'yan [5] ).
11
Prove that if T, and T2 are strict plus-operators in a J-space .,Y, then 6+ (Ti T2) = 6+ (T,) + 6+ (T2), where, we recall, 6+ (T) is the plus-deficiency of the
operator T (see Theorem 4.15) (M. Krein and Shmul'yan [2] ). 12
Prove that every strict plus-operator in the space II. is doubly strict (Ginzburg [2)).
Hint: Cf. Exercises 4 and 5, using the fact that II, is finite-dimensional. 13
Let V be a (J,, Jz)-non-contractive operator acting from a Pontryagin space H into a Pontryagin space II, , with x = x', and It v = Ih. Then V is a continuous operator (cf. I. lokhvidov [17]). Hint: Verify that the operator V satisfies the conditions of Corollary 4.8.
14
Give an example showing that the condition x = x' in Exercise 13 is essential (Azizov).
15
Let V be a J-non-contractive operator, let .'+ C .,P+, 20+ = M'+
nY[li,
and
dim S'0 < oo. Then V1'+ = Y'+ implies V!'0 = T°+ (Azizov).
Hint: First verify that f°+ C VP°++, and then use the fact that t'0+
is finite-
dimensional. 16
Let .Yy = .Yr+ (D .%(- be a J-space,
-Y.
being separable infinite-dimensional spaces
132
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric with orthonormalized bases (e, )m. (e; )mm respectively. Verify that the linear operator V defined on the basis as follows
Vei =e+ ,, i=0, ± 1,...i
Ve; =e+i,
i= -1, -2,...i
Veo =B
is a J-bi-non-contractive operator and
Y+=CLin[(e,'+ei )0-
(earn E,u+
V'++2'+,
but nevertheless VYO+ ie 2'0++, where Y0+ = 2+ n 2+11 (cf. Problem 15) (Azizov). 17
Prove that if V is a (Ji, J2)-non-contractive operator with J v = .#, and if [Vxo, Vxo] = [xo, xo] for some xo, then [ Vxo, Vy] = [xo, y] for all y E 9 v, and therefore Vxo E V p and V c Vx0 = xo, i.e., xo E Ker(V ` V - I,) (Azizov).
Hint: Use the fact that the graph r v = ( ( Vx, X) I x E / v) is non-negative in the Jr-metric (4.11) and that the vector ( Vxo, xo) (EI'v) is isotropic in it. 18
If V is a J-bi-contractive operator, then a,(V) fl T = 0 (cf. Corollary 2.17) (E. lokhvidov [1]). Hint: Use the result of Exercise 17 applied to the operator V`.
19
Let V be a J-non-contractive operator acting in a J-space Y with / v = W. Prove that Ker (V - EI) C Ker(V` - 41) when E E T; in particular, if V is a J-bi-noncontractive operator and t E T, then Ker (V - EI) = Ker( V` - EI ), and therefore 4 v- t, = . when E o ap( V) (Azizov). Hint: Use Exercise 17.
20
Let V be a J-bi-non-contractive operator, Yo the neutral subspace, and Vxo = Yo. Prove that the operator V induced by the operator V in the )-space .h° _ YY 1 /2'o is J-bi-non-contractive (Azizov). Hint: Use Exercise 17 and Theorem 1.17.
21
Let V be a J-non-contractive operator with f/ v = . , and let Y C Ax(V) fl Ker (V` V- I) and V2' c .T. Prove that Y [1] Y (V) when kµ ;d I (Azizov).
Hint: As in Exercise 8 on § 1, use induction with respect to the parameter p + q, where p, q are the least non-negative integers for which the equalities
(V- XI)Px=B, (V-µI)Qy=B hold for xE', yEY,,(V). 22
Prove that if for an arbitrary J-non-contractive operator V we have Vx = Xx,
Vy=µy and IXI=IAI=1, kite, then [y,x]=0. Hint: Use the result of Exercise 17. 23
Prove that if V is a W-non-contractive operator ( W-non-expansive operator) and Vxo = kxo, Vx, = kx, + x0 when I X = 1, then x0 [1] Ker( V - XI) (cf. Exercise 11 on §2). Hint: Use the fact that [Vx, Vx] - [x, x] is non-negative (non-positive) on l v.
24
Prove that for a a-non-contractive operator V all the root subspaces 2',,(V) (I X I = 1), with the exception of not more than x of them, are negative eigensubspaces (cf. Corollary 2.28) (Azizov). Hint: Use the results of Exercise 22 and 23.
25 A a-non-contractive operator V in a separable space H. can have no more than a countable set of different eigenvalues on the circle T (Azizov, cf. I. lokhvidov [1] ). Hint: Use the results of Exercises 22 and 24. 26
Let ,Yi (i = 1,2) be Ji-spaces. A continuous operator V.-,W - . Z with s v = 01 is called a B-plus-operator if [x, x], > 0, x ;d 6 - [ Vx, VX] > 0. It is clear that V is a
plus-operator. Prove that in the case when .W' = II, every B-plus-operator is a strict plus-operator, but the converse assertion if false ([XVI] ).
§5 Isometric, semi-unitary, and unitary operators
133
27
Verify that in the first assertion of Exercise 26 the condition .YY1 =1I. is essential. Hint: In a J-space which is not a Pontryagin space consider an orthoprojector on to an improper maximal positive subspace and use Proposition 4.14 and Theorem 1.8.11.
28
It is clear that every uniformly (J,, J2)-expansive operator is a B-plus operator. Construct an example showing that even if YP1 = YP2 = rik the converse of this assertion is false.
29
Suppose that V is a B-plus-operator and V` a plus-operator. Show that V` is also a B-plus-operator. In particular (cf. Exercise 12), when W, =.'Y2 = II,,, for every B-plus-operator V the operator V` is also a B-plus-operator.
Hint: Consider an arbitrary FE .,//+ (.)l"2); prove that the subspace (VF)1' negative, and use Theorem I 1.19 (cf. [XVI] ). 30
is
Prove that for a plus-operator V with V('O + (.Y'1) n iv) n p °wY2) ;e 0 it is always true that 31 v C ?+ (.W'2) (Brodskiy [ 1 ] ).
31
Prove that under the conditions of Theorems 4.6 it follows from
-P+,(, r,) n Ker V = 0, 9 v J Wi and the fact that the operator V (see (4.4)) is bounded and V11Jrf t =,,Y2' that V is bounded (Brodskiy [1], cf. I. Iokhvidov [17]). 32
Verify that in a J-space .# = X+ Q+ Y' with dim .R'+ = co the operator V11
V= 11
0
01 1
1-
I
is a strict plus-operator, where V is a semi-unitary operator with V,. + ;d but V` is not even a plus-operator (I. Iokhvidov [XVII]). , - .02 be a strict minus-operator. Then Ker Pi VP; I .Jt"i = [0), and Let V: when 9 v = Ye, the equality .*p2 VP, _ Ye2 is equivalent to the minus-operator V being doubly strict (cf. Ginzburg [2] ). Hint: In proving the first assertion, use the results of Exercise 3 and the equality (4.3), and in proving the second, use Exercise 7 on §1 and Theorem 4.17. The Remark 4.29 has also to be taken into account. Ye+,
33
34
Let
V. .Y 1 -y .02 be a (J,, J2)-bi-non-expansive operator, let 2';(C J';) be
uniformly positive subspaces, W; be the Gram operators of the subspaces TI-L" and let P; be the J;-orthogonal projectors on to Y1J (i = 1,2). Then P2 VP1 I-V[l" is a (W,, W2)-bi-non-expansive operator (Azizov). Hint: Without loss of generality assume that Y; C . Y, (i = 1, 2). Write Vin matrix form relative to the decompositions .0, _ Y, [+] Y[", 2 = M'2 [+] Y?] and calculate the matrices V*J2V(,< J,), VJ, V* (,< J2).
§5. Isometric, semi-unitary, and unitary operators Definition 5.1: A linear operator U acting from a W,-space lei into a W2-space '2 is said to be
I
1) (W,, W2)-isometric if [Ux, Ux]2 = [x, x], when x E iu; 2) (W,, W2)-semi-unitary if it is (W,, W2)-isometric and 9u=7r,; 3) (W,, W2)-unitary if it is (W,, W2)-semi-unitary and Mu = .)2.
In particular, if W, = I, and W2 = 12, then 5.1 is the definition of (ordinary) isometric, semi-unitary, and unitary operators.
134
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
From Definition 5.1 it can also be seen that an arbitrary operator U mapping
a neutral lineal cu into a neutral lineal 11u can serve as an example of a (WI, W2)-isometric operator. Therefore, in contrast to (Hilbert) isometric operators, (WI, W2)-isometric operators in infinite-dimensional spaces can be
unbounded and can have a non-trivial kernel. It is clear that U is a (WI, W2)-isometric operator (respectively a (J1, J2)-unitary operator) if and
only if it is simultaneously a (WI, W2)-non-contractive operator and a (WI, W2 )-non-expansive operator (respectively a (JI, J2)-bi-non-contractive operator and a (JI, J2)-bi-non-expansive operator), and for such operators the corresponding propositions in §4 hold. 5.2 In order that a linear operator V with an indefinite domain of definition should be collinear with some (WI, W2)-isometric operator U, i.e., V= XU (X * 0), it is necessary and sufficient that V should be a plus-operator and a strict minus-operator (or a minus-operator and a strict plus operator) simultaneously.
The necessity is trivial. Now suppose, for example, that V is a plusoperator and a strict minus-operator. Then (see Theorem 4.3) there are constants a > 0 and 0 > 0 such that [ Vx, Vx]2 > a [x, x] I and - [Vx, Vx]2 > -/3[x, x]I when xE qv, and therefore (a -0)[x, x] I < 0. Since _q v is indefinite (by hypothesis), a = (3 > 0, and U = (1 /f) V is a (WI, W2)-isometric operator. Later we shall use the following simple proposition, which follows immediately from the polarization formula (see Exercise 1 on 1 §1). 5.3 For an operator U to be ( W1, W2)-isometric it is necessary and sufficient that [ Ux, Uy12 = [x, y] I for all w, y E c1u.
Remark 5.4: It follows form Proposition 5.3 that if x, y E 9u, then [ x [1] y] a [ Ux [1] Uy], and therefore a lineal Y(C 9u) is isotropic in CAu if and only if U2 is isotropic in 9?u. The possibility was mentioned above of a (WI, W2)-isometric operator with
a neutral domain of definition being unbounded. It turns out that the last condition is not essential; there are even (JI, J2)-semi-unitary unbounded operators.
Example 5.5: Let e _ O+ 0 .e- be an infinite-dimensional J-space with infinite-dimensional let be a maximal dual pair of semi-definite subspaces of the classes h + respectively (see Exercise 4 on § 1.10), let go = + n 9- with dim Yo = 1, and let 9± _ Yo + 2+, where 2'+ are
definite lineals dense in 9+. Then relative to the scalar product ± [x, y] (x, y E `+) the lineals 2+ are Hilbert spaces (see Definition 1.5.9 and Propositions 1.1.23). Therefore there are isometric operators U+ mapping on to r+. We now define an operator U on elements x = x+ + x-, x` E ./%-, by the formula U(x+ + x-) = U+x+ + U-x-. It is easy to see that .W+
this is a J-semi-unitary operator, and that the image of the subspace V+ is the
§5 Isometric, semi-unitary, and unitary operators
135
lineal '+ (not closed in ,Y). From Proposition 5.2 and Corollary 4.13 we conclude that U is an unbounded operator. In this example a sufficient condition for the operator U to be unbounded turned out to be that U.+ was not closed. It turns out that a condition of this sort is also necessary. Theorem 5.6: Let U be a (J1, J2)-semi-unitary operator. Then the following conditions are equivalent.
a) U is a continuous operator; b) U.W' are subspaces; c) 9?u is a subspace.
a) - b) follows immediately from Proposition 5.2 and Corollary 4.13. b) - c) we verify that UM it are uniformly definite subspaces. To do this it
is sufficient (see Proposition 1.5.6) to prove that the subspace U.W' are complete relative to the intrinsic norm I [ Ux, Ux]z 11,2 (x E . i ). But the latter follows immediately from the facts that .ei are Hilbert spaces with the scalar products ± [x, y] 1, and ± [ Ux, Uy] z in . Wl , and U I . i are isometric
operators. Thus U!Pi are uniformly definite subspaces. It only remains to apply Theorem 1.5.7.
c) - a). Since [ Ux, Uy]z = [x, y] 1 for all x, y E M, and M1 is not degenerate, Ker U= (0). Therefore the operator U-1 exists. It follows from the same relation that the fact that U is a (J1, J2)-semi-unitary operator is equivalent to the inclusion. (5.1) U-' C U` Therefore U-1 admits closure and it is defined on the subspace Mu, i.e., U-1
is a continuous operator. Hence if follows by Banach's theorem that U is continuous. Remark 5.7. Essentially it is proved in the implications a) - b) - c) that U.1± and U.Y( are regular subspaces. Corollary 5.8:
Every (J1, J2)-unitary operator is bounded.
Remark 5.9: If . i are Gi-spaces, i.e. 0 ¢ op(Gi) (i = 1, 2), then the relation (5.1) also holds for (G1, G2)-semi-unitary operators, and therefore if Ru is a subspace, then U-1 and U are bounded operators. In particular, all (G1, G2)unitary operators are bounded, and the condition that Ube a (G1, G2)-unitary operator can be rewritten in the form
U-' = U` (= Gi 1U*G2),
Iu= .01,
u=.(z.
(5.2)
2E Now let ,Yi be Ji-spaces, i = 1, 2, and let U = II Ui; II;; - 1 be the matrix representation of a (J1, J2)-semi-unitary (J1, J2)-bi-non-contractive operator.
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
136
By Remark 4.21 and Theorem 4.17 the operator U11 is continuously invertible on the whole of ez, and U21 U11' (=- r) is the angular operator of the uniformly positive subspace U.Yi , and therefore II IF < 1. We bring into consideration the operator z
U(r) =11 U(r )ii 11 i.i=1 = I l r
(I2 -
r*r) - v2
(I2 -
r* (12+ -
r*r) - 1/2
rr*)- 1/2
(12 - rr*)-1/2
I I
(5.3)
operating in the space .J'2 = M2+ c Mj . Using Formula (5.2) it can be verified immediately that U(F) is a J2-unitary
operator, and it follows from 3.21 after a straightforward verification that U(I') is a uniformly positive operator. By the construction of U(F) we have that V = U(r) -' U is a (J1, J2)-semi-unitary (J,, J2)-bi-non-contractive operator, mapping i into Jez , and therefore (see Remark 5.4) also ,fj into z
So V has the matrix representation V = II Vii II?I=1, where V,,: is unitary, Vzz: I -i is a semi-unitary operator, and V12 = 0,
V21 = 0.
Conversely, let Y+ be an arbitrary maximal uniformly positive subspace in -Y2 and let r be its angular operator. We introduce the J2-unitary operator U(F) in accordance with formula (5.3). Let dim Yi = dim Mz , dim I < dim . z , and V,,: e, M2 be unitary, V22: . I Wz a semi-unitary operator, and V21 = 0, V12 = 0. Then V= Vii 11 i J=1 is simultaneously a semi-unitary operator and a (J1, J2)-semi-unitary operator, and U= U(P) V is a (J,, J2)-semi-unitary (J,, J2)-bi-non-contractive operator, mapping l into the given space T+ C'2. We summarize the above argument:
Theorem 5.10:
A one-to-one correspondence has been established between
all triples of operators (r, VI1, V22), where r: w2 contraction, Vi,:. ; - .02+ is a unitary operator, V22:
z
is a uniform
i - .)"
a semi-
unitary operator, and all (J1, J2)-semi-unitary (J,, J2)-bi-non-contractive operators: (r, VI1, V22)
U= U(r)V,
where U(F) is constructed according to formula (5.3), and V= II Viil1?i=,,
V21 =0, V,2=0;
U- (r; V,,, V22), where r = Uz, UI,', V ,
V22 = Pz U(r) ' UPI I . I .
Corollary 5.11: Under the conditions of Theorems 5.10 the operator U is (J,, J2)-unitary if and only if V22 is a unitary operator. Corollary 5.12: If U= II Uii 1I?i=I is a (J,, J2)-semi-unitary (JI, J2)-bi-noncontractive operator, then U21 E .9 - U,2 E 99.
§5 Isometric, semi-unitary, and unitary operators
137
This follows from the implication
9- 0 rE9.4*r*E.91'.- U21EY.. If U = U(r) V is a J-unitary operator and if r E .91,,, then
Corollary 5.13:
C\T C AM. Since
Iz -(12
rE,St ,
-r*r)-ins
IZ - (Iz - rr*)- 112 E .gym,
and therefore U- V E 9,,. Since V is a unitary operator, it only remains to use Theorem 2.11, taking into account that the spectrum of a unitary operator lies on the unit circle.
Remark 5.14: In §§4 and 5 we have not so far investigated the spectral properties of J-non-contractive and J-isometric operators, since later, in §6, we shall establish, by means of the Cayley-Nayman transformation, a connection
between the classes of operators and the classes of J-dissipative and Jsymmetric operators respectively, and, in so doing, a connection between their spectral properties.
3
In this paragraph we introduce and describe a special class of J-unitary
operators, namely, stable J-unitary operators. This description is obtained as a consequence of a more general result.
Definition 5.15: A J-unitary operator U acting in a J-space W is said to be stable if 11 U" 11
<, c
We notice at once that if follows from Formulae (5.2) and (1.2) that U-"
11 U*" 11
= 11 U" 11,
and therefore for a stable U we also have
U-"H
Definition 5.16: A group W
.
U) is said to be amenable if on the space
B( 41) of bounded complex-valued functions on U there is an invariant mean i.e., a linear continuous function f w having the properties a) f,,,(1) = 1;
b) fy,(,p) 3 0 when p E B(P1) and cp(U) > 0 for arbitrary UE c) fyl(,p(U )) = fl(,,( U)) = f#(w) for any U E ((. It follows at once from properties a) and b) that for real functions 'P E B( X11) the inequalities inf(p(U) I UE R1) < fy,(wp) 5 sup(,p(U) I UE 411
hold.
(5.4)
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
138
Remark 5.17: Examples of amenable groups are (see, e.g., [XII] ):
a) soluble groups and, in particular, commutative groups b) compact groups and, in particular, bounded groups of operators in a finite-dimensional space, etc. Theorem 5.18: An amenable group ?/ = (U) of J-unitary operators is bounded (in norm) if and only if there is a dual pair (Y+, 2-) of maximal uniformly definite subspaces invariant relative to W, i.e., U2+ C Y+ for all UE W.
Let W be a bounded amenable group, II U II < c < oo when U E Qi. We consider a function ,px,y: U - (Ux, Uy) (x, U E , , U E 9!). This function is bounded on W: I ox,y (U) I = I (Ux, Uy) I < c2 II x II II y II, and therefore it goes into the domain of definition of the invariant mean f v,. It is easy to see that the function (x, y) f-vl (SoX,y) _ (x, y) I is a non-negative sesquilinear form on '. From formula (5.4) we obtain 2
II x
11 2
< inf Iwo,(U) I UE I'?/] <, (x, x)1 5 sup((U) I UE Qi)
c2
x11
i.e., (x, y)1 is a scalar product equivalent to the original scalar product in the sense of the norms generated by them. By property c) of the invariant mean we have (Ux, Uy)1= f*,(,py( . U)) = f,,,(' ,) = (x, y) 1, (x, y) 1, i.e. the group Uis a group of unitary operators in the new scalar product (x, y) 1. Since (x, y)1 = (Wx, y), where W is uniformly positive, ( W"I'2UW-112) is a
group of unitary operators (in the original scalar product), and moreover W lc2
G=
UW-1,2
W- lie
comments for any U E W with the bounded operator which is self-adjoint and continuously invertible
JW- 1,2,
(O E p (G)).
Consequently the spectral subspaces 2+, k- of the operator G corresponding to its positive and negative spectrum respectively are invariant relative to UW-1,2,
and therefore the subspaces q± = W 122. are and all U E W. Since 9+ is orthogonal to 0, it is immediately verifiable that 2+ is J-orthogonal to 2-, 91+ O+ and from the continuous invertibility of W- 1/2 we have . = ¶+ [+]2-. Moreover, since 1F are definite subspaces in the G-metric, ' are definite subspaces in the J-metric. From Corollary 1.7.17 it follows that 2+- are the operators W1 "2 invariant relative to
uniformly definite subspaces. Thus the first part of the theorem has been proved. Now suppose that a set Q! _ (U) of J-unitary operators (it need not even be assumed that )?/ is a group) has a general invariant dual pair of maximal
uniformly definite subspaces (Y+, Y-), i.e., U22 ± C Y ± (U E ?!). Then .0 = 91+ [+] 2 . We introduce in W a new scalar product, equivalent to the original one (see Theorem 1.7.19)
(x,y)1 = [x+, y+] - [x-, y-], where x = x+ + x-, y = y+ + y-, x+, y± E
_T±.
§5 Isometric, semi-unitary, and unitary operators
139
Relative to this scalar product every operator U E R% is unitary. Therefore, if ' is bounded. mii x I I - 1 1x1 1 , 5 M II x II, then II U II < M/m, i.e., the set Remark 5.19: In proving Theorem 5.18 it has been established that a bounded amenable group W = (U} of operators U (we did not use the fact that they are J-unitary) is similar to the group of unitary operators W1"2 UW-1i2,
and therefore the spectrum of each of these operators is unitary, i.e., a(U) C T.
Corollary 5.20: A J-unitary operator U has an invariant dual pair of uniformly definite subspaces if and only if it is stable. This follows immediately from Theorem 5.18 taking into account that the
group generated by a J-unitary operator is commutative and therefore (see Remark 5.17) amenable.
Definition 5.21: A continuous operator T acting in a Krein space M is said to
be normally decomposable if its spectrum a(T) can be split into two non-intersecting spectral sets a(T) = al (T) U a2 (T) such that the subspaces PQ,(T).
and P°,(T°, invariant relative to T (see Theorem 2.20), are
uniformly definite.
Definition 5.22: A stable J-unitary operator is said to be strongly stable if all J-unitary operators from a certain neighbourhood of it are stable. The following theorem links the concepts of normal decomposability for J-unitary operators with strong stability. Theorem 5.23: decomposable.
A J-unitary operator stable if and only if it is normally
Suppose a J-unitary operator U is strongly stable. By Theorem 5.18 and Theorem 1.7.19 we may assume without loss of generality that U± and therefore U is simultaneously also a (Hilbert) unitary operator. We verify that a(U I ,o+) fl a(U I -) = 0. We assume the contrary, and let o E a(U I '+) n o r (U I 4e- ), and let (e'', e`"2) be an open arc of the unit circle containing the point to = e`"°: 0 < cp, < coo < IP2 < 2a. Let E, denote the spectral function of the unitary operator U. We define an operator
U".":: U",", I (E":-E") =toII (E",-Ejp,)
,
and
UP, =I
It follows from the construction of U" , that it is simultaneously unitary and J-unitary, that (E,, - E",).W is invariant relative to U", and that, having
140
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
chosen the length of the arc (e 1, a"z) suitably, we can make the operator U,,, 0,
arbitrarily close in norm to the operator U. Since U.W± = .
+-
,
(EIP2 - EwN)9 _ (E1vz - E,,)'J+ G) (EIPz - E10-
and therefore (E,, - E,,,).' is a Krein J-space, where J = J I (Eu,, - E,,) .N'. To complete the proof of this part of the theorem it suffices to show that in any neighbourhood of the J-unitary operator toI we can find unstable J-unitary operators. For example, the operators to U(I' ), where U(I') is defined by the
formula (5.3) and r ;4 0 will be unstable J-unstable J-unitary operators. Indeed, the operator U(F) is uniformly positive, U(IF) ;d 1, and therefore the spectrum of U(F) contains at least one point (0< ) Xo qd 1, and then XoEo E a(to U(F )) and I Xol o I ;e 1. Hence, it follows (see Remark 5.19) that
to U(I') is not a stable operator. By choosing the norm of the operator r sufficiently small, we can ensure that the operators toU(r) are sufficiently close to EoI.
Now let
a
J-unitary operator U be normally decomposable, i.e.,
o(U) = o, Uo2, 01 n0`2 = 0, and the subspaces '+ = P,,,.-,Y and '_ = P,,.( are uniformly positive and uniformly negative respectively. Since Uq'+ = Y+, so (cf. 1.11 with Formula (5.2)) U2+1I = -+11, and therefore [2'+, 2'+1]) is a dual pair (invariant relative to U) of uniformly definite subspaces. By Corollary 5.20 the operator U is stable. Therefore (see Remark (5.19)) its spectrum is unitary, i.e., o(U) C T. Just as in Corollary 3.12 it can be verified that P and
Pa, are J-selfadjoint projectors. Let P, and I'2 be corresponding nonintersecting contours, symmetric relative to the unit-circle, which surround a, and o2. Then (see, e.g., [VI]) for perturbations Vf, sufficiently small in norm, of the operator U the spectrum of the operator V = U + Ve will also be divided into two non-intersecting sets of and oZ surrounding F1 and F2 respectively. Moreover, if V is a J-unitary operator, then Pa; are J-selfadjoint projectors,
sufficiently close in norm (because of the closeness of V and U) to the projectors PQ; (i = 1, 2), and therefore (see Problem 10 on §3) they are, together with the latter, projectors on to uniformly definite subspaces. It follows from Corollary 5.20 that V is a stable operator, and therefore U is a strongly stable operator.
In conclusion we introduce one more class of operators closely connected with J-isometric operators. 4
Definition 5.24: Let . 'i be Ji-spaces, i,= 1, 2. A bounded operator U: W, W2 with 1'u = Y1 is said to be partially (J1, J2 )-isometric if Ker U is a regular subspace, and U I (Ker U) [11 is a (J1, J2)-isometric operator.
It follows directly from Definition 5.24 that continuous (J1, J2)-semiunitary operators, and, in particular, (J1, J2 )-unitary operators, are partially (J,, J2)-isometric.
§5 Isometric, semi-unitary, and unitary operators
141
5.25: If U is a partially (J1, J2) -isometric operator, then the operator U` will
also be partially (J1, J2)-isometric. Since (Ker U) [11 is a regular subspace whenever Ker U is, and since the operator U I (Ker U) [11 is continuous, so by Remark 5.7 WU = ?UI tier U1111 is a regular subspace, and therefore Ker U` (= W,, [l1) is also a regular subspace. Since U I (Ker U)111 is (J1, J2)-isometric, it follows that U` I a,, = (U I (Ker U)[-L])-1 is a (J1, J2)-isometric operator. It remains only to use Definition 5.24.
Corollary 5.26: The operator U` which is (J1, J2)-conjugate to a (J1, J2)-semi-unitary operator U is a partially (J2, J1)-isometric operator. Corollary 5.27: Let U be a partially (Jt, J2)-isometric operator. Then U` U is a J1-orthogonal projector on to (Ker U)111.
Exercises and problems 1
Let V be a (J1, J2)-semi-unitary operator (not necessarily bounded); then V ' is a continuous operator (cf, [III] ). Hint: Since 9 v = Y1, the operator V` is bounded (cf. [XXII] ). It remains to use the inclusion (5.1).
.Yt'2, then U is a
2
Prove that if U is a (J1, J2)-semi-unitary operator with (J1, J2)-unitary operator. Hint: Use the result of Exercise 1.
3
Prove that if V is a (J2, J2)-isometric operator, and 9v is closed, and _lv is a non-degenerate subspace, then V is a continuous operator (cf. I. Iokhvidov [5] ).
4
Give examples of (J1, J2)-isometric, unbounded, densely defined operators U: .wt'1-.7'2 for which U-' = U`. Hint: Use the device set out in Example 3.36.
5
Prove that an arbitrary (J1, J2)-unitary operator U can be factorized into a product U = U1 U2, where U1 is a J2-unitary operator with U1 = 12, and U2 is a (J1, J2)-unitary operator iwth U2,Yt'1 =,02:-
Hint: Put U1 = U(r) J2 and U2 = J2 V, where U(P) and V are the same as in Theorem 5.10. 6
Prove that if U is a (J1, J2)-unitary operator, then I U _ (U*U)'/2 is a J-unitary operator. Derive, based on this, the polar expansion U= V U1 of a (J1, J2)unitary operator and prove that V is a (Jr, J2 )-unitary operator and V.W; = "Y2' Hint: Use Theorem 5.10.
7
Prove that a bounded group of 7r-unitary operators in a finite-dimensional space has an invariant dual pair of definite subspaces (Azizov, Shul'man). Hint: Use Theorem 5.18 taking Remark 5.17b) into account.
8
Give an example of a J-unitary operator with a single invariant dual pair (.W, .Yt'-) which is not strongly stable.
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
142
Hint: Take as U, for example, the operator U such that U I+ = I+ and U 1.0- is the shift operator along the orthonormalized basis (e; )m in .Y-. 9
Let U U; 11 ?;., be the matrix representation of a J-unitary operator relative to the canonical decomposition .P' = W+ O+ -W-, and suppose there are open sets 1, and S12 such that a
'=
U (a(U,, + U12K) I KE Jt' ) C 0,, 52, n 512 = 0,
92=U (a(U22 + QU,2) I Q E 3
) C 02,
'P(U) C 52, U 512.
Prove that if p (U) fl (E: I E l = 1) * 0, then U is a strongly stable J-unitary operator (Langer [ 11 ] ). 10
Let NI = ( U) be a group of J-unitary operators acting in a J-space W, let Y be its invariant subspace, and let 2i0 = 2' n Y(1] . Then U2'0 = I° (UE Y!). Hint: Use Remark 5.4.
11
Let V be a continuous J-semi-unitary operator, let 2'° be a neutral subspace, and V91° = 2'°. Prove that 2V is also invariant relative to V and that the operator V 2' /2'° (see Corollary 1.5.8) is J-semi-unitary. induced by V in the f space Hint: Use Proposition 1.11.
12
Under the conditions of Exercise 11, let V be a J-unitary operator. Prove that then V is a J-unitary operator (cf. [XV] ). Hint: Use Exercise 20 on §4 and Exercise 11.
13
Prove that if V is a continuous J-semi-unitary operator, then the uniform definiteness of a subspace 2' is equivalent to the uniform definiteness of the subspace VIP.
Hint: Use the definition of a J-isometric operator and the continuity of the operators V and V-' (see Exercise 1). 14
The spectrum of a J-unitary operator U is symmetric about the unit circle, i.e.,
(XEa(U)) a (k-'Ea(U)).
Hint: Use the relation (5.2) and Theorem 1.16). 15
Let U be a J-unitary operator in Y, and let a, be its bounded spectral set, a, I > 1. Prove that then a2 = (ai) ' is also a spectral set for U, that the projector Pa,uo, is J-self-adjoint, and therefore d'=PQ,ua, is a projectionally complete space. Moreover, if of (I ai I > 1) and a2'= (a(`)-' is a second pair of such spectral sets for U, and a, n a' , = 0, and 2' = Po; u0J, then 2' [1] Y'. Hint: Use Exercise 14. For the rest the proof is entirely similar to that of Corollary 3.12.
16
§6 1
V be a J-isometric operator with k, µ E o ( V) and 1\µ * 1. (cf, [XIV]). 2',,(V) [1] Hint: cf. Exercises 21 and 22 on §4. Let
Then
The Cayley-Neyman transformation We shall find it convenient to introduce this transformation not merely for
linear operators but also in a more general setting-for linear relations (see Definition 1.2) be a given Hilbert space. We consider the set 2' of all linear relations Let T, i.e., of all possible lineals of the space ' x _V1. Thus T = (<x, y)) is the
§6 The Cayley-Neyman transformation
143
linear set of ordered pairs (x, y) (x, y E .Ye), and linear operations in ,Ye x Yt' (and therefore also in T) are defined in the natural way (component-wise). We recall (see § 1.1) that a linear relation T is the graph PA of some linear operator M. If and only if it follows from (w, y) E T and x = B that y = 0; so A: that T = rA = ((x, Ax) ).1 E VA (CAA C Jr'). Such linear relations T are called single-valued linear relations. The sets
VT= (xE.YP there is an yE.J'P such that (x, y) E T) 1 T = (y E ,-,Y I there is an x E .) such that (x, y) E T) J
(6.1)
'
are called respectively the domain of definition and the range of values of the linear relation T. For all T E Y we also introduce the following definitions and notation: Ker T= Ix E.WI (x,0>ET),
Ind T= (yE.Y°j(0,y)ET), (6.2)
-T=(-1)T, XT=((x,Xy)I (x, y)ET)(XEC), T-t=((Y,x)I<x,Y)ET).
(6.3)
(6.4)
Ker T and Ind T are called respectively (see Definition 1.1) the kernel and the indefiniteness of the linar relation T. It is clear that X T, T -' E Y. We also introduce the identical linear relation I= ((x, x) ) XE.,y and the sum of two linear relations T1, T2 E ?:
T1 +T2=(<x,yi+Y2) I<x,Yk)ETk, k= 1,21.
(6.5)
It is clear that Tt + T2 E Y and 9T,+ T2 = cI T, n cT,. In particular, we consider the linear relation
Tx=T- XI
(TE22,XEC)
(6.6)
and by means of it we introduce for a linear relation T its resolvent set
p(T)_ (XEC
I
Ker Tx = (0), 3rr_
),
(6.7)
the spectrum
u(T) = C\p(T)
(6.8)
and, in particular, the point spectrum ap(T) = (XECIKer T>,;e (0)).
(6.9)
Points X E p(T) are called regular points, but 9? E ap(T) are eigenvalues of the linear relation T. For eigenvalues X the lineal Ker Ta = (x E Y' I < x, Xx) E T) is called the eigenlineal, and its non-zero vectors are called eigenvectors of the linear relation T corresponding to the eigenvalues X)'.
We can introduce a further classification of points X(E C) of the point spectrum op (T) of an arbitrary linear relation T by dividing these points into '
It will be convenient later, when Ind T ;d 101, also to suppose that, by definition, oo E oo(T)
(Ca(T)).
144
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
two sub-classes ap, (T) and u,2(T) (cf. Theorem 1.16)
up,,(T)= (XEap(T)I.9?r, ;6 W),
(6.10)
(6.11) ap,2(T)_(XEap(T)I_JiT The continuous spectrum ac(T) and the residual spectrum ar(T) of a linear relation T are defined by the formulae
ac(T) = (X E a(T)\ap(T) 191r, # 4rA =
),
ar(T)_ (XEa(T)\ap(T)I4T,*W)
(6.12) (6.13)
respectively
From (6.7)-(6.9), and (6.12), (6.13) it now follows that a(T) is the union of four mutually non-intersecting parts:
a(T) = up,,(T) U ap,2(T) U ac(T) U ar(T).
The field of regularity r(T) of a linear relation T is the set
r(T) = IX E C\ap(T) I T, =.;?T,)
(6.14)
It is clear that p(T) C r(T) (since e_,), and that r(T)\p(T) C arw(T). It is easy to convince onself that the definitions introduced of the sets p(T), a (T ), ap,, (T), ap,2 (T ), ac(T) and ar(T) for a linear relation T generalize the
definitions of the corresponding sets for closed linear operators A. When T= I A the two sets of definitions are simply identical.
2
For a linear relation T E Y we now introduce the direct (Kr) and the inverse
Cayley-Neyman transformations defined for a non-real parameter To do this we first introduce the corresponding transformations element-
wise, i.e., for all pairs (x, y), (u, v) E ' x, kt(x, y) _ (y - ('z, y - ('x),
(v-u,(v-('u)
(6.15) (6.16)
O A direct calculation will verify the proposition. 6.1 The .Ye x.
transformations kt and kt ' are mutually inverse bijections of
onto. xM.
Now for any (k;4)
E C and S, T E 2 we put
Kr(T)= (ks(x,y))<x,y)ET, Kt '(T)= (kt '(u,v))Es.
(6.17) (6.18)
6.2 The transformation Kt((' # (") maps ? on to Y bijectively, and Kt carries out the inverse transformation.
§6 The Cayley-Neyman transformation
145
This assertion follows directly from 6.1. 6.3
Let TE 9 and S= Kt(T) ((' ;d ) or, equivalently, T= KF t(S). Then Ker S = Ker Tt, Ker T = Ker (CS - CI),
Ind S = Ker Tr, Ind T = Ker St,
(6.19)
!2T= R,,
(6.21)
'Ws ='RT"
V, = RT"
(6.20)
The formulae (6.19) and (6.20) follow directly from a comparison of the definitions (6.2), (6.3), (6.5) with (6.17). The same applies to (6.21) for the verification of which the definitions (6.1) must be brought in again. We now investigate how the spectrum of a linear relation T(E') and its
components are transformed on transition from the linear relation T to another linear relation S = Kr(T). To do this we introduce, for (' # (", a mapping 4;t: C
C in the extended complex plane t = C U (co 1:
(X - (' )(X - .)-t, X ;4 (', X * O°, 00,
(6.22)
= oo.
1,
The function µ = ct(X) maps
Theorem 6.4:
ap,1(T), ap,2(T), ac (T), ac(T), r(S), and p(T) bijectively on to ap.t(S), ap,2(S), ar(S), a,(S), r(S), and p(S)
respectively.
When X ;4 (', X ;d oo, we have by (6.17), (6.15) and (6.22)
S,,=S-µI _ <X,y)ETl
(y-('X) [(Y - rX,
-
II
(y-XX)) <X,y>ET}
from which it follows that when
)X E C
Ker S, = Ker Ta,
(6.23) ,s = ?1Ta. We note that, taking (6.22) and Proposition 6.3 into account, the relations (6.23) remain valid for all X E C if, for any linear relation T, we put
Ker T. = Ind T by definition. 1 We point that, on this understanding, the Definitions (6.10) and (6.11) make sense also for a = oo E ap(T) (see the Footnote on p. 143), and so the assertions of Theorem 6.4 remain vald in this case. This is also true when X =,r E up(T).
146
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
In accordance with this we shall also suppose (cf. (6.7))' that
X=ooEp(T)* (Yr=de, Ind T= (0]]. All the assertions of the Theorem now follow directly from a comparison of the formulae (6.23) with the definitions (6.7)-(6.14). Corollary 6.5:
The function
(µ -
1)1,
00,
µ
l,µ # 00,
µ=1,
(6.24)
µ = 00
effects for the linear relations S and T = KF ' (S) the mapping inverse to the mapping ct (see Theorem 6.4).
3 We return to the most important case for us when the Hilbert space W generating the set 22 (C ,,Y x W) of linear relations is a W-space, i.e., it is equipped with an indefinite W-metric [x, y] = (Wx, y)(x, y E) (see 1.§6.6).
Definition 6.6: A linear relation T(E 2') is said to be W-non-expansive (respectively, W-non-contractive, W-isometric) in W if for all (x, y) E T we have [y, y] 5 [x, x] (respectively, [y, y] > [x, x], [y, y] = [x, x]). It is clear that Definition 6.6 generalizes the corresponding definitions for linear operators V (see Definitions 4.2 and 5.1). The latter definitions are obtained from Definition 6.6 when T = F v is the graph of the operator V. In the case when 91 is a G-space, i.e. [x, y] = (Gx, y) (0 g up(G) we introduce Definition 6.7. For a TE 2' the linear relation
T'= ((u, v) E
X W [y, u] = [x, v] for all (x, y) E 71
is called its G-adjoint. Remark 6.8: It can be seen from this definition that T`(E2) exists for any linear relation T. However, even in the case when T= GA is the graph of a
linear operator A ('A, WA C W) the linear relation T` is not necessarily a graph (i.e., a single-valued linear relation)-see Exercise 1 below. However, comparison of the Definitions 6.7 and 1.1 shows that, when T= FA and VA = .W', these definitions are equivalent, i.e., T` = FA'
Definition 6.9: A linear relation T is said to be G-symmetric if T C T`, and to be G-selfadjoint if T` = T. We note that the condition T C T` is equivalent We recall that the condition Ind T= LO is equivalent to T being the graph of a linear operator. But then by Banach's theorem, in the case when this operator is closed, the condition VT implies that the operator is bounded, and this gives meaning to the notation, oo E p(T) in this case.
§6 The Cayley-Neyman transformation
147
in an obvious way to the requirement that [y, x] = [x, y] for all (x, y) E T, and in this form we generalize it to an arbitrary W-space, and call such T W-symmetric.
When T= FA with CIA = ,e the Definition 6.9 goes over into the definitions (of the graph) of a G-symmetric and a G-selfadjoint operator A respectively (cf, with the Definitions 3.1 and 3.2 respectively). Returning to the general case of a W-space we introduce
Definition 6.10: A linear relation is said to be W-dissipative if Im [y, x] > 0 for all (x, y) E T. When T = PA, this condition is equivalent to the operator A being W-dissipative (cf. Definition 2.1). We examine how the Cayley-Neyman transformation affects one or other of the properties of a linear relation T given in the formulae (6.6)-(6.9). The identity (6.25) [Y - ("x, Y - N - [Y - x, y - x] = 4 Im (' Im [ y, x] is established by a simple calculation. From it follows immediately the
proposition. 6.11 Let the linear relations S, T(E.') be connected by the mutually inverse transformations (cf. (6.15)-(6.18))
S=Kt(T) =[
(u-v,'u-('v)I [u,v)ES). Then the following assertions are equivalent: a)
T is a W-dissipative (respectively, W-symmetric) linear relation;
b)
S is a W-non-contractive linear relation when Im W-non-expansive when Im relation for any (' f).
> 0 and is
< 0 (respectively, a W-isometric linear
It is sufficient to compare the Definitions 6.6, 6.8 and 6.9 with the formulae (6.25)-(6.26).
Remark 6.12. It
is sometimes useful to consider the so-called Waccumulative linear relations T distinguished by the condition Im [y, x] < 0 for all (x, y) E T, and the corresponding linear operators. It is clear that only the
factor (- 1) makes them different from dissipative linear relations and operators respectively. Proposition 6.11 can easily be reformulated in terms of W-accumulative linear relations; it is clear from (6.25) that in the reformulation the roles of the conditions Im > 0 and Im < 0 are interchanged. We add further that maximal W-accumulative operators, and, in particular,
J-accumulative operators, are defined in the natural way, and the theory of them is entirely analogous to the theory of maximal W-dissipative (and J-dissipative) operators developed in §2.
148
4
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
In this and the following paragraphs, returning to the main purpose of our
book, we shall specialize our examination still further, restricting it to a single-valued linear relations T (E a'), i.e., to graphs of linear operators. Applying the transformation Kr to T we shall see to it that S = Kr(T) is also a
single-valued linear relation, i.e., a graph. To do this it is necessary and sufficient, in view of the first of the formulae (6.26), to ensure that (' up(T) (see (6.6) and (6.9)). For, if T = rA = ((x, Ax)) XE fA then destruction of the single-valuedness of the linear relation S = Kr(T) is equivalent (see (6.26)) to the simultaneous satisfaction for some x E 2A of the conditions y - ('x = 0 and
y- 'x * 0, where y=Ax, i.e., x ;;6 6 and r E ap(A) (=ap(T)).
Thus, when (f ;e ) Eap(A) we have S=Kr(T)=rv, where V= Vr is a linear operator for which
9v= (Ax- NxEVA;
Rv= (Ax- JXJXEVa,
which can be written shortly in the form
V= I+ ((' - (') (A - CI)- 1.
(6.29)
Moreover, it is clear that 10 ap(V). A simple calculation (cf. (6.26)) shows that here
A=(CV- 'I)(V-I)-'
(6.30)
A = ('I+(('- )(V-I)-'.
(6.31)
or equivalently
It is clear that we can also work in the reverse order, starting with a linear operator V for which 1 ¢ op(V), and for any (;e ) specify the operator A by the formula (6.30) or (6.31). It is also clear that 9A= (VY - AYE V,,
QA= (("VY-f Y)YE C6,
('0 up (A),
and that the formula (6.28) (or (6.29)) is the inverse of the transformation (6.30) (or (6.31)). Traditionally it is precisely in this way that the direct and inverse Cayley-Neyman transformations of operators are defined, and we, allowing a certain freedom, will keep for them the notations V= Kr(A),
A=Kt'(V). The reader will without difficulty reformulate for this particular case Proposition 6.11 and Remark 6.12 which remain valid, of course, on passing from the operator A to its Cayley-Neyman transform, as we shall call, for brevity, the operator V= Kr(A), and reversely. This proposition can be developed further in several directions in the case when it is possible to choose the parameter (f 96 ) so that (' E p(A). In this case
it follows at once from (6.29) that V= Kr(A) is a bounded operator with Vv=.W.
§6 The Cayley-Neyman transformation
149
Theorem 6.13: Let A be a maximal closed J-dissipative operator in a Krein space and let ( ;4 ) (' E p(A). Then when Im > 0 (Im (' < 0) the operator V= Kt(A) is a J-bi-non-contractive (J-bi-non-expansive) operator and
(V - I).
=. M.
Conversely, if V is a J-bi-non-contractive (J-bi-non-expansive) operator and
1 o ap(V), then the operator A = Kr'(V) is when Im (' >O (Im ('
= A = .N' and (- A )` is a J-dissipative operator. Further, by
6.11, V is when Im > 0 (Im < 0) a J-non-contractive (J-non-expansive) operator. From (6.29) taking account of 1.6 and 1.9 we have
V` = I + ( - (')(A` - I)-' = Kt(A`), and the first pair of Theorem 6.13 now follows from Remark 6.12.
Conversely, when 10 up(V) we have, by Exercise 18 and 19 on §4, (V- 1) = 0, and therefore the operator A = V) (see (6.31)) is densely defined and (exactly the same as the operator -A ` = Kt ' ( V`)) it is under the conditions of Theorem 6.13 a J-dissipative operator. Moreover.(see (6.31) and (6.29) (' E p(A), and, by Proposition 2.7, A is a closed maximal J-dissipative operator.
Remark 6.14: It is easy to understand that Theorem 6.13 can be reformulated and proved if the term ` J-dissipative' is replaced everywhere by the term 'J-accumulative' (see Remark 6.12) and the conditions Im (' > 0 and Im (' < 0 change places. If A is a J-selfadjoint operator (A= A') and (f ;6) (' E p (A ), then U= Kr (A) is a J-unitary operator and 1 E ap(U).
Corollary 6.15:
Conversely, if U is a J-unitary operator, 10 ap(U), and (' ;d (', then A = Kr ' (U) is a J-selfadjoint operator. The first assertion follows from the fact that a J-selfadjoint operator A is
a maximal J-dissipative and a maximal J-accumulative operator simultaneoulsy and therefore by Theorem 6.13 and Remark 6.14, for any (' ;d ',
U= Kr(A) is a bounded J-bi-non-expansive and a J-bi-non-contractive operator simultaneously, i.e. (see §5.1) it is a J-unitary operator. The converse argument proceeds entirely analogously. It is not difficult to obtain the result contained in Corollary 6.15 directly without using Theorem 6.13 (cf. Exercise 2 below). 6.16 Under the conditions of Theorem 6.13, the operators corresponding to bounded uniformly J-dissipative operators A (GOA = .i) are when Im > 0 (Im f < 0) bounded uniformly J-bi-expansive (uniformly J-bi-contractive) operators V = Kr(A) and conversely.
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
150
Suppose, for example, that Im follows
from
(6.25)
(when
> 0. Since Im [Ax, x] > yA II x I Iz, it y = Ax) and from (6.28) when
g=Ax-('x, Vg = Ax - 'x that II
Z11g11Z
and similarly for V` (taking account of the fact that for bounded A we have Im [ - A`x, x] = Im [Ax, x] for all x E ,;V), i.e., V is a uniformly J-biexpansive operator. In the converse of this assertion it has to be taken into account that for a uniformly J-bi-expansive operator Vwe have T C p(V) (see Theorem 4.31) and, in particular, 1 E p(V); otherwise the arguments are analogous.
Returning to the general theory of Cayley-Neyman transformations for linear operators A and V (( ), we V= Kr(A) and A = continue first of all the study started earlier (see 6.2) of spectral questions 5
connected with these transformations. With this purpose we shall explain the connection between invariant subspaces of the operators A and V, and also that between the root lineals of these operators.
6.17 LetA be a linear operator in
,
let (' ;e )(" O ap (A ), and let V= Kr (A ).
If the subspace Y C 9A, if A9 C 91 and (' E p (A 12), then ? C 9 v,
VYC9.9 and 1 a(V I _fl. Conversely, if I C "v, V9 C 2', and I ¢ a(V I Y U ap(V), then 2' C 9A, A2' C .' and E p (A 12). Since (see (6.29)) V = I + ( -) (A - (I) ', and by hypothesis (' E p(A 12'),
i.e., (A - ('I)2' _ 2' and 2so 2'C cDv and
V2' C Y. Moreover, V 12 = Kr (A 12'), A 12' and V 2' are closed (and bounded) operators, and from the condition (' E p (A 12') it follows (see Theorem 6.6) that 1 E p (V 12). The converse implication is verified similarly by means of formula (6.31) and Corollary 6.5. Corollary 6.18:
LetA and V be the same as in 6.17, r¢ ap (A) (a 1 ¢ ap(V )).
Then X E ap(A) a (v = (X - )(X - (')-' E ap(V)) and the root lineals /J',(V) and 2',,(A) coincide. The first assertion follows directly from Theorem 6.4. Now let x E 2',(A), i.e., there is p E N such that (A - XI)px = B. Then
2 = Lin (x, Ax, ..., APx) is a finite dimensional invariant subspace of the
operator A: 2'C 9A, AY C 2' and a(A I .') = (X ), i.e.,
(' E p (A 12')
(because (' ;x-1 X). Therefore (see 6.17) 2' C C1 v, V2 C 2' and
(VI 2') = Kr (A 12). By Theorem 6.4 the number P= (X - ')(X- (')-' is the only point of the spectrum of the finite-dimensional operator V1 Y, and so xE Y C 2',(VI 2') C 9',(V), i.e., 2),(A) C . JV). The converse is proved in a similar way.
Remark 6.19:
It is clear that in Corollary 6.18 the first assertion can be
§6 The Cayley-Neyman transformation
151
reformulated equivalently thus: (v E ap(V) } « (X =
3)(v
-1)-'
E op(A)}.
Unfortunately, the requirement that E p(A I 2) (respectively, 1 E p ( V I 2?) imposed in Proposition 6.17 turns out to be extremely stringent. Later, in Chapter 3, we shall see that in particular cases the `preservation' of certain invariant subspaces under the Cayley-Neyman transformation can be ensured under less burdensome conditions. In all the discussions in §6.4 and §6.5 it might have appeared that, in contrast to the arbitrary number }' ( (') on which some requirement such as ¢ op(A) or (' E p(A) was imposed, the number 1, of which it was always required that 1 0 ap ( V), played some special role. But in fact this role Remark 6.20:
can be played by any number c with I e I = 1, if c ¢ ap(V). This leads only to an
insignificant modification of the formulae for the mutually inverse Cayley transformations themselves: (6.32)
-f)(V-eI)-',
(6.33)
and also to corresponding modifications in the formulation of the theorems
and propositions 6.13-6.19, and in particular to the formulae for the transformation of the point spectra in Corollary 6.18 and Remark 6.19: IX E ap(A)) a (v = e(X - f)(X - (') ' E ap(V)), (v E op(V)) a (X = (("v - e)(v - e)-' E op(A)}. 6 In conclusion we consider the Cayley-Neyman transformation V= K-(A) ((' Pd ¢ ap(A)) linking the operators A and V acting in a Hilbert space . = M1 Q+ Mz (a typical situation for a Krein space). We are interested in the case when the operators A and V admit matrix representations (cf. (4.4)) A = I I AtiJI , j=1, V= V;i 11 ?i= 1, generated by the corresponding ortho11
projectors P1 and P2 (Pkr = Yk, k = 1, 2) (for such a representation if necessary that, for example, -1 C 9A and (' E p(A)). In this case the relation
V(A - I) = A - I, which follows from (6.28), can be rewritten in matrix form as V11
A 11 - Ii
V12
A 12
A11-}"I1
A21
A21
A22 - ("I2
A22 - I2 From this we have at once the relations Vz,
V22
I
I
A21
V11 (A 11 - I1) + V12A21 = A 11 -x'11
(6.34)
V11 A 12 + V12 (A22 - rI2) = A 12
(6.35)
Vz, (A u + rI1) + V22A21 = A21 V21 A 1z +, V22 (A22 - rI2) = Azz - (I2.
152
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
In particular, in the case important for us later, when (' E p(A22), it follows from (6.35) that (6.36)
V12 = -(VI I - I, )A,2 (A22 - CI)-'
and if additionally (' E p(A,, ), the elimination of the operator V,2 from the system (6.34), (6.35) gives
Vii [A,, - ('I1 - A12(A22 - 3'I2)-'A21) = Ali - ("It = A12(A22 - 3'I2)-'A2i or
)(Aii - CIi)
(V1t - Ii)[Ii - A12(A22 - ('I2)-'A21(Aii - It)
(6.37)
It is precisely in this form that the relations (6.36) and (6.37) will be used later in Chapter 3 (Theorem 1.13).
§Exercises and problems 1
If T is a single-valued linear mapping into .w', then T` is a single-valued linear mapping into . if and only if Jr = .Y-
2
Derive Corollary 6.15 directly from the formulae (6.29) and (6.31).
3
Prove that Corollary 6.15 can be generalized as follows. Let A be a maximal J-dissipative operator and a maximal J-symmetric operator simultaneously, and let
((' *)1' E p(A). Then V = Kr(A) is, when Im
> 0 (Im
< 0), a bounded
J-bi-non-contractive (J-bi-non-expansive) operator and a J-semi-unitary operator simultaneously and 1 ¢ ap(V). The converse proposition is true, and so are the analogues of both the direct and converse propositions when the word ' Jdissipative' is replaced by 'J-accumulative' and the conditions Im r > 0 (Im 1' < 0) are replaced by Im (' < 0 (Im (' > 0). Hint: cf. Theorem 6.13 and Proposition 6.11. 4
Let V be a W-non-contractive operator in .", let a be its bounded spectral set, and
let P. be the corresponding Riesz projector. Then when I a I > 1 (respectively invariant relative to V is non-negative (nonI a I < 1) the sub space 2 = is positive). In particular, for a W-isometric operator the subspace 2 = P neutral (cf. Theorem 2.21). Hint: To the graph of the restriction V 1 21 (for any f 1) apply Proposition 6.11, Corollary 6.5 and formula (6.31), and then Proposition 6.17 and Theorem 2.21. 5
Let the operator V be the same as in Exercise 4, and let A with I A I > 1 (I A I < 1)
be a certain set of its eigenvalues. Then C Lin(2'a(V))XEA is a non-negative (non-positive) subspace. In the case of a W-isometric V both these subspaces are neutral. Hint: Prove this by analogy with Corollary 2.22, basing the proof on the result of Exercise 4. 6
Let V be a bounded A-non-contractive operator with Cl v = n.. Then a( V) fl (X I I X I > I I consists of not more than x (taking algebraic multiplicity into
account) normal eigenvalues (cf. Corollary 2.23) (Brodskiy [1]). Hint: Use the results of Exercise 5 on §1, Exercise 22 on §4, then Remark 6.19, Proposition 6.17 and Corollary 2.23.
§6 The Cayley-Neyman transformation
153
7
Let n be the set of eigenvalues of a J-isometric operator V and let A fl (A *)-'10. Then C Lin(f,,(V))xEA is a neutral subspace (cf. Corollary 3.14) ([XIV]). Hint: Use the results of Exercise 5, and Exercise 16 on §5.
8
Let U be a ir-unitary operator in II.. Then its non-unitary spectrum consists of not
more than 2x (taking multiplicity into account) normal eigenvalues situated symmetrically relative to the unit circle T (cf. Corollary 3.15) ([XIV]). Hint: Use the results of Exercise 5 on §1, Exercise 22 on §4, Remark 6.20, and Corollaries 6.18 and 3.15. 9
Let U be a a-unitory operator; then a,(U) = 0 (cf. Corollary 3.16). Hint: Use the results of Exercise 8 on §4.
10
If V is a ir-non-contractive operator (1) v = II. ), if k E ap( V) and I k
1, then the
root lineal 'r( V) can be represented in the form ',,(V) =.il"a [+].,ff,, where dim .4", < oo, V,AI",, C,;l"x,, ff,, C Ker( V- XI), and fix is a non-degenerate subspace (in particular, it may happen that .,ff), = (0)). If d, (k), d2(X ), ... , d,, (X) are the orders of the elementary divisors of the operator V 1 SPX, then
Z 2 XEao(V),IXI=1 J=1
[d'(k)I 2
J
+IXj>1 Z
x
(Azizov [8]; cf. [XIV]).
Hint: Use the results of Exercise 5 on §1, Remark 6.20, Corollary 6.18 and Theorem 2.26. 11
Prove that a J-symmetric operator A is J-non-negative if and only if the satisfies the V= Kt(A) J-isometric operator (; ;4 (') Re[I'(J- V)x, x] > 0 for all xE Jv (Azizov, L. I. Sukhocheva).
condition
12
Prove that if V is a J-unitary operator and Re [('(I- V)x, x) > 0 for some f E C and for all x E ., then a(V) C T (Azizov, Sukhocheva).
13
Let A and V be the same as in Proposition 6.17, and let .9 be a finite-dimensional
subspace. Then (2 C 9A, AY C ?) a (V C 9, v, VV C i) (cf. [III] ). Hint: Use Corollary 6.18. 14
15
Let V be a W-non-contractive operator, and let Vxo = exo, Vx, = ex, + xo with e I = 1. Then xo is an isotropic vector in Ker( V - eI). Hint: Apply the transformation Kt ` (I' * (') to VI te(VV) and use the results of Exercise I1 on §4. Prove that if A C B, where A, B E 2, then Kr(A) C Kr(B) and Kt ' (A) C KF ' (B) when (' ;d f.
Remarks and bibliographical indications on chapter 2 In §§1,4,5 the exposition is carried out at first in the most general form-for operators acting from one space .W1 into another 2 (T:,W, .,Y2), and only later is it made concrete for the case of operators acting in a single space. This
is the first time, apparently, that this has been done (at any rate, so systematically; cf. the monograph [V] and our survey [IV]) and mainly in the
interests of the theory of extensions of operators (see Chapter 5). In this connection it should be borne in mind when reading these notes and especially the bibliographical indications that in them, with rare exceptions, no account
154
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
is taken of generalizations (as compared with the primary sources) made in
the text to the case of operators T : Y,2. §1.1. Adjoint operators (relative to an indefinite metric) were first considered in the space IIx by Pontryagin [1], in J-spaces by I. Iokhvidov [5], [6] and by Langer [2], in G-spaces by I. Iokhvidov [12] and next by Azizov and 1. Iokhvidov [1]. §1.2. The idea of using the indefinite metric (1.4) applied to graphs of linear operators for discovering the properties of the operators themselves was first put forward and used by Phillips [1]. Later Shmul'yan [4], [5] and others developed it. Our exposition here follows Ritsner's monograph [4]. §1.3. The formula (1.10) was established by Azizov. For all the rest of the material see [III]. § 1.4. The Propositions 1.11 and 1.12 are 'folk-lore'. Sources of Theorem
1.13 can be found already in Pontryagin's article [1]. The formulation and proof given in the text are due to Azizov who used an idea of Langer's in [XVI]. Normal points are studied in [X]. Theorem 1.16 represents a certain development of Langer's results [2]. §1.5. The device presented here of passing to the factor-space ,W/,W° was first applied in [XV]; Theorem 1.17 we find essentially in Langer [9]. §2.1. W-dissipative operators were introduced in the book [VI]. ir-dissipative operators were first introduced in a particular case by Kuzhel' [5], [6]; they were studied in detail independently by Azizov [1], [4], [5], [8], and also by M. Krein and Langer [ 3 ] ; J-dissipative operators by Azizov [ 5 ], [ 8 ] E. Iokhvidov [ 1 ], Azizov and E. Iokhvidov [ 1 ] in which the main theorem
of this paragraph was established. A geoemtrical proof of the well-known Lemma 2.8 (see [VII]) is due to Azizov. §§2.2, 2.3. The Definition 2.10 and Theorem 2.11 are taken from [X]. Corollaries 2.12 and 2.13 are due to Azizov, as is all the material in §2.3 (see Azizov [8] ).
§2.4. Theorem 2.20 has been borrowed from [VI] and [XXII]. The remaining material of this paragraph was obtained by Azizov. §2.5, §2.6. Theorem 2.26 due to Azizov generalizes the corresponding result of Pontryagin for 7r-Hermitian operators (see also [XIV], [XVI]). The other results of these paragraphs were also established by Azizov.
§3.1. In an abstract formulation (but in a different terminology) rHermitian and a-self-adjoint operators were first studied by Pontryagin [1], who mentions that his attention was drawn to them by S. L. Sobolev (see the
remark on Chapter 3 below). After Pontryagin they were studied by 1. Iokhvidov [1], [2] (in the 'finite-dimensional' case cf. Potapov [1] ), and in more detail see [XIV]. J-self-adjoint operators were considered by Ginzburg [2], I. Iokhvidov [6] and later (in great detail) by Langer [1]-[3]. G-symmetric and G-self-adjoint operators are encountered partially even in Langer [2], and they are considered in detail in [III], to which we refer the reader for details. Proposition 3.7 and its Corollaries 3.8, 3.9 are found in an article by Azizov
Remarks and bibliographical indications on Chapter 2
155
and E. Iokhvidov [1]. As regards Corollary 3.12 see I. Iokhvidov [6], Langer
[2]. Remark 3.13 is due to Azizov, Corollaries 3.14 and 3.15 go back to Pontryagin [1] (cf. [XIV]). §3.2. In proving Theorem 3.19 it would have been possible to use Proposition 3.7 and to refer to a well-known `definite' result. However, we decided to bring in what we think is a simple proof, due to Azizov. Lemmas 3.20 and 3.21 used in it have such a tangled pre-history that we are inclined to attribute them to 'folk-lore'. Lemma 3.22 is due to Azizov. Corollary 3.25 is found, essentially, in Potapov [1]. Theorem 3.27 in the case of a continuous operator A is due to Ginzburg [2], and in the form in which it is formulated-to Langer [8]. §3.3. All the examples, except Example 3.33, are due to Azizov. §4.1. Plus-operators Vin a real space II, (9) v = II,, V bounded) were first
considered by M. Krein (see M. Krein and Rutman [1], and later in an arbitrary (complex) II, by Brodskiy [1]). The latter, in contrast to our Definition 4.1, imposed the condition ' v = Ilk (we point out that from this condition v n t,+ + = 0 already follows-see Lemma 1.9.5). The definition and the name 'plus-operator' of a plus-operator V in a general J-space itself were introduced in the articles of M. Krein and Shmul'yan [1], [2]. In contrast to Brodskiy, with these authors 9 v = . and the operator V is bounded a priori. For such operators they formulated Theorem 4.3 and presented for it a proof which remains valid in the more general case (see [XVI] for the previous history of this theorem), and they established a classification (which had appeared earlier in a particular case in Brodskiy's [I] ) of plus-operators into strict and non-strict (this terminology itself is due to them).
J-non-contractive (J-non-expansive) operators in a Krein space were intro-
duced and studied by Ginzburg [1], [2], generalizing the corresponding considerations in Potapov's [1] for finite-dimensional spaces. Earlier M. Krein [4] (see also [XIV]) had considered in IIk the so-called non-decreasing linear
operators V: L4 v= Ilk, V bounded and [Vx, Vx] > [x, x] for XE
.?+. We
point out that this inequality means, even in the general conditions of Definition 4.1, that V is a strict plus-operator with µ+(V) > 1 (cf. [XVI]). For plus-operators V in IIk with v = II, Brodskiy [ 1 ] discovered that they are either finite-dimensional (and then, possibly, unbounded), or they are continuous (cf. with our Corollary 4.8). As I. Iokhvidov [17] pointed out, the same Brodskiy article contains essentially all the ideas used in the proof of Theorem 4.6 and its corollaries. For these results in a rather fuller and explicit form, see I. Iokhvidov [17]. T. Ya. Azizov pointed out that the requirement that , v n ,Y+ * 0 imposed in these papers can be omitted in Theorem 4.6. Regarding Corollary 4.7 see I. Iokhvidov [17]. A curious generalization of plus-operators V was recently proposed and investigated in [XVI]: [ Vx, Vx] > µ [x, x] for some µ E fR and all x E H. For such V finite µ±(V) again exist and µ_ (V) 5 µ < µ+(V), and a number of facts were established, many of which probably remain true in the more
156
2 Fundamental Classes of Operators in Spaces with an Indefinite Metric
general situation when V:. '1 -.02 (in the spirit of our Definitions 4.1 and 4.2). §4.2. The concept of a doubly strict plus-operator and the basic facts about such operators in J-spaces were established in the articles of M. Krein and
Shmul'yan [2), [3]; there is a later bibliography of this topic in [IV]. The proof of Proposition 4.10 in the text was given by I. Iokhvidov [17] (there the priority of Yu. P. Ginzburg on this question is pointed out). J-bi-non-contractive (J-bi-non-expansive) operators were introduced and studied by Ginzburg [2]. Theorem 4.19 and its Corollary 4.20 are due to M. Krein and Shmul'yan [2], but the proof in the text is Azizov's (cf. Ritsner [4] ). It embodies most of the earlier known criteria for J-non-contractive operators V to be J-bi-non-contractive (see Ginzburg [1], [2], I. Iokhvidov [14], [17],
M. Krein and Shmul'yan [1], [2]; in connection with the rejection of the a priori requirement for V to be continuous, see I. Iokhvidov [ 17]. See Ritzer [4], E. Iokhvidov [8] for the generalization of the concept of a J-bi-non-expansive operator (cf. Shmul'yan [4] ). §4.3 Focusing plus-operators were first examined by Krasnosel'skry and A. Sobolev [1], later by A. Sobolev and Khatsevich [1], [2], and in detail by Khatskevich [6], [7], [10], [11], [15]; uniformly J-expansive operators-in the book [VI]. Theorem 4.24 was established by Azizov [10] (see Azizov and Khoroshavin [1]). Some of its assertions were obtained independently by M. Krein and Shmul'yan [5]. Theorem 4.27 is contained essentially in [VI]. §4.4. Theorem 4.30 in the 'finite-dimensional' case was established by Potapov [1], in the general case-see Ginzburg [2], M. Krein and Shmul'yan [3]; the proof in the text is due to Azizov. Theorem 4.31 has been borrowed from [VI]; Corollary 4.32 is due to A. Sobolev and Khatskevich [1], [2] §4, Exercise 12. In connection with Remark 4.29 a warning must be given
against mechanical transfer of results of the type in Exercise 12 from plus-operators to minus-operators (respectively, from (J1, J2)-non-contractive to (J,, J2)-non-expansive operators); it must be remembered that the roles of
the subspaces .; ands (respectively, of the projectors P; and P,.-), i = 1, 2, are interchanged. §4, Exercise 26. B-plus-operators in space H were introduced by Brodskiy [1] (see [XVI] ), together with the name `B-plus-operator' itself. In conclusion we point out to the reader that much more information about the operators acting in II spaces that are mentioned in §4 can be found in the monograph [XVI].
§5.1. Isometric (in particular, unitary) operators in infinite-dimensional spaces with an indefinite metric were first considered by M. Krein (see M. Krein
and Rutman [1]), I. Iokhvidov [1], [2], I. Iokhvidov and M. Krein [XIV], [XV]. Proposition 5.2, see M. Krein and Shmul'yan [2]. Example 5.5 in the text was given by Azizov; for the other examples, see I. Iokhvidov [12]. Theorem 5.6 is due to I. Iokhvidov [12]. §5.2. In connexion with Theorem 5.10 see [XIV], M. Krein and Shmul'yan [3], and also cf. Azizov [11]. Corollary 5.13 is found in M. Krein [5].
Remarks and bibliographical indications on Chapter 2
157
§5.3. Theorem 5.18 (and its corollaries) in the case of a commutative group is due to Phillips [3]. In the general case of amenable groups we are inclined to attribute it to 'folk-lore', since the proof given in the text in no way corresponds to that given in [VI], for example, for a single operator. This fact
was formally noted by Azizov and Shmul'yan; see also Exercise 7 on this section. For groups in IIj this result was proved by Shmul'yan without the requirement of amenability. Definitions 5.21 and 5.22 were given by M. Krein [XVII]. Theorem 5.23 is
due to M. Krein [XVII] (for details, see [VII), the proof given here was somewhat modified by Azizov. For similar results for stable and strongly stable J-self-adjoint operators, see Langer [11, McEnnis [1].
§5.4. All the results of this paragraph are in M. Krein and Shmul'yan [3]. §5, Exercises. The operators in Exercise 4 are called J-unitary operators by Shul'man. The condition in Exercise 9 was first considered by Masuda [1].
§6. I. Iokhvidov [1] was the first to apply Cayley-Neumann transformations to operators in spaces with an indefinite matric. Then these transformations were considered in detail in [XIV], [III], and were widely applied by many authors. In §§6.1-6.3 we mainly follow Ritsner [4].
INVARIANT SEMIDEFINITE SUBSPACES
3
In this chapter we shall set out results on one of the central problems in the
theory of operators in Krein spaces and, in particular, in Pontryagin spaces-the problem of the existence of maximal semi-definite invariant subspaces for operators and sets of operators acting in these spaces. It will be assumed that the J-non-contractive operators appearing here are bounded and defined on the whole space.
Statement of the problems
§1 1
We have already encountered the concept of an invariant subspace in
Proposition 2.1.11. We now go into it in detail. Definition 1.1: Let T.
-
be an operator densely defined in a Hilbert
Y. We shall say that the subspace 2' is invariant relative to T if Jr FY = 2' and T: 2' - Y. In particular, the subspace 2' = (0) is invariant
space
relative to any operator T; in this case we put by definition p(T j (0)) = C. We note that if Tis an operator defined everywhere in .0, then the condition is always satisfied and moreover Cr -Y) - It would be IT _ possible in Definition 1.1 to require, instead of the condition that clrfl2' be
I:
dense in 2', the inclusion 2' C 9r, but then the set of invariant subspaces would be impoverished. On the other hand, it would be possible to extend this
class by dropping the condition that C4T r) 2' = 2' and leaving only the condition that it fl 2' C .', but then this would lead to the situation, unnatural in our opinion, when any subspace which intersected )T only along the
vector 0 would be an invariant subspace for T. We therefore stay with the Definition 1.1.
In Pontryagin's foundation-laying work [1] it is proved that (in the terminology we have adopted) every 7r-selfadjoint operator A in IIX has a x-dimensional non-negative invariant subspace 2+, which can be chosen so 158
§1 Statement of the problems
159
that Im a(A 12+) >, 0 (Im a(A 12) 5 0). Further development of this result led to the following problems. Problem 1.2: Does every closed J-dissipative (and, in particular, every J-selfadjoint) operator A have an invariant subspace 2+ E _lt+? If it does, is there an .T+ such that Im a(A I Y+) 3 0 (and for a J-selfadjoint A is there also one such that Im a(A I Y+) S 0)?
Problem 1.3: Let d= (A) be the set of maximal J-dissipative operators A with p(A) n C+ ;e 0 whose resolvents commute in pairs, and let Y+ (C.+) be their common invariant subspace, and let p (A 12'+) n C+ ;'6 0 (A Ed).
have a common invariant subspace k+ E /u+ which Does the family contains Y+ and is such that p(A I - +) n C+ ;6 0 (A E d)? We notice at once that, in such a general formulation, Problem 1.2 has a negative answer even for J-selfadjoint J-positive operators (see Theorem 4.1.10 below).
Example 1.4:
Let W1 = Lin (e) (j W; be a Hilbert space, with II a II = 1,
dim .i = oo, and e 1 Wi We define relative to this decomposition a .
completely continuous selfadjoint operator G in el by means of the matrix G22=aG'22, G=IIGGj1I?i=i, where G11=0, G2'2 is a negative completely continuous operator in . I, f E Xi \RGI II f II = 1, and a > 0 is such that II G II < 1, and we introduce in Ml the G-metric [x, y] = (Gx, y). Since r1 is decomposed into the sum of the neutral one-dimensional subspace Lin (e) and the negative AeI, and since it follows from the inclusion f E.I \,G,, that 0 o ap(G), so Ye1 is a G(')-space with x = 1 (see 1.§9.6). Let P be the orthoprojector from
1 onto .01'. Then PG is
a completely continuous G-selfadjoint operator, which has, as is easily verified, not one non-negative eigenvector. In the space
,N' = 1
O+
2,
W2=
(1.1)
1,
we define a J-metric [(x1,X2),(Y1,Y2)1 _ [J(x1,X2),(y1,Y2)] by means of the operator J (see 1.(3.9)) '1=II JuII%i=1,
Jll=G, J12=(I-G2)1/2,
Let Al be the orthoprojector from .
J21=J2,J22=-G.
on to .,Y1 (C.W), and let the linear
A2 I .'2 = I G I -'. Then A 1 = A 1* > 0, operator A2 be such that Ker ..d2 = and A2 = Az > 0. Since the operator Al is bounded, it follows (see 2.Proposi-
tion 1.9 and 2.Corollary 3.8) that A = Al J+ JA2 = A`30. Since W1 C VA,
we can express A in matrix form relative to the decomposition (1.1): A = II Aii II Ii=1 It can be verified immediately that
A11=PG,
A22= -GI GI-'
A12=P(I-G2)1i2+(I-G2)"21GI-1,
A21=0,
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
160
is well-known that the selfadjointness of G implies iI G I = c, and
It
G. From the matrix representation of the operator A it follows that 0 O ap(A), i.e., A > 0. Since A 21 = 0 and G I G I -1 eRG = eG, so A 'A C 9A. From this the equality VA" = CAA (n = 1, 2, 3, ...) follows. Therefore if X'+ (E,,#' ) were an invariant subspace relative to A, it would also be invariant relative to therefore CAA = W1 Q+
A 2 = 11 (A 2)tj II a=,:
(A2),1 =(PG)2, (A2)21=0,
(A2)22= PGP(I- G2)1,12-(I- G2)1/2G-1,
(A2)22=I2.
Therefore
if x = (x,, x2) E f+ (xi E .wi, i = 1, 2), then also
A2x= <(PG)2x, + PGP(I- G2)1U2x2- (I- G2)1/2 G- 'x2, x2) E Y+. Since
Ker(A2-I)= (<(I- G2)"2x2i -Gx2) 1 x2E
2)= J
2,
Ker(A 2 - I) does not contain maximal non-negative subspaces. Therefore Y+
Ker(A2 - I) also. Since (A2 - I)JA C J,, so (A2 - I)(Y+ fl 9A) C .0, also. From the relations fly -qA = Y+ and Y+ Ker(A 2 - I) we conclude that (A2 - I)(i+ fl gA) * (B). Since (A2 - I)(2+ fl 9A) C Y+ and all the non-negative subspaces in ., are one-dimensional, there is in, a non-negative eigenvector of the operator A and this will also be an eigenvector
for PG; we have obtained a contradiction, because PG has no non-negative eigenvectors.
We note that for the operator A in the above example p(A)=0 and therefore (see 2.Theorem 2.9) there are no maximal uniformly positive subspaces in !2A. At the same time, in Pontryagin's theorem mentioned above, since A = II., the domain !2A does, by I.Lemma9.5, contain such a subspace. It is therefore expedient to introduce the following
Definition 1.5: We shall say that a set of operators of = (A) in a Krein space = + O+ . satisfies condition (L) and we shall write ..el E (L) if, for any
A E V, there is contained in 9A at least one maximal uniformly positive subspace Y+ (in the general case, different _T+ for different A E /); in particular, if z( should consist of a single operator A, then we would write A E (L) and would assume that ,W C Q)A.
If in Problems 1.2 and 1.3 the operators A satisfy condition (L), then naturally, as we shall see later in Theorem 1.13, the non-negative invariant subspaces are to be sought in the lineal CAA itself. In such a formulation the Problems 1.2 and 1.3 have not yet been solved. Later we shall introduce additional conditions under which they have affirmative solutions.
§1 Statement of the problems
161
Another group of problems-for J-non-contractive operators V with 9v=.W-finds its origin in M. Krein's works [4], [5].
2
Problem 1.6: Does every J-non-contractive operator V have an invariant subspace 99+ E AN+? If yes, then is there an Y+ such that I a(V I Y+) I >1 1? Problem 1.7: Let W = { U) be a commutative family of J-non-contractive operators, and let Y+ be their common invariant non-negative subspace (in brief,
Q/
+ C'+. Is there an
§e+ Eilf+
such
that Y+ C 2+ and
w2+ C 9+? We shall show that Problem 1.7 is such a general formulation has a negative solution even for a family 4! consisting of a single operator U. Example 1.8: Let ,e = W+ O+ .e- be a J-space, and let [e, )O', [ei )i be orthonormalized bases in W+ and *,- respectively. We define on the basis
{ ei )o U { e,- ) i a J-semi-unitary operator U: U e o = eo + el + el ,
Ue=e,+1
(i = 1, 2, ...).
The subspace 91+ = C Lin [ e; ) i (C ,2+) is uniformly positive and invariant
relative to U; moreover it does not admit extension into a maximal nonnegative subspace invariant relative to U. For, suppose Y+ C 2'+ (E,/#+) and U9+ C 2+. Since P+Jv7+ = .1+ (see 1.Theorem 4.5), there must be in se+
a vector of the form eo + x- with x- ;d 0, x- E W-, and together with it the vector U(eo + x-) = eo + ei + ei + Ux-. Since ei E.'+, so eo + xi + Ux- E Y+ and (eo + x-) - (eo + el + Ux-) E 9+. Since 9?+ is non-negative we have ei = (I - u)x-, which, as is easily seen, is impossible; we have obtained a contradiction. We note (cf. Theorem 2.8 and Remark 2.4 below) that in this example the `corner' U12 (= P+ UP- I --) = 0.
Definition 1.9: A subspace . is said to be completely invariant relative to a family of operators J E [ T) if' C 1r and Tie = 2' for all T E J (in this case we shall also write JSe = 2'). To conclude this paragraph we point out that, if .'+ is assumed to be a completely invariant subspace relative to ?l, then the solutions of the problems 1.6 and 1.7 have not yet been found. Later, in §§2-5, we shall indicate sufficient conditions under which these problems have an affirmative solution.
3
Finally, the third of the main directions is that generated by Phillips's paper
[3].
Problem 1.10: Let .4 = (A I be an algebra of continuous operators acting in the whole of a Hilbert J-space W; let art be closed relative to J-conjugation,
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
162
i.e., A E 4 - A` E . I, and let .1 contain I. Under what conditions on W will every dual pair (2+,.'-) which is invariant relative to -d (i.e., C 2', 2'+ C °-, 2+ [1] 2-) admit extension into an invariant maximal dual pair? Is commutativity of got sufficient for this condition?
Problem 1.11: Under what conditions on a group W = ( U) of J-unitary operators will every dual pair (2+, 2-) which is invariant relative to Pl admit extension into a maximal dual pair invariant relative to Pt? Is commutativity of P/ sufficient for this condition? Remark 1.12: In Problem 1.11 the invariance of the subspaces Y± implies their complete invariance, because Pt is a group and therefore it follows from
U2+ C 2+ and U-'2± C 2+ that U2+ = 2±. Moreover, if (2+, .'-) is an invariant dual pair of any J-unitary operator U, then it is easy to see that (C Lin (U-"9?+)o, C Lin (U-"2- )o) is a dual pair which is completely invariant relative to U and which extends (2+, 2- ), and even more precisely, it enters into any extension of (2+, 2-) into a completely invariant dual pair. We point out, regarding their above formulations, that Problems 1.10 and 1.11 have not yet been solved for the case of arbitrary commutative algebras and groups respectively. In §§4 and 5 below we shall give some sufficient conditions for them to be soluble affirmatively (see also 2.Theorem 5.18). We observe also that, under the conditions of Problem 1.10, the algebra .4 coincides with the linear envelope of its J-self-adjoint elements A (A`) with 11 A 11 < 1, and therefore it is contained in the linear envelope of J-unitary operators
U=(I-A2)in+iA, where
(I-A2)"i2= - 1
27r,
ro
]X(I-A2- XI)-1 dx,
the contour F. contains a(I - A 2) within itself and is symmetric about the real axis and lies in the open right-hand half-plane, and Re , X > 0. If now 2' is a maximal semi-definite invariant subspace of the operator U, then UY = 2' (see 2. Remark 4.21), and therefore U-'2'= Y. Consequently
AY=-
(U- U`)2'= 2i (U- U-')2'C Y.
Conversely, if AY C 2', then it follows from the definition of the operator !-A 2) in that (I -A 2)'/22' C 2', and therefore U2' C 2', and, by virtue of 2.Remark 4.21, U2'= Y. Thus, this Remark 1.12 enables us to go into the investigation of Problem 1.11 only, we leave the reader to make the appropriate reformulation for the Problem 1.10 himself.
4
In this paragraph we point out a connection between Problems 1.2, 1.3 and
1.6, 1.7 respectively.
§1 Statement of the problems
163
Theorem 1.13: Let A E (L) be a maximal J-dissipative operator. Then there is a E p(A) fl C+ such that, for 2+ E _tl+, the following conditions are equivalent:
point
a) 2+ C 9A and AY+ C 2+; where UU = Kr(A) = (A - f1)(A - CI)-' b) UY+ C
is the (see 2. §6.4).
9+,
Cagley-Neyman transform of the operator A at the point
Since A E (L), we suppose (see Definition 1.5) that
C f 1A, and with Im > 211 AP+ II belong to p(A) (see 2.Theorem 2.9). Let 2+ C FDA, 2+ E ail+, and AY+ C 27+. Then all the (' specified above 1W+
therefore all
12+, and since A 12+ is belong to the field of regularity of the operator A continuous, they are regular for this operator. Therefore (A-('I)-'Y+_Y+and
Thus, for the implication a) - b) to hold, it is sufficient to take Imp'>2IIAP+II.
with
We shall now prove that among these there are some for which the reverse implication b) - a) holds. Let 27+ E it(+ and Ur2+ C 2+. It is easy to see (see 2.Proposition 6.16) that a) will follow from b) if and only if (Ur - 1)9?+ = Y+ Let K be the angular operator of the subspace 27+. Since (Ur - I )2+ C 2+,
coincidence of these lineals is equivalent to maximal non-negativity of (see l.Theorem 4.5) (Ur - I)2+, or to the equality + = P+ (Ur - I) (P+ + K),Y+, which, in turn, is equivalent to 0 E p(Urji - I+ + Ur12K), where U-,j (i, j= 1, 2) are the blocks of the operator Ur (see 2.(2.1)). Since it follows from 2.Lemma 2.8, 2.Theorem 2.9, and 2.Formula (6.36) that
Ur12= -(Urii-I+)Ai2(A22-(I so
ur11 - I+ + Ur12K= (Ur11 - I+)(I+ - A12(A22 - I )-'K), and therefore it is sufficient for us to verify that 1 E p (ur11) and it is possible to choose with Im > 211 AP+ II so that II A 12(A22 - ')'II < 1. Using
2.Formula(6.37) and supposing without loss of generality that E p(A 11) we have
(Ur11 - I+)(I+ - A12)(A22 - I )-'A21(A11 - I+)-') =
f)(A11 - I+)-'
This equality implies that R,,;,, - r coincides with W+. Since Ur is a J bi-
non-contractive operator (see 2.Theorem 6.13), OEp(Uii),
II U111 II 5 I
(see 2.Remark 4.21), and therefore we have from I+ - Ut i = U11 (Ur - I+) that 9lr - u; = -W+, which implies, as is easily seen, the inclusion 1 E p (U1 i ), and therefore 1 E p (Ur11). with Im (' > 211 AP+ II We now show that there is a
II A12(A22 - I-)
11 < 1.
such that
164
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
Since the operator A is J-dissipative 0<
Im[A11x+, x+] + Im[A12x-,x+] + Im[A2ix+,x-] + Im[A22x-,x+]
for all x+M+, x- E.)e- fl 'A. In particular, on substituting instead of x the vector x. (() = Im"('(A22 - ("I-)-'x-, a E IR, for all x- E Y_ with II x II = 1 and +_
A12(A22 -
('I-)-1x-
II A12(A22 - ('I-)-'x-II
x
it is assumed that A 12 (A22 - ('I- )x- # B-for, II A12(A22 - rI-)-'x- II = 0 5 q < 1 for any q > 0), we obtain
(here
II A12(A22- ('I-)-'x- I <
Im[f111x+, x+] Im " ('
otherwise,
+ ImIA,,x+. (A» - tI-)-'x-l
+ Im"(' Im IA22IA22 - ('I_)_ IX-, (A22 - ('1 )-'x
]
From 2.Theorem 2.9 and 2.Corollary 2.8 we obtain that II 1/IM (', and when Im (' > II Re (II we have II (A22 II A22 (A22 - tI )-' II I + 2, and therefore II A2 1
All II II A12(A22 - r)-'x - II S IIIm"(' + Im
1 +2
II
+ Im
Since for 0 < a < 1 and sufficiently large Im r we have IIA11II+IIA21 1+ Im (' Im '(' Im
"r
and since x- (II x-1 II = 1) is arbitrary, we obtain
II A12(A22 - ('I-)-l II < I. 1.14 If A E (L), foA =.W, 27 E,41-, and A: 2- - 2-, then T- is an invariant subspace of the operator A. In accordance with Definition 1.1 it is only necessary to verify that
9A fl Y-= 2-. From 1.Corollary 8.16
it
follows that W+ + 2- = M.
Since ye+ C 9A, we have 9)A =,W++ (2- fl GA), and therefore
implies l 2 = 2-.
W
Theorem 1.13 and Proposition 1.14 show that in future we need investigate only Problems 1.6 and 1.7, and the reader himself will be able to formulate the corresponding consequences for maximal J-dissipative operators A E (L) or for families of them ,.d E (L), and so we shall now dwell on them in the main text. In conclusion we mention that, historically, solution of the Problems 1.6 and 1.7 did not always precede the investigation of Problems 1.2 and 1.3; thus,
for example, Pontryagin's theorem mentioned in §1.1 was obtained earlier than Corollary 2.9 set out below in §2, from which we suggest to the reader in Exercise 10 on §2 that he should derive it.
§1 Statement of the problems 5
165
In the preceding paragraphs of this § 1 we decided that we would investigate
the problem of invariant subspaces mainly for J-non-contractive operators and, in particular, for J-semi-unitary and J-unitary operators. For brevity in the further exposition we introduce
Definition 1.15: We shall say that a family W= (UJ of J-non-contractive operators has: a) property -1, + (respectively, 4 _, (D [ll) if it has a common invariant subspace 2'+ E ft+ (respectively, 2' E Jr, 22+ E Jt+, 2+ [1] 91-);
b) Property i+ (respectively,-,) if each of its common completely invariant non-negative (respectively, invariant non-positive, completely invariant non-negative and non-positive) subspaces (including also (0)) admits extension into a maximal semi-definite subspace (of the corresponding sign) invariant relative to q/; c) Property 4 [lJ if each of its invariant dual pairs (2+,-) with
U9?' = 2+ (u E q/) admits extension into a maximal dual pair invariant relative to W. It is clear from Definition 1.15 that if a family W has the properties ( +, c, W, then it also has the properties 4) ±, (D, 'i) respectively, and the property 4) (4)) is equivalent to having properties 4+ and i,_ (c+ and c _) simultaneously. We note also that Definition 1.15 is applicable, in particular, to a family q/ consisting of a single operator U.
To conclude this section we indicate a device which will enable us later to simplify the proof of whether certain J-non-contractive operators (or families L-I and 4' Li I , and to avoid of such operators) have the properties repetitions in the discussions. 6
Definition 1.16:
Let q/ = (U) be a set of J-bi-non-contractive operators. We shall say that a complex y' of properties of the set q/ (the complex may, in particular, consist of just one property) is 4-invariant relative to q! if this same complex of properties is also possesed by every 4/ = (UJ of J-bi-noncontractive operators acting in the factor-space . = 9901l/ 'o (see 2.(1.11)), where 'o (C,-.?O) is an arbitrary subspace completely invariant relative to >>/. It is well-known that (in our terminology) properties of families of
operators, such as the property of being a group, commutativity, etc., are also 4'-invariant. Moreover a proposition such as follows also holds: 1.17 Let -V/ = (U) be a family of J-bi-non-contractive operators. The property that 199 C .i°° and 2' C U91 implies UY C .-°1 is -,D -invariant, and if
W has this property, if 2'+ is a completely invariant subspace relative to /'+ C .:+, and A'0+ = 2'+ r11+1, then U2'°+ = Yo++.
P7/,
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
166
Let 2'o be an arbitrary neutral subspace completely invariant relative to ,!/, let
.
= 201] /2o, and let '! = (U) be a family of J-bi-non-contractive
operators generated by the family 4/. If SP is a neutral subspace in . if and if C U 2 ' for every CIE 4 / , then 2 = Lin (x E 1 1 2 E 2') is a neutral subspace in
.Y( and 2 C U. = (Ux E Ux I z E 2'). Then by hypothesis U2' is a neutral subspace, which implies that 02 (= U2') is neutral. Now let 2'+ C O+ and U2'+ = 2+. It follows from this that Yo+ C U2'°+ (C 2+ ). By hypothesis U2'°+ is a neutral subspace, and since it contains Yo +, so (see 1 Proposition 1.17 and 1. Definition 1.13) 4/2'° = 9?0
Definition 1.18: A semi-definite subspace is said to be a maximal invariant (respectively a maximal completely invariant) subspace for the family W if it does
not admit non-trivial semi-definite extensions of the same sign in the set of subspaces invariant (respectively completely invariant) relative to W. A maximal invariant dual pair is defined similarly. It follows directly from Zorn's lemma that 1.19 Every semi-definite invariant (respectively, completely invariant) subspace admits extension into a maximal invariant (respectively, completely invariant) semi-definite subspace of the same sign. A similar proposition also holds for invariant dual pairs').
Lemma 1.20: Let (,Yt°r) be the set of J-spaces, and let (Wj,,x = ( U)) be the set of all families of J-bi-non-contractive operators in which is inherent a
certain complex .Y( of -t-invariant properties, including the property (2' C ?°, 2' C U2 - U2' C 3°). Then either every such family has the property 4)+, or among them there is a family (q/) which does not have the property 4)+ and is such that each of its completely invariant non-negative subspaces is positive.
Suppose a family 4/ _ (U) satisfies the condition of the theorem and nevertheless does not have the property 4+. We assume that 2° is a maximal neutral subspace completely invariant relative to W (see definition 1.18). This enables us to pass to the family L/ _ (U) of J-bi-non-expansive operators acting in the f space . = 201120. In accordance with the condition, this family has the complex of properties .Y( and, by virtue of Exercise 21 on 1.§8, like 4/ it does not have the property 4+. We now show that all non-negative subspaces 2+ which are completely invariant relative to 4/ are positive. Let 2°+ be the isotropic part
of such a subspace .+. Then, by Proposition 1.17, .P°+ is a neutral subspace completely invariant relative to every operator U E 4/, and this implies that complete invariance of 2' = Lin (x E R I R E 2°+) relative to U E I. Since We draw the reader's attention to the fact that a maximal invariant semi-definite subspace is not
assumed to be, generally speaking, a maximal semi-definite subspace, and the concepts of a 'maximal invariant dual pair' and an 'invariant maximal dual pair' (cf. 1.DefinitionlO.l) are, in general, not identical.
§2 Invariant subspaces of a J-non-contractive operator
167
it follows from the maximality of 20 as a neutral subspace `1'o c 2 C completely invariant relative to W that 2'o coincides with 2, i.e., -_o+ = (0). Remark 1.21: Corresponding propositions about properties 4,-, 4,1-L1, can be proved in an entirely similar way (see Exercises 4-6).
Exercises and problems Construct a J-positive completely continuous operator A and verify that if the J-space is not a Pontryagin space, then A -1 has no invariant subspaces 2+ E .,ll' which are contained in CIA (Larionov [9] ).
1
2
Let 4V= (U) be a group of J-unitary operators. Prove that for it the properties: a) amenability; b) solubility; c) commutativity; d) UE Q/= U*E 4I; e) uniform boundedness; f) U` = U* = U-1 are 4)-invariant in the sense of Definition 1. lb. Hint: In proving d) first verify that under the conditions of Exercise 2 U* = U.
3
Let it be a family of J-bi-non-contractive operators. Verify that the property ( every
neutral invariant subspace of the family W admits extension into its completely invariant subspace) is 4?-invariant (Azizov). 4
Let Yl be a certain (D-invariant complex of properties inherent in families W/,.W
U)
of J-bi-non-contractive operators and containing the property the 4)-invariance of which was asserted in Exercise 3. Then either every such family has the property 4)_, or among them there is a family (V/) which does not have the property 4)_ and is such that each of its invariant non-positive subspaces is negative (Azizov). 5
Prove that under the conditions of Lemma 1.20 (respectively, of Exercise 4) either each family 4/j,.x there mentioned has the property 4)+ (respectively, $_), or among these families there is a family (a+/) which does not have this property and is such that it has a
maximal completely invariant non-negative subspace .W+ (respectively, a maximal invariant non-positive subspace Y-) which is definite and _T+ !t ..//+ (respectively,
ll.i/l ) (Azizov). 6
If under the conditions of Lemma 1.20 4+/j,,Nis a group of J-unitary operators, then either every such group has the property 4) Ill (respectively 4)1±]), or there is among them a group (-V/) which does not have this property and is such that all its maximal invariant dual pairs are definite (respectively, which has a maximal invariant definite dual pair (.V+, Y-), 99+ 0.,//±) (Azizov). Hint on Exercise 4-6. They are proved similarly to Lemma 1.20.
Invariant subspaces of a J-non-contractive operator
§2
Let.
= . + O+ W- be the canonical decomposition of a Krein space, and let Vi; 11 ?j=1 be the matrix representation (see 2.(2.1)) of a J-non-contractive operator V relative to this decomposition. 1
V= 11
Theorem 2.1: Every uniformly J-expansive operator V has the property 4)+. If V is a uniformly J-bi-expansive operator, then it has the property 4) and it has a
single pair 2+ C .O+ and 2- C .?- of maximal semi-definite invariant subspaces; moreover they are uniformly definite, I a(V I 2+) I µ+ (V) (> 1), and a ( V I 2 )I <, max(0; µ_(V)) (<1).
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
168
We begin with the assertion about a uniformly J-bi-expansive operator V. By 2.Theorem 4.13 the unit circle is free from the spectrum of the operator V, and therefore its Cayley transform A = K; ' (V) = i (V + I) (V - I)- I will, by virtue of 2.Proposition 6.16, be a bounded uniformly J-dissipative operator and a(A) fl (- oo, oo) = 0 (see 2.Proposition 2.32).
We write a± = o(A) fl C, and let r± be Jordan contours lying in C+- fl p(A) and surrounding a±. By 2.Theorem 2.21 the subspaces Y'+
= P+J( and 99- = P-LW, where
P±_- tat r. (A-XI)-'dX, ,
(2.1)
are respectively non-negative and non-positive invariant subspaces of the operator A. Since P+ + P_ = I (see 2.Theorem 2.20) Y+ + 9?- _ .W
(2.2)
and therefore (see 1.Proposition 1.25) Y± E ill±. From (2.2) and the invariance of 2 relative to A it follows immediately that Y± are also invariant relative to V(= K, (A) = (A + iI) (A - iI) -' ). Since Visa uniformly J-bi-expansive operator, we have: a) An arbitrary vector y E 2+ is, by 2.Theorem 4.17, expressible in the form y = Vx (x E Y+ ), and by 2.Theorem 4.23 there is a S > 0 such that
[y,y] > [x,x]+6llxl12> III IIYIIZ, i.e. Y+ is a uniformly positive subspace; b) For an arbitrary x E 9?- the inequality - [x, x] > - [ Vx, Vx] + 6 II X II 2 > S 11 X II 2 holds (since Vx E : - ), and therefore Y- is a uniformly negative subspace.
Therefore Y` are Hilbert spaces relative to the scalar products ± [x, y] (x, y E Y±), and so in them V I Y+ is an expansive operator and V I 97 is contractive, which implies the inequalities I a( V I p7+) I> 1 and I a( V Y-) 11. But since (see 2.Remark 4.25) any operator X V with 1
µ+(V)
<X<
1
max[O; µ(V))
such that I a(X M Y+) I > 1 and I a(X M Y-) I< 1 will be uniformly inequalities and I a(V I 2+) I > 'µ+ (V) the J-bi-expansive
I a(VIY-) I <, max[O; µ_(V) also follow. Now let the subspaces Y+ (C ?±) be such that V2+ = 2+ and V22_ C Y_. Just as above we can verify that Y+ are uniformly definite, and moreover Ia(VIY+)I>,µ+(V) and Ia(VI'_)I<,max10;A-(V)). From the properties of the Riesz projectors (2.1) (see 2.Theorem 2.20,e)) we obtain Y'± C 91±, and therefore the operator V has the properties 4)±, i.e., the
§2 Invariant subspaces of a J-non-contractive operator
169
property 4 . At the same time we have verified the uniqueness of the maximal semi-definite invariant subspaces of the operator V.
Now let V be an arbitrary bounded uniformly J-expansive operator. We suppose that we have succeeded in extending the J-space .3r into a J-space .Ye = We+ O+
(J = I+ O+ J), and the operator V into a uniformly J-bi-
expansive operator V. Then, by what has been proved above, the operator 17 has a unique maximal uniformly positive invariant subspace 99+ = Lin (z+ + K9+ 19+ E'+ 0 + ) (K E X (M+ 0 W+, tee- ), 11 K 11 < 1), and therefore Y+ (=.r, n W= Lin (x+ + Kx+ I x+ E ..e+)) E Ill+ (M) and V,-W+ C 9?+. Now, if Y+ C .40 +(,W) and V'+ ='+, then V?+ = T+ also.
Hence, 2'+ c k+ n .re = 2+, which proves that the operator V has the property '1+. Therefore to complete the proof it remains for us to construct the extensions mentioned above of the space X and the operator V.
Let V be a uniformly J-expansive operator. Then A = V` V -I is a uniformly J-positive operator (see 2.Theorem 4.24). By 2.Corollary 3.29 the
operator A has uniformly definite invariant subspaces 2i E _lt±, and Y1 [1] Y1, and so without loss of generality (see 1.§7.6) we shall suppose 9?1 = re+- . Since (A, ' C M±) is equivalent to (V ` V WC W± ), we have VM+ [1] V.W-. Since V is a J-non-contractive operator, so (see 2.Corollary 4.13) V.ye+ is a uniformly positive subspace with the angular operator V22 V111 defined on , v,, and 11 V21 VIi 11 < 1. Let I' be the extension of the operator V22 Vi 1' on to the whole of JY+ and let II F II < 1.
We construct a J-unitary operator U(T) by the formula 2.(5.3). Then
V = U(r) W, where W = U-' (F) V is a uniformly J-expansive operator, and WMe+ C ye+ and W.le+ [1] Wye-. Now as -W+ we take one more copy of .-W+ and we extend the J-unitary operator U(r) into a J-unitary operator U(P) in . e = .re+ O+ .ye by putting r D IF, P .;e+ = 0, i.e., U(P) .)e+ = I+. After this it is sufficient now to construct an extension of the operator W into a uniformly operator defined on Let J bi-expansive f iP. [ Wx, Wx] [x, x] = S 11 x 11 2, S > 0. We define the operator W I ie+ by putting Wx+ = Woox+ + W1ox+ + W2ox+, where x+ E)'e+ and
woo = Wii: J°+ -.Ye+; W10 = ((1 + a)I+ + W12 W2)U2U1o:
+_
"y+,
U,o is a partially isometric operator mapping .ye+ on to Ker W11 (C.W+) and Ker U1o = W20 = W22 W*12((1 + CO I+ + W12W1*2 )-1i2U1o: ,y+ _.O-.
It is immediately verifiable that, when 0 < a < S/(l + 11 W22 112), the operator will be uniformly J-bi-expansive. ,
Let T= 11 Ti; 11 ?;-, be the matrix representation of an operator T, defined everywhere, relative to the canonical decomposition -e = W+ O+ .-e- of the 2
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
170
J-space .. We bring into consideration the functions
Gi(K+)=K+ T,1+K+T12K+- T21- T22K+,
(2.3)
Gr (K-) = K_ T22 + K_ T21K_ - T21 - T,1K_ ,
(2.4)
whose domains of definition are respectively the operator balls X1 (see 1.8.19).
Lemma 2.2: A subspace Y+ E -tf± with angular operator K± is invariant reative to an operator T with )T= W if and only if the operator K+ is a solution of the equation Gf (K±) = 0 respectively.
Let TY+ C Y+ or, what is equivalent, suppose that for every x+ E W+ + which is a solution of the equation
there is a y+ E
T(x+ + K+x+) = y+ + K+y+), which, in its turn, is equivalent to the system TI2K+x+ = y+ T21x+ + T22K+x+ = K+y+}
(2.5)
We now substitute the value of y+ from the first equation of the system (2.5) into the second and, since x+ is arbitrary in ,.+, we obtain that Gi (K+) = 0. Conversely, suppose Gi (K+) = 0. Then we take as the required y+ the vector defined by the first equation of the system (2.5).
The assertion that TY- C £- a Gr (K_) = 0 is proved similarly.
Definition 2.3: We shall say that an operator T satisfies the condition A+ (A-) and we shall write T E A+ (TEA-) if there is an operator K+ E X +, II K+ II < 1 (K_ E .yl-, II K-1 I < 1) such that Gi (K+) (respectively,
Gr (K_) is a completely continuous operator. Remark 2.4: Using 1.Theorem 8.17 we can by a simple calculation satisfy ourselves that T E A+ (respectively, T E A_) if and only if there is a canonical decomposition ,Y = W' [ + ] ,- (respectively, .0 = R' [ + ],,912- ) such that the `corner' Pi TP1 I i (respectively, Pz TPz I ' ), where P;± are the J-orthogonal projectors on to (i = 1, 2) is completely continuous. Therefore the inclusions T E A+ or T E A_ do not depend on the actual decomposi-
tions of the space as might at first sight appear from the Definition 2.3. It follows from Theorem 2.1 that every uniformly J-bi-expansive operator satisfies the conditions A+ and A_. However, even for such operators there is not always a single decomposition for which both the `corners' are completely continuous simultaneously, or, what is equivalent, there is not a Ko EX' with II Ko II < 1 such that Gi (Ko) E .y'., and GT (Ko) E / O simultaneously (see Exercise 2 below). Nevertheless the following proposition holds:
§2 Invariant subspaces of a J-non-con tractive operator
If U is
2.5
a
J-bi-non-contractive J-semi-unitary
U E A_ ).
{ U E A+)
operator,
171
then
In particular, if U is a J-unitary operator, then
{UEA+) (UEA-). Let U21 E .y'.. It follows from 2.Corollary 5.12 that U12 E .Se., and hence
(UE A-). The assertion about J-unitary operators is proved similarly.
3
Let V be a J-bi-non-contractive operator. We introduce the notation
1+(V)=
V-T+=-V+,I a(VI1+)I %:µ+(V)),
(2.6) (2.7)
IVY- =Y, Ia(VIY )I<,max(o;µ (V)). -T (V) For the proof of Theorem 2.8 below we need the following simple proposition: 2.6 Let
+- E
and let K± respectively be their angular operators and
let !± be invariant relative to an operator T with VT= W.
Then
a(T 19+) = a(Tl l + T12K+) and a(T 12-) = a(T22 + R21K- ). This proposition is a corollary of the fact that the projectors P± map V'± homeomorphically on to +- (see 1.Theorem 4.5) and
TIY+=(P+I
2+)-'(T11+T12K+)P+I Y+
and
TI -T- =(PI
mo)-'(T22+T21K_)P-If-.
Moreover, we shall repeatedly use the following lemma which follows from, for example [VII], Theorem 4.5.6.
Let T be a completely continuous operator acting from a Hilbert space e1 into a Hilbert space ,02. If (K6) and ( F6) are bounded generalized sequences of operators consisting of operators acting from .2 into *1 and converging in the weak operator topology to Ko and Fo Lemma 2.7:
respectively (K6 - KO, Fb - FO), then ( TK6) converges in the strong operator topology to TKO
(TK,
(s)
'' TKo) and F6 TK6
Fo TKo.
Theorem 2.8: If a J-non-contractive operator VE A-, then it has the property If V is a J-bi-non-contractive operator, then
a) VEA+=,)±(C`);4 0 and T(V`);4 0; b) VEA- = f-(V`)= E /V I.,l._ =Y+111,x'+E,7+(V)) and VEA+-,q+(V`)=
(A'+E._tf+IA"+='-[1],
Y-E/-(V));
c) VEA-- Lin (X (V) II X I > 1)C fl(Y+I9+E/+ (V)) and VEA+>Lin(X (V)IXI <1)C fl(-T-191-E/-(V)).
Later, in Theorem 3.9, it will be proved by another method that V has the property i+.
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
172
Ll Let V be a J-non-contractive operator, and let I = (1 + en)P+ + (1 - en)P-, where 0 < c,, < 1. Then V = VI,, is a uniformly J-expansive
operator: [ VInX, VInx] > [Inx, InX] > [X, x] + en II X II
2.
Since Vn11 = (1 + e,,) V,1, the operator Vn will be uniformly J-bi-expansive if
and only if V is a J-bi-non-contractive operator (see 2.Remark 4.21). It follows from Theorem 2.1 that the operator Vn has an invariant subspace Y' E ..//+. Let Kn denote its angular operator. By Lemma 2.2 it satisfies the equation Gj,(K,,) = 0. Since (see 1.Proposition 8.20) the ball X+ is bicompact in the weak operator topology, we can choose from the sequence (K',} (c,, 0 as n - co) a sub-sequence (K,,) which converges in this topology to a certain operator K o E X + as n oo. Since e,, 0 when n co, KaV,,11 = (I + p,,)K,,V11 , Ko Vii, V2122K,1= (1 - e,t) V22
V,121 = (1 + ea) V21 - V21,
K,1-s V22Ko.
Since it follows from Remark 2.4 that we can without loss of generality assume that V12 E .99., we can use Lemma 2.7 and obtain KnV,112K,, = (1 - c,)K,,V12K;, - KO V12Ko.
These relations enable us to conclude that Ko satisfies the equation Gv (Ko) = 0, i.e., by Lemma 2.2 the subspace SP+ = (x+ + Kox+ I x+ E W+1 (Ea/+) is invariant relative to the operator V.
a) Let V be a J-bi-non-contractive operator. We verify that then I a(V I Y+) I > µ+(V). It suffices (taking Theorem 2.1 and 2.Remark 4.25 into account) for us to deal with the case when µ+ (V) = 1. By Proposition 2.6 we have p(V I 2P+) = p(Vo), where Vo = V11 + V1z_Ko. Since (see 2.Remark 4.21) 0 E p(V11) and V_T+ = Y+, so 0 E p(V, 1) n p(Vo). Since (see Exercise 4 on 2.§4, I = ( X II X I < 1) C p(V11) and V12 E .1 ,, it follows from 2.Theorem 2.11 that D C p(Vo). We _ shall prove that Y+ Ei+(V), i.e.,
ao = l n a(Vo) = 0. Let X E p(Vo) n OD. The operators V. =_ 17,111 + V,112K,, converge strongly, by Lemma 2.7, to the operator Vo, and by Theorem 2.1 and Proposition 2.6 we have X E p(V,,). We now verify that supn(II (V,, - XI+)-' II < oo. To do this it is, by a well-known Banach-Steinhaus theorem, sufficient to show that the set ((V,,- XI')-'x+} is bounded for every x+ E +. Let (V,, - XI+)-'x+ = xi We rewrite this equality in the equivalent form
[I+-e,1[(V0-XI +)-'V1zMI Ko)-I+1(170-XI +)
V1V12K,T)
I+)-'V12(Kn- Ko)]2}x,i _ [I+ - (V0- XI+)-'V12(K,1-Ko)](Vo- XI+)-'x+.
(2.8)
Since
II [(Vo-XI+) V12(Kn-Ko)]2II
52II
(Vo-XI+)-`V,z(K,,-Ko)(V0-XI+)
`V12I,
§2 Invariant subspaces of a J-non-contractive operator 0, and V12 E .v'm and by Lemma 2.7 (Vo - )'I+) -' V12 (K,r - KO)
K,1- K,,
173
(S) i 0,
so (see, for example, [XVIII] )
II(Vo- XI+)-'V12(Ka-Ko)(Vo-XI+)-'V2II -0. Sax+, where II T,, 11 - 0, and (S,1) Therefore (2.8) takes the form (I+ + TT)x,i = is a uniformly bounded sequence. Hence for sufficiently large values of >i we obtain that x i = I+ + T a ) ' S,,x+ and I xi) is a bounded sequence, and therefore (V# < Co. Now let Xo E co. Since ao is an isolated point of the spectrum of the operator I
Vo, there is an open disc Do (C D) whose boundary I'o consists of regular points of this operator and is such that Do fl ao = (Xo). Since Fo is compact we conclude that the set ((V,j - XI+ )-' I Xo E Fo) is uniformly bounded with respect to X and n, and therefore the sequence of Riesz projectors
Pa = - 1
2ai converges strongly to the projector
Po= -tai 1
ro
(Va
- XI+)-' dX
r, (V'o- XI+)-' dX
on the root space 2?(Vo) (see 2.Theorem 2.20). But Pa = 0 for all ri, and therefore Po = 0, which implies that 2'x0(Vo) = 10). Thus I a(Vo) I > 1, i.e., f+ (V) ;.d 0. Now let VE A+. We shall suppose that V21 E 91. (see Remark 2.4). We bring into consideration, by 2.Formula (5.3), the operator U(F) with F = V22 Vi1' (E .gym ). The operator U = U-' (F) V is, together with V, J-binon-contractive and, as is easily verified, II U22 II S 1. Therefore U22+F(I+_P*r)-1/2U12+((I-
V22 =
1,r *)_1/2-I-)U22
is the sum of a compression and a completely continuous operator. This enables us, using the same scheme as we used in proving that V E A_ - 9+ (V) # 0, i.e., again starting from Proposition 2.6 (but this time its second part), to prove that V E A+ = f - (V) * 0. We also notice the following obvious implication:
VEA± a V`EA-. Therefore, if V E A_ (respectively, A+ ), then
(2.9)
V`) ;4 0 (respectively,
1+(V) * 0). So assertion a) has been proved. b) Let 2+ E1+ (V). Then A"- = X+ I-'] E ..!!- and V`. IV- C ./I"-. Since I .,l _ -)= (V`)22 = V22 and (V`)21 = - V,Z, so by Proposition 2.26, a(V` u(V2*2 - V2Q), where Q is the angular operator of the subspace .'!"-. From V 2 E .9'm we conclude (see 2. Theorem 2.11) that [ X I I X I > 1) C )5( V` I ,I'- ). Let I Xo I > 1 and V`xo = Xoxo, 0 * xo E ./V-. Since moreover xo E :1'+ (see
2-Exercise 5 on §6), so xo E Poo and therefore xo E 2+ fl .4'-, which implies (see
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
174
2.Exercise 17 on §4) VV`xo = xo, i.e., Vxo = (l/Xo)xo and 11/X I < 1-we
have obtained a contradiction of the fact that Y+ Eq+(V). Therefore A"- E,J-(V`). Similarly it can be verified that, if /V_ E7_(V`), then 99+ = T- (-L] E '+ (V), and the second implication in b) holds. c) Let X E ap(V) with I X I ie 1 and let xE Y),(V). Then the spectrum of the restriction of the operator V on to the finite-dimensional invariant subspace
Lin ((V - XI)'x(o consists of the one point (X). By 2.Theorem 1.13 we have x [1] A' for all A' E(+ (V`) if I X I < 1 or for all .4' E j- (V`) if i X I > 1. Using the proposition b) which has already been proved we obtain that xE fl (2- 12- E f-(V)) (I X I < 1) or, respectively, that xE fl (Y+ I Y+ E f+(V)( (I X I > 1). Therefore the inclusions indicated in
assertion c) are valid for every 'x(V) and are therefore also valid for their linear envelope.
Corollary 2.9:
If V is a a-non-contractive operator or a 7r-bi-non-expansive
operator, then f±(V) ;4 0 and the inclusions in assertions b) and c) of Theorem 2.8 hold for V In particular, ir-semi-unitary and 7r-unitary operators have these properties.
This follows from the fact that V21 and V12 are finite-dimensional continuous operators and therefore V E A+ fl A_ . Corollary 2.10:
If V(EA+) is a J-semi-unitary J-bi-non-contractive operator,
then f±(V) ?6 0 and assertions b) and c) in Theorem 2.8 hold for it. In particular, J-unitary operators U E A+ fl A- have these properties. It is sufficient to compare Proposition 2.5 with Theorem 2.8.
Remark 2.11: In accordance with 2.Remark 4.29 all the statements of problems and results in §§1 and 2, as also in §§3-5 later, for J-non-contractive and J-bi-non-contractive operators can be reformulated without difficulty in terms of J-non-expansive and J-bi-non-expansive operators, and this we leave the reader to do.
Examples and problems 1
Give an example of a uniformly I-expansive operator which does not have the property & (and even less, the property 4_) (Azizov). ./P+, J4" (O( and in it Hint: Consider a J-space N' _ .,Y® ( ./P-, dim N1 = dim an operator X U where I X I > I and U is a semi-unitary operator mapping .rY into
2
Let.r = .,Y+ Q+ .YP- be a J-space, .,Y+ and ./P- being two copies of one and the same infinite-dimensional Hilbert space. Verify that the operator V = 11 V1 11 zJ= 1, where VII=AN, V12 = (1/2)I, V21=0, V22=,Y/2I, is a uniformly J-bi-expansive
operator. Prove that there is no Ko E .W + with IlKo ll < 1 such that Gi (Ko) E s/' and Gv (Ko*) E Y. simultaneously (Azizov).
§2 Invariant subspaces of a J-non-contractive operator 3
175
Let V be a J-bi-non-contractive operator with V E A_ (A+ ), let co be the spectral set of
the operator V with ao c (X II X I > 1) (respectively, ao C ED), and let PaO be the
corresponding Riesz projector. Prove that then PPO.f c fl (7+ )+ E/+( V) (respectively, P,,Yf c fl (2- I J'- E f - ( V)) (Azizov). Hint: Use 2.Theorem 1.13 and Theorem 2.8.
Let V be a r-non-contractive operator, let I Xo I > 1, and let 2'o be the isotropic
4
part of the lineal 91a0 '(V) (the possibility that 2',,O(V) = J'x 1(V) = J'o = (B)) is not
excluded). Verify that then dim 22o < dim 22x0(V) and that the subspace 2'o + J'xO( V) is non-degenerate (Azizov).
Hint: Use Theorem 2.8, 2.Theorem 1.13, and 2.Exercise 17 on §4. 5
Let V be a r-non-contractive operator, and let 22i, 222 be arbitrary invariant subspaces of it from .,//+. Prove that then, if I X I > 1, we have
dim(221,(VI2',)+2'i,-'(VIY',))=dim(2,(VI222+. x-'(V IX2))=dim 4(V), and if I X I = 1, then dim 22X( V I I',) = dim 2'a (V 12'2) (Azizov). Hint: Use Exercise 4, Theorem 2.8, 2.Theorem 1.13, and 2.Exercise 17 on §4. 6
Let V be a r-semi-unitary operator in 11 let .J'+ E /+ (V) and to (V I d'+) I > 1, and let ap (V) fl a *-, (V 197+) = 0. Then the operator V' has a single x-dimensional positive, and a single x-dimensional neutral, invariant subspace. When x = 1 the operator V` has no other invariant subspaces from //+, and when x > 1 the power
of the set of them is either not greater than 2,-2 or is not less than that of the continuum (Azizov). Hint: Use Exercise 6 and the hint for it. 7
Let II1 =11+ (D rl_ with 11+ = Linle') and let (e, 11' be an orthonormal basis in r1-. Prove that the linear operator V defined on e+ U (e, )i as Ve+ = 2e+ + ei , Ve; = e;+, (i = 1, 2, ...) is bounded and that its closure is a r-semi-unitary operator which satisfies the conditions of Exercise 6 (Azizov).
8
Let A be a bounded uniformly J-dissipative operator with VA =.1y. Prove that the that J'+ are uniformly operator A has a single pair of invariant subspaces 9 E definite and Im a(A 122+) > 0, Im a(A I Y-) < 0 ([VI] ). Hint: Use Theorems 1.13 and 2.1.
9
Let A be a maximal J-dissipative operator, let A E (L), 1/A = ., and let A12 be an A22-completely continuous operator. Prove that the operator A has at least one invariant subspace 22+ E .,//+, 9,+ C c/A and Im a(A 19'+) > 0 (cf. Langer [2], M. Krein [5], Azizov and E. Iokhvidov [1]). Hint: Use Theorems 1.13 and 2.8. Let A be a maximal r-dissipative operator (in particular, a r-self-adjoint operator) in
10
H. with c/A = M. Prove that it has invariant subspaces 1'± E .. //± such that Im a(A 12'+) > 0, Im a(A I Y'-) < 0. Moreover, Lin(95,(A) I Im X > 01 C 99+ and C Lin(A'1,(A) I Im X < 01 C -Y'-1 (Pontryagin [1], Azizov [4], [8], M. Krein and Langer [3]. Hint: Use Theorem 1.13 and Corollary 2.9. 11
Under the conditions of Exercise 10 let OA < r (regarding the symbol OA, see 2.Exercise 6 on §2) and let the right-hand (respectively left-hand) boundary ray of the corresponding angle form with the positive (respectively negative) semi-axis an angle
,p, > 0 (respectively ,p2 > 0). Prove that the operator A then has no points of the spectrum within the angles (- roe, ,p,) and (- r + p1, r - a2) and if, moreover, Ker A is definite, then the operator A has a single pair of invariant subspaces 2'± E. // that J'` are definite and J'+ = Lin (21,(A) Ker A n.#,, I Im X > 01, and r- = (Lin (2',, (A `), Ker A fl .? - I Im it > 0)) `11 (Azizov [8] ). 1
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
176
Fixed points of linear-fractional transformations and invariant subspaces §3
1
Let Y = W+ O+ .e- be a J-space and V = 11
V;; 11
;- 1
be a J-bi-non-
contractive operator. It follows from 2.Theorem 4.17 that on the operator ball + _ ,X+( +, -) (see 1.Proposition 8.19) the Krein-Shamul'yan linear-
fractional transformation Fv: K - Fv(K) _ (V21 + V22K)(V11 + V12K) ',
(3.1)
or (in equivalent form) Fv (K) V11 + F+V (K) V12K - V21 - V22K = 0
(3.2)
is properly defined. 3.1 Let K be the angular operator of the subspace Y+ E 11+. Then Fv (K) is the angular operator of the subspace V P+ (E_lf+ ), and therefore the function
Fv maps the ball X+ into If x = x+ + Kx+, then
.yf+.
Vx= V11x+ + V21x+ + V12Kx+ + V22Kx+ = (Vii + V12K)x+ + (V21 + V22K)x+ = y+ + (V21 + V22K)(V + V12K)-'y+,
where y+ denotes the vector (V11 + V12K)x+. This proposition and the writing of the function F+V in the implicit form
(3.2) enables us to introduce the concept of a generalized linear fractional
transformation Fv defined by a bounded J-non-contractive operator V (V v = A e) as a mapping of elements of the ball Jy'+ into the set of subsets of this ball:
Fv(K)= (L' E.yl+I L'V11+L'V12K- V21 - V22K=0).
(3.3)
The following proposition is proved in the same way as 3.1 was: 3.2 &+
Let V be a J-non-contractive operator, let K be the angular operator of E. if+, and let L be the angular operator of the subspace V5F+. Then
F+V (K) = X+ (L), where .Yl+ (L) is defined by the formula in 1.8.9.
Definition 3.3: A subset J ( C .YC+ is said to be invariant relative to the generalized linear fractional transformation Flt if F+V (K) fl X ;4 0 for any K E N. Moreover, the restriction F+V I W is understood to mean the mapping Fv I J': K (E.X) -+ F+V (K) fl x. In particular, if J consists of a single operator KO, then KO is called a fixed point of the transformation Fv . From Proposition 3.2 it follows immediately that
3.4 A subspace 2' E If+ with the angular operator Ko is invariant relative to a J-non-contractive operator if and only if Ko E F+V (Ko), i.e., Ko is a fixed
point of Fv .
§3 Fixed points of linear fractional transformations
177
We note that this proposition coincides with Lemma 2.2, if in the latter we put T = V, a J-non-contractive operator. Proposition 3.4 shows another way of seeking the solution of the problem of invariant subspaces. This way consists in investigating when the function Fv has a fixed point. In order to apply this idea we need some topological concepts and results; we introduce the latter without proof. 2
Definition 3.5: Let E be a Hausdorff linear topological space, and Jt' a subset of it. A mapping F which carries points K E X into now-empty convex subsets
F(K) C E is said to be closed if the fact that generalized sequences (K6) and ( Fa) (F6 E F(Kb )) converge to KO and Fo respectively implies that Fo E F(Ko).
Theorem 3.6: (Glicksberg [IX] ). Let iC be a non-empty bi-compact convex subset in a locally convex Hausdorff topological space E, and let F be a
closed mapping of points K E J into non-void convex subsets F(K) C X. Then the function F has at least one fixed point in J', i.e., there is a point Ko EX such that Ko E F(Ko).
It is easy to see that under the conditions of Theorem 3.6 the following proposition holds: 3.7 The set of fixed points of the mapping F is closed In our case the role of E will be played by the space of linear continuous operators acting from one Hilbert space into another, and the role of ..W by the ball yl + of this space or its closed convex subsets. The topology is the weak operator topology. We now pass on to the key result of this section.
Theorem 3.8: Let ,' =+ O+ Y- be a J-space and V = I I Vii I I i;=, a J-non-contractive operator with V12 .99-; let Fv be a generalized linear-
fractional transformation generated by the operator V according to the formula (3.3), and let .X ( C X + ) be a non-empty convex subset, closed in the weak operator topology, which is invariant relative to F+V. Then the mapping
Fv I JY has at least one fixed point. The set of fixed points of the function Fit X is closed in the same topology. We verify that we are under the conditions of Theorem 3.6. Let KE X. Then it follows from a comparison of Proposition 3.2 with 1.Theorem 8.23 that the non-empty set Fv (K) is bi-compact and convex, and the same is true of the non-empty set Fv (K) fl X. Thus the function Fv I .X carries points from it' into its convex non-empty subsets. It remains to verify that Fv I it is a closed mapping. Let (Kb) be a generalized sequence of elements from .yl, and let F6 E Fv (K6) fl it' and K6 - Ko, F6 - Fo. From the Definition (3.3) we then have F6 V1 i +. F6 V12K6 - V21 - V22K6 = 0.
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
178
2.7 F6 V - Fo V11, V22K6 - V22Ko, by Lemma and F6 V12Ks - Fo V12Ko, we have Fo E Fv (Ko). Since i' is closed, Fo E -W, i.e.,
Since
Fo E Fv (Ko) n W. It now follows from Theorem 3.6 that Fv I i' has at least one fixed point, and from Proposition 3.7 that the set of all such points is closed.
3
As a corollary from Theorem 3.8 we obtain
Theorem 3.9: A J-non-contractive operator V (EA_) has the property
J-bi-non-contractive operator V (EA+) has the property
+; a
_; a J-unitary
operator U (EA+ n A _) has the property 4? Ill.
Let V be a J-non-contractive operator and V E A_ . Without loss of generality, by virtue of Remark 2.4, we assume that V12 E .9'm. If a nonnegative subspace 2'o with the angular operator Ko is completely invariant relative to V, then it follows from Proposition 3.2 that the weakly closed convex set V, (KO) is invariant (see 1.Theorem 8.23) relative to the generalized
linear-fractional transformation Fv. Therefore by Theorem 3.8 the function Fv I .W+ (Ko) has at least one fixed point Ko which, by Proposition 3.2, will be the angular operator of a maximal non-negative invariant subspace !'o of the operator V, and Yo E .SPo.
Now let V be a J-bi-non-contractive operator, VE A+. By Remark 2.4 we can suppose that V21 E Y., and therefore (V`)12 = - Vzl E Y- Consequently we conclude from Theorem 3.8 that the function Fv° has a fixed point in any convex weakly closed subset from X+ which is invariant relative to Fv'. In particular, if 3 o C Velo C Mo, and Qo is the angular operator of the subspace Mo, then it follows from the invariance of 9101) relative to V` (see 2. Proposition 1.11) and from Proposition 3.2 that the weakly closed convex subset X-* (Qo) (see 1.Theorem 8.23) is invariant relative to Ft'. Let 20 = (x+ + Kox+ I x+ E+ ), where KO is a fixed point of the function Fv , I X *(Qo). Then 20 is invariant relative to V` and is J-orthogonal to 91o
(see 1.Proposition 8.22). Therefore x[01] (Elf-) is a subspace invariant relative to V and containing 91o. The last assertion about a J-unitary operator U is proved similarly. Namely, because of Remark 2.4 we can suppose that U12 E Y,. If (2'+, Y_) is a dual pair with U T+ = -T+, and if K+ are the angular operators of the subspaces 91± respectively, then, as a convex weakly closed subset X in .y1 + which is invariant relative to Fu, we consider the non-empty subset .W = J'+ (K+) n .X_* (K_ )
(see 1.Theorem 8.23). By Theorem 3.8 Fu I.X has a fixed point K+, and therefore 9+ = (x+ + K+ x+ I x+ E ,Y+) is a subspace which is invariant relative to U, contains Y+, and is J-orthogonal to Y_. Therefore (9+,. '+1]) is a maximal dual pair which is invariant relative to U and contains (Y+, Y_).
§3 Fixed points of linear fractional transformations
179
Corollary 3.10: Let V be a 7r-non-contractive or a a-bi-non-contractive operator. Then it has the property If V is a a-unitary operator, then it has the property c Ill. Since V12 and V21 are finite-dimensional operators, VE A+ fl A_, and it only remains to apply Theorem 3.9.
Corollary 3.11: Let 11, =11+ 0 II_ be a Pontryagin space and U be a 7r-unitary operator. Then U is stable if and only if all its eigen-subspaces Ker(U- XI) are non-degenerate.
Z Let U be a stable operator. In accordance with 2.Corollary 5.20 we can without loss of generality suppose that U11± = I l+, and therefore
Ker(U- XI) = (Ker(U - xI) fl II+) [ (D] (Ker(U- xI) fl Ii-). This equality implies that Ker(U - XI) are non-degenerate.
Conversely, suppose that all the Ker(U - XI) are non-degenerate. Then X E aa(U) implies I X I = 1 (see Exercise 5 on 2.§6). Therefore (see Exercise 22
on 2.§5) Ker(U- XI) [1] Ker(U -µI) when X pe µ, and so there are precisely p (0 < p < x) different eigenvalues X1, X2, .. X, of the operator U to which correspond non-negative eigenvectors. Since the Ker(U- X,I) (i = 1, 2, . . ., p) are non-degenerate, it follows that
,
Ilk = Ker(U- X,I) [+]Ker(U- X2I) [+]
[+]Ker(U- X I) [+].-I
where
.il'= [Ker(U- X1I) [+]Ker(U- X21) [+] ... [+]Ker(U- X I)J and U,4' C 'U in accordance with 2. Proposition 1.11, and by construction U I A has no non-negative eigenvectors. By Corollary 3.10 /V is a negative subspace and therefore U I N is a unitary operator relative to the scalar product - [x, y] 1,/V. Consequently u is a unitary operator relative to the scalar product (which is equivalent to the original one)
(x,Y)1 = L (xi,y;)1=1
where
X= Z; x,+x.,, y= Z; y,+ y.,, i=1
x,,y,EKer(U-X,I) for i= 1,2,...,p,
,_1
and
x,, Y., E./l. From this it follows that the operator U is stable. Theorem 3.9 enables us to make Theorem 2.8 more precise for the case of a J-unitary operator.
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
180
Theorem 3.12: Let U (EA+ U A_) be a J-unitary operator, let A be its non-unitary spectrum, A = A, U A2, A, fl A2 = 0, and let Az-' (X-' I X E A2) = Ai. Then the operator U has invariant subspaces J e± E such that the non-unitory spectra of U 12+ and U 19_ coincide with A, and A2 respectively. Moreover, A C p(U), and if X E A, (respectively, X E A2), then
the root subspace .If (UII+) (respectively, .x(UI If_)) coincides with -SPa(U). El
A C p(U) by virtue of Remark 2.4 and 2.Corollary 5.13. Let
If+=CLin(.)JU)IXEA1),
2'_=CLin(.If,,(U)IXEA2).
Since Al- ' f1Ai = 0 by hypothesis, .± C 1° by virtue of Exercise 7 on 2.§6. By
construction Y+ are completely invariant subspaces of the operator U and as(UIY+)=F1,(U)( x(UI2_)=Yx(U))when XEAl (respectively, XEA2). By Theorem 3.9 there are subspaces -ie7± E J(± which are invariant relative to
U, which contain .± respectively. Carrying out an argument similar to that used in proving Theorem _2.8 we realize that the non-unitary spectra of the operators U 12+ and U I _ consist of normal eigenvalues. By construction A, C a(U I I+) and A2 C a(U 12_ ), and the corresponding root lineals satisfy the requirements of the theorem. It remains only to notice that the skewconnectedness of .,,(U) and 2'x - ,(U) (see 2.Corollary 3.12) implies that
a(UI.+)nA2=0anda(UI2_)f1A,=0. In this paragraph we investigate the question of the number of invariant subspaces possessed by J-bi-non-contractive operators which have at least one 4
invariant maximal uniformly positive subspace (from not on the sets of uniformly definite subspaces from . C and ./l(- will be denoted by t!o and ..llo respectively). But first we prove the following Lemma 3.13: Let .e = M+ O+ operator of the subspace .ii'- E assertion holds: if the subspace
.
- be a J-space and let Q be the angular Then W = .,Y+ + /V- and the following
Y_(x++Kx+x+Ee+,K: Xe+
-W-, IIKII<°°)
and if 1 E p(QK), then
2=(y++Fy+Iy+E. +, F.
+- 'l-, II FII <1
and - 1 E p(QP- F), and
F= (P + Q)K(I+ - QK) Conversely, if
?=(y++Fy+Iy+E.,Y+,
IIFII
§3 Fixed points of linear fractional transformations
181
and - l E p (QP- F), then
Y= (x+ + Kx+ I x+ E .,Y+ , K: e+ -. ,W- ,
11 K11 < oo
and
1 E p(QK),
and
K = P- F(I+ + QP- F)-'. El
The equality
.
= . + + { "-
(3.4)
is obtained from 1.Corollary 8.16. Let
q'= (x++Kx+ x+E.W+, K:
IjKjj
Then, if x = x+ + Kx+ E Y, we have
x = x+ - QKx+ + Kx+ + QKx+ = (I+ - QK)x+ + (P- + Q)Kx+
= y+ + (P + Q)K(I+ - QK) y+ = y+ + Fy+, where
y + = (I+ - QK)x+
and F= (P + Q)K(I+ - QK)-'.
Therefore
Y _ ly+ + Fy+ I y+ E de+, F .
- .N-, 1 1 F 1 1 < oo J.
The assertion that -1 E p (QP- F) follows from the equality
QP F= QP(P +Q)K(I+-QK)-'=QK(I+-QK) =-I++(I+-QK)-i The other assertions of the lemma are proved similarly. Theorem 3.14: Let V be a J-bi-non-contractive operator, and let SP+ (E,41+ ) be an invariant subspace of V Then the operator V has an invariant subspace {.E -11-. If, moreover, V has an invariant subspace (9?+ # ).ii 1 E /tf+ such "that t'l + A= W, then this operator has not less than a continuum of
invariant subspaces in each of the sets ./tfo and /tf+\,-tfo .
JLet K+ be the angular operator of the subspace -V+. It follows from 1.Lemma 8.4 that II K+ II < 1, and by Lemma 2.2 Gv (K+) = 0. Therefore VE A+ and so, by Theorem 2.8, V has an invariant subspace A- E ..Jf-.
We now use results from 1.§7.6 and we shall suppose, without loss of generality, that 2+ _ ,Y+. Let Q be the angular operator of the subspace A"
and K, the angular operator of a subspace ./Vi (*.,Y+). By virtue of 1.Theorem 8.15 assertion c) 1 E p(QK,) and so it follows from Lemma 3.13 that.4"1+
= (y+ + Fly+J, where y+ E.W+ and F, = (P + Q)K,(I' - QK,)-'.
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
182
Moreover F, ;e 0. Since
+ and
V- are invariant relative to V, and
+ Fi: the subspaces . 'l G_' = (y+ + a F, y+ I y+ E W+) will also be invariant for all a E C. We note that the G+ are not necessarily semi-definite. {
But, for a sufficiently small in modulus we have - 1 E p(aQP- Ft) and therefore when, for example, I a I < z II F, II ', it follows by Lemma 3.13 that ,/I-Q+ =
(x++Kax+Ix+.
+, K.,=aP-F,(I++aQP-F,)-'} (3.5)
and since Ia1IIF1I1 <1 IIK.II< 1-a1IIF111
it follows that all such iV are uniformly positive. Moreover the power of the sets of them is not less than that of the continuum. Without loss of generality we can now suppose that J V E ,? , i.e., II K, II < 1 ;the equality IV; + V- = M is obtained from 1.Corollary 8.16). We consider the set of those a E C for which - 1 E p(aQP- F). This is an open set in each connected component of which the function a - K. is holomorphic. Let Z be the connected component of this set which contains the point of = 1 (see Lemma 3.13). We prove that there is a point ao E -Z such that II K.. II > 1. First of all we notice that if - P6 C, then Z has a finite boundary point CL'.
Then, if a E Z and a - a', we conclude from the form of the operator K. oo as n oo, and the existence of ao has been proved. But if ,?. = C and if, contrary to assumption; I K, II < 1 (a E C), then by Liouville's theorem K. = constant. Therefore QKq = aQP- F, (I+ + aQP- Ft)-' =
(see (3.5)) that II K,, II
I+ - (I+ + aQP- F1)-' = const., which implies the equality QP- F, = 0, and therefore K. = aP- F, 0 const. (because F, ;4 0)-we have obtained a contradiction. We now consider continuous functions
(a = )ff: [0, 1]
(0 < T < 1)
with
f,(0) = 1 and f,(1) = ao
for all rE [0, 1] and
A(t2) when T1 ;4 r2 and t1, t2E (0, 1).
Since all the functions fl(t) are continuous, the functions II Kf(t) II will also be
continuous with respect to t for each r, and moreover IIKf(o)II=IIK,II < 1 and
1,
and therefore there are t,E (0, 1) such that II KJ,(,,) II = 1. By hypothesis ;e-
when Ti ;4 T2. Therefore the operator V has not less than a
continuum of different invariant subspaces ./l "f (,_) E .,//+\. //o with the angular operator K,(,_).
§3 Fixed points of linear fractional transformations
183
In conclusion we shall show how to obtain from results about invariant subspaces for J-non-contractive operators similar results for operators acting in G-spaces. In 1§6.6 a construction was given for embedding a G-space in a J-space, in which, in particular, a G(')-space was embedded in IIX. We shall call such an embedding canonic, and we shall investigate what happens to certain properties of operators acting in the corresponding spaces. Later we shall use the following general theorem which we introduce here without proof. 5
Theorem 3.15 (M. Krein [2]): Suppose a Banach space R is densely and continuously embedded in a Hilbert space W. If a linear operator A: V - V with VA = 4 is continuous (respectively, completely continuous) in 4 and is also symmetric as an operator in Ye, then it is continuous (respectively, completely continuous) in ' and it can be extended by continuity on to the whole of .
into a self-adjoint operator A: ' e.
As a direct consequence of this theorem we obtain the following proposition which will be important later: Lemma 3.16:
Let the G-space.,Y = Ae® +- with G.± C W', and let .
be canonically embedded in a J space 7e _ + O+ - with ± canonically embedded in R±. If A with 9A = M is a G-selfadjoint continuous (respec-
tively, completely continuous) operator, then it extends uniquely into a continuous (respectively, completely continuous) J-selfadjoint operator A
R.
Let J (= I G I -G) be the unitary part of the polar decomposition of the operator G; in the given case J coincides with the difference of the ortho-
projectors P+ and P- on to+ and- respectively: J = P+ - P-. Then JA is a I G I -selfadjoint operator, and . - by construction (see 1.Proposition 6.14) In accordance with is the completion of i( relative to the norm (I G I x, x)1,12.
Theorem 3.15 the operator J extends into an operator J = P+ - P- (P`- are the ortho-projectors in .W on to ±), and JA extends into an operator JA selfadjoint in W which will be simultaneously with A continuous or completely continuous. Therefore A = Y JA is the required operator. Corollary 3.17: I f under the conditions o f Lemma 3.16 A = I I AU II' i=1 is a continuous G-selfadjoint operator and A 12, A21 E 9-, then A = II Au II ?i=1 where the A;i are the extensions of the operators A, (i, j = 1, 2) and moreover A12,A21 E .q',,, Since
A = Al + A2, where Al = II
All
A22 I
,
A2 =
0
A 12
A21
0
i
3 Invariant Semi-definite Subspaces
184
A, and A2 are G-selfadjoint operators, and A2 E Y., we have only to use Lemma 3.16.
Remark 3.18:
Suppose W + W+ O+ M- is a G-space, G.W± C e±, G± = G j .Y±, and 0 E p(G_ ). Then from A =Ac, 9A = .Ye and A12 E .y'0 it follows that A21 E 9'm. This follows from the equality A21 = G_'A12G+ which holds in this case.
If V`, together with V, is a continuous operator and then V and V` extend into continuous operators V and Vc in .,Y, and P = V`. Remark 3.19: v = 9 v, =
,
This follows immediately from Lemma 3.16 if we use the equality V= 2'(V+ V c) + i [ (V - V')12i] and the fact that the operators '(V+ V c) and 2
112i(V- V`) are G-selfadjoint. Theorem 3.20: Suppose . = W+ ( Ae- is a G-space, GW± C M±, G+ = G I .e±, and 0 E p(G_ ). If V is a G-bi-non-contractive operator (i.e., Vand
V` are continuous G-non-contractive operators, 9v = 9)V'= .'), V12 E 91., 9'+ C .?±, V9 -?+ = Y+, then there is an 9+ E ill+ (.e) containing q+ and such that V9+ C L+. Let M = . + O+ . - be canonically embedded in ie- = Se- + O+ .ie- -. It follows from 0 E p(G_) that.- = .e-. The operator V satisfies the conditions in Remark 3.19 and it therefore extends into a continuous operator V which is J-bi-non-contractive. Since V12 E 91m and 0 E p (G_ ), so V12 E Y.. Therefore, by Theorem 3.9, the operator V has the property -6 +. The condition V. + = Y+ implies the complete invariance of the closure of 2'+ in ' relative to the operator V. Consequently there is an ! = [ x+ = Kx+ I x+ E .3W+ } (E. #+ (.e)) containing
'+, and V2' =
It is easy to see that 2+ =.t fl '(E. lf+ (M)) will be the
required subspace.
Corollary 3.21: If Atis a Gt"1-space and if V is a G(')-bi-non-contractive operator, then any of its completely invariant non positive subspaces admits extension into a maximal non-positive invariant subspace.
We are in the conditions of Theorem 3.20 to within a change-over to the anti-space and taking account of the fact that V21 is a finite-dimensional operator. So V21EYm.
Exercises and problems I
Let V be a J-non-contractive operator. We define a generalized linear-fractional transformation F v' on a non-empty subset .7'(C.W + ): t V (.i) = Ul F V (K) I K E .J
.
§4 Invariant subspaces of a family of operators Prove that if
y3 = ( V) is
185
a semi-group of J-non-contractive operators, then
F'',j= (Fv I V E .Y31 is also a semi-group in relation to superposition of transformations and that F+vo o Fv2 = Fv, v,; if .13 is a group, then F. is a group, and 2
(Fv)-' = Fir Prove that if U is a J-unitary operator, then
11 K II < 1
Fu (K) < 1 and
11 Ku = I « I Fu(K) II = 1 (M. Krein and Shmul'yan [4], Potapov [1]). Hint: Use Proposition 3.1. 3
Let V be a J-non-contractive operator, U a J-unitary operator, and W = U-' VU. An operator Ko E k is a fixed point of the transformation F v+ if and only if Fij-(Ko) is a fixed point of the transformation F+w.
4
Prove that the function Fv generated by a J-non-contractive operator V E A_ has at least one fixed point in .W (I. Iokhvidov [10]). Hint: Use Proposition 3.2 and Theorem 3.9.
5
Suppose V is a J-bi-non-contractive operator, and F%' has a fixed point Ko with 11 Ko II < 1. Then the function Fv has either a single fixed point in .Yr+, or it has not less than a continuum of such points, and moreover not less than a continuum on the
boundary of the ball i+ (Azizov; cf. Khabkevich [5] ). Hint: Use the result of Problem 3 and suppose Ko = 0. Use Theorem 3.14. 6
Suppose TE A_ is a J-bi-non-contractive operator, (91+, '_) is a dual pair, Y'+ is completely invariant relative to T, and '_ is invariant relative to T`. Then there is an extension of this pair into a maximal dual pair with preservation of the properties mentioned (Azizov). Hint: Suppose T12 E .y'm and use 1. Corollary 8.24 and Theorem 3.8.
7
Prove that if U is a J-unitary operator, then the function Fu is continuous in the weak operator topology if and only if U12 E rm (Helton [3] ).
8
If VE A_ is a J-semi-unitary J-bi-non-contractive operator, then it has the property c (Azizov). Hint: Use Proposition 2.5 and Theorem 3.9.
9
Suppose V is a J-non-contractive operator, Y+ (C .?+) is its completely invariant
subspace with angular operator K+, and def Y+ < oo. Then V is a J-bi-noncontractive operator and there is a subspace Jv+ E ..tl+ which is completely invariant relative to it and which contains Y+ (Azizov). Hint: Verify that